tee amg au pe wee in Sikes ro ro oie eon : ‘ 3 hai) " « da Aya 2 ty sere . . : Ye 40a? - Shee eas ae t ates eee FP Te Ree Ue bene at wy Rae : yr : ee a ata ou Ar n: yh: : + : tm Ee ee eye -. 5 el Pee on hry Ch eae on = KE : = — = = ERK EEE CE < & .¢ Ma 3 | 7 \A\ HWA WAAAY ex AAA A ‘ ¥ An Mn N\ AACA SP manly Se Ste 4 . “ ~ q ‘ , | al 4 7% &) -e e aake % $ ' } Ls VAT A) Boek Pa Oe . { bal/ pth ve ic ae d ; Ore on Oey LW Hell Ae - ‘ Sl | / i fa © 1) Ua es 3 nd atk me t s be a \ . 5 a \ |) ie (Pes f ' x ‘ 4} 3) Led jhe lie SIE om 3a | wD: y > 2 ty ws We 1D att MO 4 ‘ . - lt a |! *- r? DF SR ew Fog wi ‘ oe BY SS . Wed an Neh y " 4 * * be feat Nis aan 2 F WV. «Fe are a Meee ge te it WER Ae ir | Pare Mh J vie " ‘ a oF Va po Yr WN at ORY. yf, J Vive avr wt A 2 . ¥ wh \) . \ g > sy Lo\ II bi W gaNll/ A} #, : A / “Bahan, NANA an aCe KE = i EZ Sete z _» + 4 * yt! ae 5 7 ‘ > a var ie -! ‘ ae te : “RED Ob. Th Me Ee ee Ch Gah RAG a | ee aM it. a or : , 4s ne ck ee AS ae ASE - sy STATE OF NEW YORK. NY N74 No. Vl. IN SENATE. March 30, 1875. f TWENTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. OFFICE OF THE REGENTS, ALBANY, March 30, 1875. To the Hon. WILLIAM DORSHEIMER, President of the Senate. Srr —I have the honor to transmit the Twenty-eighth An- nual Report on the State Museum of Natural History, by the Regents of the University. UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEw YORK: I remain, very respectfully, Your obedient servant, JOHN. V..L. PRUYN, Chancellor of the University % v > ¢ \ 7 ysl ; ry q 7 4 ¢ , ay : ; . f i ry ' | : zz ; iF 7 : Ps e “ hike ha, é F x a ie. Sah i < i i 7 i w ¥ ‘ ay é oa ‘ . t t { : s ' 4 eS q f " ¥ f aS Ae ‘ t : F : , al : ert v) my 7 { ‘a Ein. ew iB } re Fy tee f : , . Miz * NUE ; i * . é Pe . ip ae | t coe Cs ~” . ' aa ie waa : Lo) ay 4 Lee eee +4 v if 4 fin : 3 nm, . . a 4 igs ey el ‘ie kee 4h tee os: A re et ' a i “ ‘ e +4 a ‘ t- 7 ’ , y Ah * 4 i oA Oe hy om wees ‘ ' f ; ' i ; aes), a ‘ al” oe) PAG jhe ‘ Ck Sa ek Not Aik 4 rm ‘ 4 , ) ‘ , ray ' ‘ ° nd + a , on Ah) a : ae : oy LY hes lee oo : ¥ Hs ub ] ; al) ees eae cine, oer | 6. ee SW sad ‘ Yn , “ee = Ver who es OY hy ran eg eit Ps ; we on 4 eel @ (oe ; be REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY. ’ (Ex officio Trustees of the State Museum of Natural History:) JOHN V. L. PRUYN, LL.D., CHANCELLOR. ERASTUS C. BENEDICT, LL.D., Vick-CHANCELLOR. EX OFFICIIS. SAMUEL J. TILDEN, GOVERNOR. WILLIAM DORSHEIMER, LiruTENANT-GOVERNOR. DIEDRICH WILLERS, JR., SECRETARY OF STATE. NEIL GILMOUR, SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. PROSPER M. WETMORE, GEORGE W. CURTIS, LL.D., ROBERT G. RANKIN, WM. H. GOODWIN, D. D., LL.D., GEORGE W. CLINTON, LL.D., FRANCIS KERNAN, LL.D., LORENZO BURROWS, JOHN L. LEWIS, ROBERT S. HALE, LL.D., HORATIO G. WARNER, LL.D., ELIAS W. LEAVENWORTH, LL.D., HENRY R. PIERSON, LL.D., J. CARSON BREVOORT, MARTIN I. TOWNSEND, LL.D., GEORGE R. PERKINS, LL.D., JAMES W. BOOTH, ANSON J. UPSON, D. D. SAMUEL B WOOLWORTH, LL.D., SECRETARY. DANIEL J. PRATT, Ph. D., ASSISTANT SECRETARY. STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE REGENTS, SPECIALLY CHARGED WITH THE CARE OF THE STATE MUSEUM. 1S 7.5 | THE GOVERNOR, Mr. RANKIN, THE SECRETARY OF STATE, Mr. BREVOORT, Mr. CLINTON, Mr. PIERSON, Rev. Dr. UPSON. DIRECTOR OF THE STATE MUSEUM. JAMES HALL, LL.D. ASSISTANTS IN THE MUSEUM. ROBERT P. WHITFIELD, ir Geology and Palzontology. J. A. LINTNER, in ZoGlogy. CHARLES H. PECK, in Botany. JAMES W. HALL, General Assistant. IATL 3 : rit (AGE HO > \ nd \a ey ae | + oh het Rigi ye ea * Le rid “255 Ciweea aa age - Vee mt HOR Mcwy nf Mae Gis BU bv we es aes cae Mw gi Abo j 1 OGRE, KARR bh se lahet FE wit A 2 *s 4s ag Cy rewerwy a eauier eT AUDA IOS ware” ( Sit Kiar 1a ta iSosgss ite Cie tae Wit Adc: le hee ch ; é “ty ae ar dx ZS sis: pea | Fem PORT. To the Honorable the Legislature of the State of New York: The Regents of the University, as trustees of the State Museum of Natural History, respectfully submit this their Twenty-eighth Annual Report: The report of the Director of the Museum herewith com- municated, shows the work of the last year and the present condition of the Museum. From this it will appear that valu- able additions have been made, and that the plan of arrange- ment has been very decidedly advanced. The Museum has increased beyond the capacity of the building. Many parts are greatly crowded and it is difficult properly to exhibit some of the most valuable collections. This embarrassment will continue and increase until more ample room is provided, for a museum of natural history, in the nature of things, can never be stationary. New objects of © interest will be discovered, and these must be preserved and exhibited. The report of the Botanist shows that he has prosecuted his work with the zeal of a true naturalist, and that he has been rewarded by the discovery of many species hitherto unde- scribed. He has literally added to the stores of botanical Knowledge. The object of the museum is to gather and exhibit objects which illustrate the natural history of the state, and to pub- lish the results of investigations made in the different depart- ments of science indicated by its designation, and is worthy of liberal provision by a great State. It is commended to the continued confidence of the legislature. Respectfully submitted in behalf of the Reponta JOHN V. L. PRUYN, Chancellor. S. B. WooLwoRrTH, ~ Secretary. = —— =" Hk Meee nS 14 me Aba We RH re 50, Geen as “ttt \ bi i ‘, tea i Best Rea Wee bevte te ae . +i ; es Er yi j RG AR ae SP tones ae. dost ds \ ee | SM Ua eT Se ; DP een a: Tee? Ae, ne! } 3) aie hs Oy UA > Weed he Se tec Cte reee py J i yer’ Br: mG Pak Tan CRD ay play hi BN core RE ARTS b tie a LOUVIAC Man Mma i. ket fae W 1 , Ms ays. it ry) \ a —————— REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. = moe fo al + , hn | ry i ~ t 2 A aa 4 x i A) y ; y yf 7 f t a ‘ f i ‘. Z r 3 x Pe q ' ‘ ¥: ¢: tf | TA f Pm ee } a Hi - ee é: oe Se ee ee ee se a eee " — in / ‘ aA pan ARM a) Ny Ae 5 ~ CONT HINGE & Prefatory Note to the State Museum Edition of the 28th Report, - - Report of the Director, - - - : = 4 A J Additions to the State Museum during the year 1874, - - : - Report of the Botanist, CHaRLEs H. PEcx, - - - . - Preliminary Notice of the Discovery of the Remains of the Natatory and Branchial Appendages of Trilobites, by C. D. Waticorv, Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Trenton Limestone, by C. D.WatcotTt, - : - - - - - - - The Fauna of the Niagara group in Central Indiana, by James Haun, - Index to the Fauna of the Niagara Group, - - - - - Notice of some remarkable Crinoidal Forms from the Lower Helderberg Group, by JAMES Hath, _— - - - SW het oe - : PLATES 1-37, with Explanations. eae “ PREFATORY NOTE TO THE STATE MUSEUM EDITION OF THE 28TH REPORT. [This report was originally communicated to the Legislature in 1875, and printed as a Legislative Document in Al The reports of the State Museum of Natural History, with the accompanying scientific papers, are communicated to the board of Regents of the University in the month of January of each year, and by the Chancellor of the board are trans- mitted to the Legislature of that year. All the reports thus transmitted are printed to the number of 800 copies, as State documents ; any greater number are printed only on special order or resolution of the Legislature, and it had so happened that no such order was given regarding the 27th, 28th, 29th and 30th reports, which were printed only as documents in the regular course of State printing. In 1878, a special appropriation was made (chapter 252 of Laws of 1878,) for printing the usual Museum edition of the reports above-named, together with additional matter to be included in the 28th and 30th reports. The present report, in addition to the matter contained in the Documentary edition, includes descriptions of all the species of fossils illustrated on plates 3-34 inclusive, with some revision of the nomenclature of the species: also, pages 205-210, with plates 35-37 in illustration. The 30th report contains additional matter from page 117 to page 256 inclusive. ALBANY, December, 1879. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. ALBANY, January 9, 1875. To the Honorable the Board of Legents of the University of the State of New York: GENTLEMEN : : I have the honor to present herewith the Annual Report upon the condition of the collections in the State Museum of Natural History ; the additions thereto by collection through its officers ; by purchase and donation; and a statement of the work done in the Museum. The collections in the several departments are all in good order, and the re-arrangement of some portions, referred to in my Report of last year, is now going on, and we hope within a few months to have all the material in such order that new catalogues of the Museum Collections may be commenced. I must again call your attention to the want of space for the proper arrangement of the New York Paleozoic fossils ; and likewise to the necessity of immediate provision of more room for the arrangement of the Zodlogical collections. We are at the present time entirely unable to find place in the cases for the recent additions ; and place for other specimens will soon be required. In regard to the need of more accommodation in the differ- ent departments, and the want of working rooms, I might repeat essentially what I stated in my Report of last year,— _ though in one or two points there is an improvement, as will appear further on. 6 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The present condition of the Museum, with its constantly accamulating collections, and the want of space in nearly every direction, demands from the Trustees their especial attention. While we desire to perform our duty both to the scientific world and to the general public, we cannot satisfy the demands of the latter without provision for the exhibition of material which is constantly increasing on our hands, and which ought to be placed on exhibition in proper cases. By the authorization of the Commissioners of the Land Office —the custodians of the building — some changes have been made in the interior arrangement of the Director's Room, which were really indispensable for the preservation of the valuable Botanical collection. The new cases for this collec- tion, constructed two years ago, were then located in what appeared as the only available space: but it was found to be too near the heated wall and the register of the furnace ; and these, with two other cases formerly containing the entire Herbarium, have been removed to the west side of the room, and a small addition made to fill the space. The cases of the Herbarium now occupy the entire west side of the room ; and besides presenting a far better appearance, afford greater facilities for the arrangement and examination of the collections. The Library cases now occupy the south side of the room ; and a case used for the reception of miscellaneous objects of natural history has replaced the botanical cases in the north- east corner of the apartment. I believe that the present arrangement will commend itself to the Trustees as in every way the most appropriate which, under the circumstances, can be devised. The Economic Collection — building-stones and marbles — remains essentially as previously reported, with few addi- tions during the past year, and scarcely any room for the display of further contributions. On the First Foor, additional representation of the fauna of the Potsdam Sandstone period has been made, in some large slabs containing Lingulepis pinnaformis (Owen), etc., from collections by the Director at the Falls of St. Croix, . Minn., in 1850 and in 1865. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. i. Some other additions have been made to the Palzontologi- cal series, mainly from the materials of the Gebhard collection, which have passed under review, either in the preparation of the Paleontology of N. Y., or in the distribution of dupli- cate specimens to the Institutions of the State, as provided by law. In the table-cases devoted to the Lithological series, fifty-one species of fossils of the lower carboniferous limestone from Missouri, Indiana and Illinois have been arranged, and thirty species of fossils of the coal measures, mainly from Illinois and Kentucky. ‘These are temporarily placed here, until a more suitable place may be provided. The relabeling of the Lithological series, with the identifi- cation and designation of the specimens collected during the early geological survey of the state, has been continued and extended over the new red sandstones, drift specimens, sands, clays, marls, peat and tufas. There now remain of these rocks, to be relabeled only the specimens belonging to the Trenton group. The labeling of the Laurentian group is not perfectly satisfactory and will need to be revised. The material of the quaternary period, contained in the wall-cases, has been re-arranged in proper grouping and order of succession. In the wall-cases of the Helderberg group, have been added among a number of others the following: an unusually large specimen of Favosites conica Hall,-and several large fossili- ferous slabs from the Gebhard collection, viz., three of the Upper Pentamerus Limestone, five of Oriskany Sandstone, and three of the Hamilton group. On the second floor the re-arranging and relabeling of the Eocene fossils from the Paris basin, and of the American Kocene and Cretaceous fossils, which was in progress at the date of the last report, has been completed during the past year. In one of the cases containing these, a small collection of Post Pleiocene fossils from the Champlain Valley, has been arranged and labeled. Several large and Very fine blocks of Calcite from the Geb- hard collection, satin-spar and other cave-forms have been placed in the mineralogical collection. 8 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The collection of New York Minerals located on this floor, has long been in a condition discreditable to the Museum. While other departments have presented a steady if not rapid progress, this has been allowed to remain very nearly in the condition in which it was left more than twenty-five years ago. A few valuable additions had been made to it from purchased collections, and specimens donated by friends of the Museum had been incorporated with it, without always adding to its value. In the report of the Director given last year, some improvements in the arrangement of this collec- . tion were noted. Provision has now been made for the entire revision and relabeling of the collection. The services of Prof. Chester, of Hamilton college, have been secured for the work, and considerable progress has already been made. As the more economical method the minerals are taken from the shelves, packed and forwarded to Prof. Chester, at Clinton. Nine boxes containing about eight hundred speci- mens, have been sent to him, which are already labeled, arranged and returned to the Museum. From the want of time consequent on the necessity of preparing the Duplicate collections for distribution, in com- pliance with the repeated calls from various quarters for these collections, the returned Minerals have not yet been placed on the shelves. So numerous are the demands continually made upon all connected with the Museum, both for legitimate Museum duties, and to meet the various requirements made by individ- uals, by the educational Institutions of the State, and by scientists throughout the United States, that it often becomes a perplexing task for the Director to determine to which apparently imperative duty claiming immediate attention, shall be given precedence. Under this condition of things— with means wholly inadequate to the requirements — much important work must be left, at least for the time, undone. In one of the temporary Table-cases of the second floor, a collection of over four hundred clay-stones from the Gebhard collection, has been arranged. These, with several hundred more, were collected, during a period of many years, from a single locality on Foxes creek, at Schoharie, N. Y. They are ee ee ee REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 9 interesting for study, displaying lines of stratification and other features, by the aid of which large series of them can be definitely ¢rouped and referred to the corresponding strata in the clay beds, where their strange and often beautiful forms were developed. Through the expenditure authorized by the Commissioners of the Land Office, a greatly needed requirement of the Mu- seum, viz.,a working-room on each floor, has been in part sup- plied. Hitherto whenever extensive examination, comparison or relabeling of any of the material of the collections were required, it was necessary to carry it down one, two, three or four stair ways to the director’s room or to the hall below, incurring, in transit, in addition to the labor involved, the risk of displacement of labels, and by a single misstep, an irreparable injury to the more fragile zodlogical specimens. With some iron-railing, which had formerly been in use in the Museum, an inclosure of nine feet by twenty-three has been constructed on the central portion of this floor. Upon the rails, a wire netting is carried up to a sufficient height to give protection to whatever material may be under examina- tion or preparation on the tables within. Three sides of the inclosure are occupied with the tables, giving seventy-eight square feet of area, and beneath one of them sixty drawers are arranged, having an area of one hundred and sixty-five square feet. Until this room was provided, it was impracticable to under- take the long contemplated revision of the North American land and fresh-water shells, which will now be proceeded with as soon as the services of Dr. Lewis can be obtained. On the Third Floor, valuable additions have been made to the alcoholic collection of Echino dermata, Mollusca, Crus- tacea and Pisces, through collections made at Cape Cod Bay and Penikese Island, by the Director and Mr. C. E. Hall, which will be found recorded in their proper place. Several of the Species were obtained in sufficient quantity to afford numer- ous duplicate specimens for exchanges. Several dissections of Lepas fascicularis, exhibiting both the outer and inner surfaces of the carina, the terga, and the scuta, have been arranged among the New York Crus: 2 10 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. taceans in the case of Invertebrata; also groups of individuals attached to sea-weeds, with their filamentary appendages finely shown. The annual appropriation for the special increase of the Zoological collection, which we received for several years, hay- ing been withheld the past year, I am unable to report any extensive additions to the skeletons of the New York Verte- brata. Some preparations of the foot-bones of Mammals and Birds have been made and mounted by Dr. J. W. Hall, Assis- ant in the Museum, and placed in the collection; and the series of skulls has been re-labeled. An addition, of some interest, to the stuffed skins of the New York Mammalia, is that of an Albino Mink, which was killed in a barn near Greenbush, N. Y. A very interesting addition to the collections of this floor is a specimen of the Horse-Mackerel, American Tunny (Orcy- nus secundi-dorsalis Storer), of which I was so fortunate, during a short sojourn on the sea-coast last summer, as to pro- cure three specimens which had become stranded in a fish- wier in Cape Cod Bay. The largest of these, an unusually large individual, measuring nine feet and four inches in length, has been stuffed and mounted by Prof. Ward of Rochester, and is now in position over the case containing the alcoholic collection of New York fishes.* The skeleton of another is in course of preparation, and will soon be received at the Museum, while the skin of the third specimen is in preparation by Mr. J. Wallace, of New York. These specimens are a valuable acquisition to the collec- tions. The estimated weight of the Museum specimen was eight hundred pounds. This fish is known on the American coast from Newfoundland to Florida. In Massachusetts Bay it is called Horse-Mackerel, and in Rhode Island and else- where it is known as Albicore or Albricore. It was for a long time supposed to be identical with the Tunny of Europe (Thynnus vulgaris), which occurs often in immense numbers * It has since been removed to the large wall-case containing the skeletons of Mammalia and the larger stuffed Fishes. ee ee ee ee ee eee REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 11 in the Mediterranean sea. It was referred to this species by De Kay, but has since been found to be distinct. A list in detail of the additions and their source, in each one of the Departments of the Museum, will be found appended to this Report. ADDITIONS TO THE MusEumM By DONATION. To the Zodlogical department, donations are recorded from twenty-six individuals and Institutions of about one hundred and ten distinct lots of specimens. To the Botanical department, donations have been received from twenty-six sources. To the Geological, Mineralogical, and Paleontological departments, seventeen donors. To the Archeological and Ethnological department, six donors. To the Library fifteen individuals and societies have made donations (to some of these Museum Reports had been sent and contributions were received in return), adding to the Library twenty-one pamphlets and three bound volumes. The whole number of contributors to the several depart- ments during the year is ninety. GENERAL WORK OF THE MUSEUM. During the past year, the Assistants in the Museum have been faithfully engaged in the work allotted to them. Mr. Callaway, who had been specially employed in the work of selecting and labeling the duplicate fossils for distri- bution, left the Museum on the first of June on account of the failure of the appropriation to continue his salary beyond that time. : The regular work of distribution of duplicate specimens was continued till May, when the large room in the Agricul- tural department, which we had been permitted to use, was required for other purposes. The distribution has since been carried on at intervals and so far as facilities permitted. 12 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The collections ordered, by the several laws of the State, for distribution to Institutions of learning, have been, so far as finished, packed in boxes, and are ready to be sent to their destination. Those for the Syracuse University have already been sent forward, in accordance with an expressed wish of the Chancellor of that Institution. In making the distribution into the series required, there were certain species of fossils and minerals in greater number than needed for the authorized sets. These have been distributed in series; some of them running to twenty sets; so that we have a number of smaller sets of specimens, which would be of great use for instruction in the Normal Schools of the State. One of these collections has already been sent to the Oswego Normal and Training School, and has proved very acceptable to the Principal and the Professor of Natural Sci- ences of that Institution. I would recommend that the Board of Regents take some action regarding this matter, and if necessary secure authority for the distribution of these collections to proper Institutions. I venture to make this suggestion in view of the frequent applications from persons to have collections of fos- sils and minerals sent by the Museum to schools and scientific societies. The Economic collection of Iron ores on the first floor has been re-arranged and relabeled. Some additions have been made by Mr. Lintner to the Invertebrate collection, illustrating the different stages of insect life and architecture; a list of which will be found among the additions to the collections. The alcoholic collection has been much improved in condition and appearance by the substitution of new glass jars which have been specially made of a size and form adapted to the wants of the collection. A list of fossils described in the Annual Reports of the State Museum, up to the twenty-sixth report, comprising over 1,200 Species, has been prepared for publication, and will appear as soon as a general and synonymic revision can be given to the work. a ee. a REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 13 Mr. Andrew Sherwood, with the assistance of his brother Mr. Clark Sherwood, has continued the investigations in the Chemung group and Catskill mountain formation. At the same time, they have made extensive collections of the rocks and. fossils, which have been received at the Museum. The field-work has been essentially completed, and Mr. Sherwood has been for some time engaged in the preparation of the map and sections. This work was originally under- taken with a view of tracing more accurately the limits of the several formations in the southern counties of the State, a work which could not be satisfactorily accomplished during the original geological survey. On several occasions questions had arisen regarding the existence of certain formations within the limits of the State; and in the report on the State Cabinet of 1862, the curator (E. Jewett) stated that from the observa- - tions of himself and others, the Old Red sandstone or the Catskill formation, did not occur within the State of New York. A review of the ground during the following year (1863) convinced me that the observations on which this conclusion was based, had been conducted along the line of an eroded anticlinal valley; and that the red rock of the Catskill forma- tion occupied the higher portions of the country on either side. Having made geological sections across this part of the country in 1844, I saw nothing on this review to conflict with the obser- vations made at that time; but as the lines of section had been carried southward from the Mohawk, they had extended only to the higher portions of country in the range of the Catskills; and these elevated outcrops, of which several are visible on looking from the north, proved to be, as I had before asserted, synclinals, preserving the red shales and sandstones in their upper members. This structure, however, left the broader valleys exhibiting the outcropping edges of the strata of the Chemung and Portage groups, which are here not separable from each other by any well marked limi- tation of either lithological or paleontological evidence. It became apparent, therefore, that no true representation of these strata could be made upon a map, without first having a careful survey of the country, and tracing and locating the outcrops upon township-plats, the best means at our disposal, and then combining the whole on a larger map. 14 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSE‘sM. A visit to the Catskill mountains in 1857, also satisfied me that the higher part of the range on the south of the Clove (and to some extent on the north of this gorge) was composed of higher rocks than those referred to the Catskill or Old Red sandstone, which latter had been first recognized near Bloss- burg in the northern part of Pennsylvania, by its numerous remains of Holoptychius. Therefore, while we had sufficient evidence of the occur- rence of old red sandstone in the Catskill mountain range, we had not that knowledge which was requisite for its proper and satisfactory illustration upon a geological map. In order to set at rest this question and to be able to present the real expression of this formation upon a map of the State, Mr. Sherwood was employed to carry out the proposed investiga- tion. I may mention a few of the general results. The red sand- stone or Catskill formation, has been traced from its wider extension in Pennsylvania northward into New York, at sev- eral points along the border to the west of the Catskill range. The same rocks have been traced in several synclinals far into the State, in Greene and Chenango counties. On the eastern face of the Catskills, in the gorge known as the Clove, the same beds have been recognized charged with the remains of Holoptychius, similar to those of the beds near Blossburgh, Pa., and elsewhere. These red shaly and marly beds, in alternations with sand- stone of more than 200 feet in thickness, earry these Ichthyic remains in the form of fragments of bony plates, scales, etce., and remind one strongly of the same beds on the northern out- crop of the formation in Tioga county, Pennsylvania. We have had for some time a nearly entire form of Holop tychius in the collections of the State Museum, from Dela- ware county, and specimens of scales from the same region. Not only do we find these fish-beds so well marked in the eastern outcrop, but we see the red beds passing upward into mottled gray, and generally succeeded by sandstone and con- glomerate in alternating beds, the coarser materials increasing as we ascend, until the higher part of the mountain becomes chiefly composed of gray sandstone and conglomerate—the highest exposure giving us 440 feet of coarse gray sandstone and conglomerate to the summit of Round Top. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 15 On comparison of observation elsewhere made, it seems pretty well determined that at least the upper 900 feet of the Catskill mountains consist of strata belonging to a higher member of the series, No. X, or the Vespertine formation of the Pennsylvania Survey. It has also been ascertained, that in addition to the occur- rence of this formation in the Catskill mountain region and in the synclinals extending thence to the southwest, it occurs in two other synclinals in the western part of Delaware county ; and we shall probably be able to show that it extends into the State of New York, at one or more points in the south-western counties, where it is underlaid by the Catskill formation. In the eastern part of the State there are no strong lines of demarcation between the formations, such as may be recog- nized in its central portion and elsewhere. Bands of red rock - occur at the horizon of the Portage group; and in my report of last year I communicated the fact that a band of gray sand- stones with characteristic Chemung fossils, had been found at a point 150 feet above the base of the red rocks which were essentially non-fossiliferous, and which had heretofore been referred to the Catskill formation. The section measured from Palenville, in Greene county, to the top of Round Top Mountain, gives an entire thickness of nearly 3,800 feet; the fish remains beginning at a point sixty-two feet above the base of section, and continuing for over two hundred feet; there being still 3,500 feet of rock without recognized fossils. Prof. H. D. Rogers has given the maximum thickness of Formation [X (the Catskill formation) at 6,000 feet; while its average thickness along the Alleghany mountains is given at 2,000 feet. The maximum thickness of No. X (the Vespertine) as given by the same author, is 2,000 feet. Jt will require further examination of the series in the region of the southern part of the Catskill mountains, to determine a satisfactory line of demarcation between the two formations. The question, however, of the outer limits and extension of the Catskill formation in the State of New York. has been essentially determined by this investigation. In conclusion, I would beg leave to repeat what I said in my Report of last year, viz.: that it is quite time that similar careful investigations should be commenced in other parts of 16 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. the State, and especially along the junction of the Lower fos- siliferous rocks with the crystalline formations; and also among the crystalline formations themselves,-of which we know very little beyond their general geographical distribu- tion and exterior limitation. Iam, very respectfully, Your obd’t servant, JAMES HALL. eS eee eee DO ———_———= ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR 1874. 1520 GLO GLC Ad: I. By Donation. Ophioglypha bullata Wyville Thomson, dredged May 27, 1878, from 2,650 fathoms, bottom gray ooze. Lat. 34° 51’N.: Long. 68° 59’ W. Caryophillia borealis var. and Deltocyathus Agassizi Pour- tales, dredged, together with about sixty other specimens mostly in the living condition, from 1,090 fathoms, July 10, tates Lat. 37 26’ N.: Long. 25°14’ W. Sand, composed of larger Foraminifera, Orbulina, etc., from 60 fathoms. St. Jago, Cape Verdes. 3 Material from dredge, Sept. 9, 1878, Lat. 8° 37'S. : Long. 34° 28’ W. 615 fathoms. Sounding, Feb. 26, 1873, Lat. 23° 23’ N.: Long. 35° 10’ W. 3,150 fathoms. Sounding, Sept. 30, 1873, Lat. 20° 13’ 8.: Long. 35° 19’ W. 2,150 fathoms. Sounding, Oct. 11, 1873, Lat. 35° 41’8.: Long. 20° 55’ W. 2,025 fathoms. Sounding, Oct. 23, 1873, Lat. 35° 59’ S.: Long. 1° 34’ E. 2,550 fathoms. | Sounding, Oct. 25, 1873, Lat. 36° 22’ §.: Long. 8° 12’ E. 2,650 fathoms. Sounding, Oct. 28, 1873, Lat. 35° 0’ S.: Long, 17° 57’ EB. 1,250 fathoms. From H. N. Mossty, of H. M. ship Challenger, through Hon John A. Dix. 3 18 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. An albino mink — Putorius vison (Linn.). From G.C. HALL, Greenbush, N. Y. A red mouse — Hesperomys Nuttalli Baird (Mammals of America, p. 467). From IRA SAYLEs, Canisteo, N.Y. Speci- men captured in Christiansville, Mecklenburgh Co., Va. A young specimen of the tawny meadow-mouse — A7vicola rufescens DeKay. From B.8. Messick, Claverack, N. Y. A violet-colored salamander — Salamandra violacea Barton. Specimens of queen-cells. of the honey-bee Apis mellifica. From Rev. J. L. ZABRISKIE, New Baltimore, N. Y. A hellgramite fly — Corydalis cornuta (Linn.). From How- ARD TREADWELL, Albany, N. Y. A spectre bug — Diapheromera femorata (Say). September 4th. From BERNARD GLOECKNER, Albany, N. Y. Two living dipterous ‘‘ rat-tail”’ larve, probably Hristalis sp. July 23d. From C. L. G. Buessine, Slingerlands, Albany Ce. NY. A scorpion brought from the South in paper-rags to C. Van Benthuysen & Sons. From J. WARREN CUTLER, Albany, N.Y. A Luna moth — Actias Luna (Linn.), captured June 17th. —-«~*From FRANK MuNSELL, Albany, N. Y. A myriapod — Cermatia forceps Rafin. November 6th. From _W. Ryan, Albany, N. Y. A brook trout— Salmo fontinalis Mitch., weight 44 lbs., length 20£ in., circumference at anterior portion of first dorsal fin, 12 inches. Captured in a pond in St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.., emptying into Bog River near Graves Mountain. From W. W. Hitz, Albany, N. Y. Two specimens of the banded gar-fish— Belone truncata Lesueur, taken in the Hudson river, near the lock at Albany. From WILi1AmM LEoNnARD and 8. G. FISHER. EEE ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 19 Specimens of Zeredo navalis Linn., taken alive from the tim- bers of the U. 8. frigate Congress, sunk by the Merrimac in Hampton Roads ; also a polished section of the perforated timber. From Wm. J. McALPine, Albany, N. Y. A cat having the fore-legs only —a year old at its death. The skeleton added to the Museum collection. From WILLIAM W. DurR¥ez, Gloversville, N. Y. A hoary bat — Vespertilio pruinosus Say. From VERPLANCK Cotvin, Albany, N. Y. A pine grosbeak — Pinicola enucleator (Linn.), from flocks feeding on the berries of the mountain ash (Pyrus Amer- icana), during November and December, in New Scotland, Albany county, N. Y. From Joun 8. Moax, New Scot- land. An entozo6n from acat. From CHARLES Drvo., M. D., Al- bany, N. Y. A photograph of a muskalonge— Hsox estor (Linn.), taken July 2, 1869, in the St. Lawrence river, near Clayton, N.Y., of the length of 4 feet 74 inches, and circumference of 254 inches. From ExisHa W. Hopkins, Little Falls, N. Y.* Tusks, 63? inches in length, of a domestic hog — Sus scrofa Linn., ¢, killed at Cohoes, N. Y. From F. A. CLurT#s, Schenectady, N. Y. A piece of a bone, two inches in diameter, imbedded in the trunk of a hemlock tree, near its center, two feet below a branch, and forty-five feet from the ground, the trunk at the point having a diameter of twenty inches. Chittendon, Vt. From HENRY Spawn, Albany, N. Y. Skull, feet and leg bones, vertebree and ribs, and skin of a Peccary. Lower jaw bones of a large Wolf. Skull of a Bear. Two skulls of Racoons. Opossum skull (not com- plete). Skeleton of a large Crane. Carapace and plastron of a Turtle. Teeth and bones of various animals. Fishes, * Another muskalonge captured by Mr. Hopkins at the same locality, meas- ured 4 feet 114 inches in length, 27 inches in circumference, and weighed 424 pounds. 20) TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Snakes, Horned toads, Turtles, Scorpions and Insects in alcohol, collected in Texas. From C. HK. Haun, Albany, IN A dried toad (imperfect)— Bufo Americanus Le C. From RutuH M. Tirus, Preston Hollow, N. Y. Ten skulls and three mounted feet of mammals and birds, as follows: Vulpes fulous Rich. Red Fox. Skull. Felis domestica Linn. Domestic Cat. Skull. Sciurus Hudsonicus Harl. Red Squirrel. Skull. Sciurus Carolinensis Gm. Gray Squirrel. Skull. Arctomys monaz (Linn.). Woodchuck. Skull. Fiber zibethicus Cuv. Muskrat. Skull. Mus decwumanus Pallas. Common Rat. Skull. Lepus nanus Schr. Gray Rabbit. Skull. Sus scrofa Linn. Domestic Hog. Foot. Cervus Virginianus Penn. Red Deer. Foot. Syrnium nebulosum Gray. Barred Owl. Skull. Corvus Americanus Aud. Crow. Skull. Meleagris gallopavo (Linn.). Domestic Turkey. Foot From J. W. Hatt and OC. E. Hatt, Albany, N. Y. II. By Collection. A horse mackerel—Orcynus secundi-dorsalis Storer — measuring 9 feet 9 inches in length. (The skin stuffed and mounted, and parts of the skeleton preserved.) Cape Cod Bay. Skeleton of a horse mackerel. (Prepared and mounted by Prof. H. A. Ward, of Rochester, N.Y.) Cape Cod Bay. Mactra solidissima Chemn., Solen ensis Linn., Busycon . canaliculata (Linn.), and other shells from Cape Cod Bay and Penikese Island: in alcohol. Collection of Prof. James Hatt. Pandora trilineata Say, and Loligo brevipinna Lesu., from _ Penikese Island : in alcohol. Libinia canaliculata Say (spider crab), Cancer. irroratus Say (sand crab), and Lepas fascicularis Ell. and Soland, dried and in alcohol. Penikese Island. ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 21 Platyonichus ocellatus Herbst. sp., dried: Asterias arenicola Stimp., in alcohol. Buzzard’s Bay. Tautoga Americana, in alcohol. Penikese Island. Collection of C. E. Haun, Albany, N. Y. Specimens of insects and their operations: Eggs of Platysamia Cecropia (Linn.), and of Jzodes bovis. Larvee of Hacles imperialis (Drury), young, and Alypia octomaculata (Fabr.). Pupe of Orgyia leucostigma (Sm.-Abb.), and Datana min- istra (Drury). Poplar-stem gall of Pemphigus populicaulis Fitch. Cone-like spruce gall of Adelges ——— ? Solidago gall of Gelechia gallesolidaginis Riley. Oak gall of Hamadryas Bassetella Clem. Maple leaf cut by Orniz acerifoliella Fitch. Burrows under cedar bark of Hylurgus dentatus Say. ~ Collection of J. A. LINTNER. A whip snake, puff adder, corn snake, two water moccasins, pilot snake, a large tree lizard and several smaller ones of two species, sea and land birds, craw-fish and other crus- taceans, and numerous insects. (Not yet arranged in the collections). Collection of J. W. Hatt. III. By Purchase. Two walruses — Trichicus rosmarus, an adult female and young. Baffin’s Bay. Il. BOTANICAL. I. By Donation. Section of a branch, with leaves and berries of Celtis occiden- talis Linn. (hackberry), taken from the “unknown tree’’ on the N. Y. Central Railroad, near Spraker’s Basin, 53 miles from Albany. From O.J.Srarrorp and E. H. VEDDER, Canajoharie, N. Y. Section of a locust tree (Gleditschia triacanthos L.) with an imbedded thorn. Two speciesof Fungi. From Prof. JAMES HALL. 2? TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Specimen of Cladastris tinctoria — yellow-wood, from Ken: tucky. A polished section of Maclura aurantiaca— Osage orange. Specimens of Platycerium alcicorne Gaud. and Cucurbitaria seriata Pk. From C. Drevo., M. D., Albany, N. Y. Two species of Lichens. From Miss M. L. Witson, Buffalo, AL oY. A Fern and three species of Fungi. From Mrs. L. A. MI1LL- INGTON, Glens Falls, N. Y. Twenty species of southern Plants. From Mrs. KE. E. At- WATER, Chicago, Ul. , Specimens of Sedum reflecum L. From Rev. H. W1sBE, Oswego, N. Y. Six species of Fungi. From Rev. J. L. ZABRISKIE, New Bal- timore, N. Y. Two species of Fungi. From Prof.C. E. Bessey, Ames, Iowa. Five species of flowering Plants. From Prof. A. N. Pren- Tiss, Ithaca, N. Y. Ten species of Plants, mostly Fungi. From E. C. Hows, M. D., Yonkers, N. Y. Two species of Lichens. From H. WiLLEy, New Bedford, Mass. Specimens of Centaurea nigra L. From R. Kerstine, Yonk- ers, IN: Y: Four species of Plants, three of them Fungi. From H. A. WARNE, Oneida, N. Y. Specimens of Habenaria leucophea Nutt. From E. L. HANK- ENSON, Newark, N. Y. Eight species of Fungi. From W. R. Grerarp, PoughKeep- sie, N. Y. Specimens of Lygodium palmatum Sw. From J. T. Lock- woop, Hunter, N. Y. ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 23, Three rare Carices and Botrychium matricariefolium A. Br. From B. D. GiLBErRt, Utica, N. Y. Specimens of Amarantus spinosus L. From M. RueEr, New York City. Specimens of Ustilago Montagnei v. major Desm. From E. S. MittEerR, Wading River, N. Y. Forty-seven species of Fungi. From J. B. Euuis, Newfield, Twelve species of Plants. From C. F. Austry, Closter, N. J. Two species of Fungi. From C. C. Parry, Davenport, Iowa. Fourteen species of Plants. From T. M. Prrers, Moulton, Ala. Forty-five species of Fungi. From Hon. G W. CLiIntTon, Buffalo, N. Y. II. By Exchange. Thirty species of rare Flowering Plants. From J. M. Cone- pon, East Greenwich, R. I. III. By Collection. One hundred and sixty species of Plants, mostly Fungi. By the Botanist, CHARLES H. PEcK. III. GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL. I. By Donation. A block (10$x6x3) of sileceous Sandstone, sand rubbed with edges beveled. No. 160 in Economic collection. Fulton, Schoharie county, N. Y. From J. M. Soripner, Middle- burch. N. Y. Two slabs of Potsdam Sandstone, containing Lingulepis pin- naformis (Owen). From Falls of St. Croix, Minn. Collec- tion of Prof. JamES Haut in 1865. 74. TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. A weathered block of Corniferous Limestone, containing numerous specimens of Spirifera, Orthis, Atrypa, Corals, etc. Collected for the Museum. Spirifera ?from the Cauda-Galli Grit, near Cobleskill, N.Y. From CHarues CatLtaway, Albany, N. Y. A rolled mass of calciferous Sandstone, with Fucoids weath- ered from its surface. From O. H. CRoMWELL, Saratoga Springs, N. Y. ; Conglomerate. Locality? From MicuarL Minumr, Lansing- burch, N.Y. A block of limestone bearing glacial scratches, taken from a well at No. 259 Central avenue, Albany, from a depth of 48 feet in the blue clay. Three concretionary forms from a sand. hill 40 feet below the surface. From L. R. Boycz, M. D., Albany, N. Y. Specimen of Espenhain’s Hydraulic Cement rock. From KE. ARMSTRONG, Fayetteville, N. Y. A globular mass of Iron Pyrites from soil 47 feet beneath the surface, south of Park avenue, Albany. From JAMES BRIERTON, Albany, N. Y. Two claystones of remarkable forms (imitative), from near the Albany Penitentiary. From J. M. Norrurup, Albany, N.Y. Coal — Lignite, from Disco, Greenland, Lat. 69° 45’ N.: Long. 52° 20’ W. Juniata Expedition, 1873. From Prof. D.8. Martin, Rutgers Female College, New York. A piece of Plymouth Rock. From Hrnry Hurpzio, Pitts- burg, Penn. Crystals of Calcite, and large cubic crystals of Iron Pyrites in mica slate, from Chittenden, Vt. From L. D. Smira, West Winfield, Herkimer Co., N. Y. Three specimens of Plumbago, from the Plumbago mine at Ticonderoga, N. Y. From Hon. Rosert 8. HALE, Elizabeth- town, N.Y. ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 29 Specimens of Brazilian topaz. From Hon. ALEX. T. JoHN- son, Utica, N. Y. A photograph of Hurypterus Dekayi Hall, from quarries of B. Miller & Son, Williamsville, N. Y.,— the original in the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. From Ep. B. MILLER. Rose Quartz from Essex Co., N. Y. Calciferous Sandstone, containing Ophileta. From H. H. InGousBE, 8. Hartford, Washington Co., N. Y. Cannel Coal from Ohio, containing plant remains. From AMASA J. PARKER, Jr., Albany, N. Y. IV. ARCH HOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL. By Donation. An Indian skin-dresser. From H.H. INGoLsBE, South Hart- ford, Washington Co., N. Y. An old hammer, bearing date of 1771. From DIEDERICH TREM- PER, Valatie, N. Y. A brick from the bake oven of Fort Ticonderoga. From J. W. CLEMANS, Albany, N. Y. A perforated stone implement (aboriginal) found on Mr. Seely’s farm at Cedar Hill. From R. J. Husss. Three flint Indian arrow heads and a scraper, from Lake Co., Ill. From D. R. WILLIAMS. Indian stone implements, flint arrow heads, Indian jaw, arm and leg bones. Collected in Texas. From C. EH. HALt, Albany, N. Y. A. 26 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. V eet LIBRARY I. By Donation. Descriptions of Bryozoa and Corals of the Lower Helderberg Group. By James Hall. Published May, 1874, in advance of the 26th Report on the N. Y. State Museum of Natural History. 8vo., pp. 24. Descriptions of New Species of Goniatitide. With a List of previously described species. By James Hall. Printed May, 1874, in advance of the 27th Annual Report on the N. Y. State Museum of Natural History. 8vo., 4 pp. Report on the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, by Wm. H. Emory. Vol. I, Part II, [comprising] Geologi- cal Reports of Dr. C. C. Parry and Assistant Arthur Schott.— Notes by Wm. H. Emory.— Paleontology and Geology of the Boundary, by James Hall. — Description of Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils, by T. A. Conrad. — Washington, 1857. Quarto, pp. 174, plates 21. From Prof. JAMES HALL. Annual Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture and Pub- lic Works for the Province of Ontario, on Agriculture and Arts, for the year 1872. Toronto, 1873. S8vo., pp. 511. Catalogue of Minerals, with their Formule and Crystalline systems, prepared for the use of the Students of the School of Mines of Columbia College. By Thomas Egleston. New York, 1871. Pamph., 8vo., pp. 41. From the AuTHoR. The Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. The second annual report for the year 1873. Saint Paul, 1874. Pamph., 8vo, 219 pp. From Prof. N. H. WINCHELL, State Geologist. Auditor of Accounts’ Annual Report of the Receipts and Ex- - penditures of the city of Boston and the county of Suffolk, State of Massachusetts, for the financial year 1873-74. Bos- ton, 1874. From ALFRED T. TURNER, Auditor. Fifth Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Indiana, made during the year 1873, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist, assisted by Prof. John Collett, Prof. W. W. Borden, and Dr. G. M. Levette. Indianapolis, 1874, 8vo, pp. 494 and 4 maps. From Dr. G. M. LEVETTE. ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MusHuM. Dia Sixth* Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Acad- emy of Science, for the year 1873. Salem, 1874. Pamph., S8vo, pp. 114. From the AcADEmy. Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Historiques et Naturelles deL’Yonne. Année 18738, 27° volume; Année 1874, 28° vol- ume. Auxerre, 1873, 1874. From the Socrrry. } Myriapoda Nova Americana, auctoribus A. Humbert et H. de Saussure. — Extrait de la Revue et Magasin de Zodlogie. (Mat 1870.) Pamph., 8vo., pp. 10. From the AuTHOoRs. Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges-Fauna af G. O. Sars. I. Mon- ographi over de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Mysider. Andet Hefte. med 3 Pl. Christiania, 1872. Quarto, pp. 32. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna. III. Vesentlig udarbeidet efter Prof. Dr. M. Sars’s efterladte Manuscripter ved G. O. Sars. Christiania, 1873. 8vo., pp. 88, plates 5. On some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life, from the Great Deeps of the Norwegian Coast. I. Partly from Posthu- mous Manuscripts of the late Professor Dr. Michael Sars. By George Ossian Sars. With 6 copperplates. Christiana, 1872. Pamph., quarto, pp. 82. From Drt KoyeeLick Norskr UNIVERSITET I OCHRIS- TIANIA. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Année 1873. No. 2. Moscou, 1873. Pamph., 8vo. “From the SoOcIETY. Bulletin du Jardin Impérial de Botanique de St. Pétersbourg. Tome I, Part II; Tome II, Parts I, Il. St. Pétersbourg, 1872, 1873. Pamphlet, 8vo. From HE. R. pk TRAUTVETTER, Director. K. F. Kohler’s Antiquarium in Leipzig. Catalog No. 256, 1874. Catalog No. 257, 1874. Two pamphs., 8vo., pp. 30, 90. From K. F. KOHLER. Les Cristalloides Complexes a sommet étiolé, par Le Cte. Leo- pold Hugo. Paris, 1872. Pamph., 8vo., pp. 24. 28 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Essai sur la Géométrie des Cristalloides, par Le Cte. Lébpold Hugo. Paris, 1873. Pamph., 8vo., pp. 20. — Une Réforme Géométrique. Introduction a la Géométrie descriptive des Cristalloides, par Le Cte. Leopold Hugo. Paris, 1874. Pamph., pp. xii+19. From the AUTHOR. Sitzungs-Berichte der naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft Isis in Dresden. Jahrgang 1873, April- Decem. Jahrgang 1874, Jan.—Mch. From the Society. II. By Purchase. Traité de Paléontologie Végétale ou la Flore du Monde Prim- itif dans ses Rapports avec les Formations Géologiques et la Flore du Monde Actuel, par W. Ph. Schimper. Tome troisiéme. Paris, 1874. Atlas cinquiéme et sixiéme livrai- sons, avec les planches xciacx. Quarto, Paris, 1874. Spécies Général et Iconographie des Coquilles vivantes, com- prenant la Collection du Muséum d Histoire naturelle de Paris, Par L.-C. Kiener continué par le docteur P. Fischer. Famille des Turbinacées. Paris, 1873. 8vo., p. 128, plates 42. The American Journal of Science and Arts. New Haven, Conn., 1874. Third series. Vols. VII and VIII. The American Naturalist. Salem, Mass., 1874. Vol. VIII. Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Vol. I, No. 4; Vol. Il, Nos.1,2 and 3. Buffalo, N. Y., 1874. Unitell States Railroad and Mining Register. Philadelphia, 1874. Vol. XVII. Folio. Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1871. Edited by Spencer F. Baird. New York, 1872. 12mo. Do. for 1872. New York, 18738. Do. for 1873. New York, 1874. Asher and Adams’ New Statistical and Topographical Atlas of the United States. New York [1874]. Two vols., folio. The Albany Directory for the year 1874. Albany, 1874. ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM. 29 ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM IN PREVIOUS YEARS OMITTED, AND CORRECTIONS TO FORMER REPORTS. A porphyry axe, 7x3 inches (original number 17470) probably from northern Europe, presented to the State Cabinet dur- ing the Curatorship of E. Jewett, 1857-1865, by the Hon. W. DE REAASLOFF, Chargés d’ Affaires of Denmark. A piece of fossil wood, 18x8 inches, from California. From Hon. CHARLES P. Daty, N. Y. In the 12th Report on the State Cabinet, p. 109, Benjamin Marsh, Esq., of Albany, is credited with a “section of a Petri- fied Tree from Arizona.’ A portion preserved (about three- fourths) of apparently, the original label of the specimens, bears the following: This piece of petrified from a Mining Claim, 350 surface of the earth at Bal colony of Victoria, Australi San Francisco, by Professor Wizard, and presented to the and by the proprietors of the presented to W. C. Smith, Ks The specimen has accordingly been relabeled in accordance with the above record, as from Victoria, Australia. In the 20th Annual Report on the State Cabinet, p. 388, line 4 of foot-note, the genus Syringothyris is inadvertently given as Lysingethyris. In the 23d Annual Report the following corrections are to be made in the list of Echinodermata, pp. 22 and 23: Page 22, line 34, for Cropaster read Crossaster. Page 22, line 39, for Stichaster albulus read Stephanaster- das albula. Page 23, line 5, for parnia read parma. Page 23, line 6, for Desbachiensis read Drdbachiensis ; (recently referred by A. Agassiz to the genus Strongly- centrotus. ) 30 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. In the 24th Annual Report on the State Museum, p. 24, in the donation credited to Hon. Ezra Cornell, the fossils re- corded as Spirifera Verneuili Murch, should be Spirifera mesastrialis Hall. In the 25th Annual Report, p. 19, in lines 11 and 12, for N.Y. read Vermont. ’ REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. S. B. WootwortH, LL.D., Secretary of the Board of Regents of the University. Sir— Since the date of my last report, specimens of one hundred and fifty species of plants have been mounted and placed in the Herbarium of the State Museum of Natural His- tory, of which one hundred and thirty were not before repre- sented therein. A list of the specimens mounted is marked (1). Specimens have been collected in the counties of Albany, Dutchess, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Oswego, Rensselaer and Saratoga. These represent one hundred and sixty species new to the Herbarium, seventy of which are regarded as new or hitherto undescribed species. P in, _ : * © f : ] iso if a ¢ j KI TIM LS te ae re cee BO LEEE, 3 x ft ore mene i o +A bat 2 : } : ‘ y re} o>: ee Se ! Bom. & aA é; reat . gi 13, CORN ATE CE See ge so Papa 2 ac pda okt ta banwas soe cae a i h - } ’ Sb *f , Bis re eaigll Ni ft ’ & 5 Ee V fie; aa BOAR P if f ; ; 44'S ad Fi ms te ERA ING Lith ; 4 ri ia, f i a! iat i ae j o , ae s,s — \ ; y f | a es f hte ieee 7 Ts) Longihwle Le Weel fram 13 Washington 12 SSS = ee ee i 2 3 1 5 | | | 1 | | \ \ LF | | | Ei \ \ \ © \ _\ Ala . =H y - 5 \ i | \ quence \/ | DOD Lover Nellerberg Gromp, \ % \ i \ ; \ | ai] Oumdaga Salt Croup. ¥ s Al { \ EES WNragara Group. nw 0 a \ : mC | a\ Vf | \ te a \ 45 Re \ 5 a = = Y \ 3 \ \ Plattsbars \ H tal ain < a) | 4 TPEAERS e int Aa Ve ) y fe ! .= ~ 5 = } Roland "Toronto ok, : { yi 4 0 ~{ | SS Ss Tht | 5 if aM 0 el 7 Mavisok@y, elle MU AA A ea manele | finer *\ AVN) Coma S a = ie NY Mme SG \ )} Ypres Soy } : \ 2 le / | Waray avy) a | ‘ ee N | CA ees ‘| 8 ape 1 Tihaca . by ly S euear | WN > Me Wa ( lao \ BOSE Ve Oi] \ = Ly (i | acy el ae fi aX { eeltera i Sy, = | \ asorel (CONN E H = i \ ss t 1) Mopdville { a \ | ey HAVER ~ ! te ifr ( \ < e ae Danbury | Fs Warren. ! R) all Penis fae ) : oe ) x Norivall | iN a | rain SK ° : I = Strvua Pais 5 el j : Ma i Tes a iz Z 1| Su JP e SAG + Monti fot] Reales \ Veil) 19) N IN is : ( a S | f \ Webster Le i aN reralage Sa I a shot Bee Ne ee : L | : | catentys ees! Za fi ee < ) Ss Neel oe ie Mouine (oe fares a 4 Sitges * a | = ON eS Ae is ’ I O Wilecting \\ / | =| ae i a1 moar Mi. | i / eal Dart a ie 2 (ee ee Hi | ye Ute J» fae mn ee yf ea - ey | f { i hs ‘iit H \ y Frasca i \ | } Lr, ; Aes 7 Wiese! mM y i , | | a | ea ; : 5 Teer | Pantera (49 4 4 Hh \ 2 ee we fs es | einen ro « eae ee | iS eg é Wf is nu . Z j pee - (Chas mi Z iy ho] Sesreston ory se foiscn Wah by ii t mel Val ae y J amputee z — fa me fa! S| —_ | M,, SS ot 7 a if Y.4: nd ) o a8 ‘ : A fom Ny Once > - ey, 4, ee Whee +) Sad iy wha | oy a oe | Sy) Gt ee Soy ILLUSTRATING rae PAPER’ onthe RELATIONS: | = — a zi j 3 penn H amo 2 O8 2! ammo Th : S | Ne _osna2 ER EMORRBERG FORMATIONS a ; neaare aes } “pS saree sles TT aap ome YUU | ete E KA GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. ba = ee F Bi - ct) a tt Steere K/ (4-2 SS Eee ies. = Sencha S] JAMES HALL, —~ = ae | - os : i ‘. S S ne : Cc AS - R a7 decansn ‘< 5 ra 2 Tath by Wood, Bursons & fo. Albury 8¥ THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP, IN CENTRAL a DIANA. () By JAMES HALL. A paper upon this subject was read before the Albany Institute, April 29th, 1862, and published in Volume IV of its Transactions. An abstract was issued, as a separate pamphlet — under date of May 2d, 1863, entitled, ‘‘ Votice of some New / Species of Fossils from a Locality of the Niagara group in ° Indiana, with a List of Identified Species from the Same - EUaCe.? A revision of this paper, with description of additional species, was in preparation at the time the Documentary edition of this report was being printed, but owing to the requirement for publishing the volume of ‘‘ /l/wstrations of Devonian Fossils” during the same year (1876), it was impossible to complete this paper in time for the publication of that report. The plates illustrating the fossils, with names of species, and explanations of figures having been prepared, were issued with that edition. Since no copies of the report were ordered for the State museum until 1878, it has given an opportunity of revising the published matter of 1863, with additional knowledge derived from subsequent collections, and of adding descriptions of the Corals and Bryozoa not included in the original paper. The species herein described and figured are all from a sin- gle locality on Conn’s Creek in the town of Waldron, De- -catur county, Indiana, where the calcareous shales ‘of the group, with some thin seams of limestone occur. Many of the same species are found in more calcareous beds at the neigh- boring locality of St. Paul in the same county, and also at localities farther south on Conn’s Creek. 100 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Since the publication of the original paper, a series of the specimens therein described has been placed in the State Museum, and later collections have enabled us to increase the series, so as to include not only all the species of this paper, but to add a considerable number of new forms, the de- scriptions of which are now being printed in the current vol- ume (X) of the Transactions of the Albany Institute. These new forms, with some additional material of similar character, will form the subject of a supplementary paper in a future report of the State Museum. The investigation has proved an interesting one, especially as an aid to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of the Niagara fauna. In the Twentieth Report on the State Cabinet of Nat. Hist., I ave given a pretty full illustration of the predomi- nant fnnte of this fauna as represented in the Niagara forma- tion of Wisconsin, where the prevailing rock is a magnesian limestone. Dr. F. Roemer, in his Siluwrische Fauna des West- lichen Tennessee, has given an illustration of the fauna of this period as known in that State. To these publications we may add volume II of the Paleontology of New York, which illustrates the faunaof the Niagara period in its typical locality, and we have the means of comparison between the prevailing forms from four widely separated regions. Comparing the collections from Waldron, we find a greater proportion of species identical with those of New York than in any other western locality, while the new forms are of the same genera, and often quite nearly allied to those of the Niagara region. It is a little remarkable, however, that while we have in the Indiana locality, twice as many crinoidal forms as in New York, and more than ten times as many individuals, we have not seen a single specimen of CARYOCRI- Nus, which is the most abundant form among the crinoidea in New York, occurring also in Wisconsin and Iowa quite frequently, and is more abundant in Tennessee than in any of the other localities. The physical conditions originally existing at Waldron were more similar to those of Western New York, than to those of any other locality. In Wisconsin and Iowa, the outcrops are chiefly of magnesian limestone, and the Gas- eropoda and Cephalopoda predominate over other forms, THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 101 # while the Cystidz are almost equally conspicuous with the Crinoidea. At the Waldron locality, cystidean forms are extremely rare, and but few are known in Tennessee ; and though not abundant in New York, there are here more spe- cies known than in both the other localities named. I con- ceive, however, that in this comparison we are not dealing with the same beds in each one of these localities. While I regard the prevailing fossiliferous beds in western New York as essentially parallel with those of Waldron and of Western Tennessee, those of Wisconsin and Iowa are to a considerable extent of newer age, being the higher beds of the series, while the others occupy the lower and middle portions of the formation.* It would appear from what we know of the physical con- ditions of this ancient sea, that it was generally shallow and the bottom extremely uneven. The Niagara group in its easterly outcrop, from Eastern New York to Virginia, indicates a nearly uniform shallow sea, with the deposition of calcareous beds of magnesian character, which, in their south-western extension, become in part replaced by. or alternate with, argillaceous deposits. Along this line the formation is everywhere thin, and, in fact, is so inconspicu- ous, that it has usually been considered only as a subordinate member of the succeeding formation. It is here usually marked by the presence of a few species of corals, which are extremely abundant, some forms of brachiopods, a few lamellibranchs, gasteropods and cephalopods, and more rarely some remains of trilobites. These are of forms identi- cal with, or nearly allied to, those which characterize the formation in its more western localities. In a westerly direc- * The relations of the different members of the Niagara formation, in Wiscon- sin, Iowa and other -western localities, with those of New York, have not been fully determined. It is known that in Canada West the limestones of the lower part of the formation acquire a greatly increased thickness over the same beds in Western New York; and that they likewise include the limestones of the Clin- ton group, since they are characterized by the presence of Pentamerus oblon- gus and some other Clinton forms of New York. In their western exteusion these limestones gradually lose their shaly partings and the thin seams and beds of shale, becoming massive and of a nearly uniform ashen or drab color. In this ° condition the entire mass is recoguized as a part of the Niagara formation, and the Clinton group is restricted in its acceptation to arenaceous and shaly beds, sometimes with thin calcareous bands, corresponding more nearly in physical characters with the same formation in Herkimer and Oneida counties in the State of New York. 102 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. tion, within the limits of New York, the formation has a very moderate development until we reach the eastern part of Wayne county, where the shaly member of the formation becomes marked and gradually increases in thickness to Niagara county; the superior limestone increasing in thick- ness in the same direction. The shaly fossiliferous beds, which are sO conspicuous a feature on the Genesee River at Roches- ter, in Wayne and Niagara counties, and upon the Niagara river, thin out to a great extent within fifty miles west of - 7 the river, and are nowhere met with along the outcrops in a westerly and north-westerly direction. This shaly member of the formation was apparently deposited in a wide, shallow de- pression in the bed of the ancient ocean, which became gradually filled with fine calcareous mud, and which, during this slow process, afforded opportunity for the development of a most abundant fauna. In Indiana, also, these shaly beds were probably deposited in a wide depression of the ocean bed, similar to that of western New York, while the area to the northward was a more shallow sea. We have a less accurate knowledge of the physical conditions which prevailed to the south and south- west of the localities named ; but it would appear, from what we know of the distribution of the fossils, that there were similar areas of depression with a most abundant fauna, while the intermediate shallower areas are marked by the presence of calcareous deposits, with a moderate development of a some- what distinct fauna, in which corals are usually conspicuous, and carrying the aspect of an interrupted and imperfectly developed coral reef. PROTOZOA. RECEPTACULITES De France. RECEPTACULITES SUBTURBINATUS. Plate 3, Figs. 1-3. Receptaculites subturbinatus Hauu. Transactions of the Albany Institute, vol. iv, p. 224. Abstract, p. 80; May, 1863. Body small, or sometimes approaching the medium size of speciés of this genus ; subhemispheric or depressed subtur- binate ; base of attachment broad ; upper side flat or slightly depressed in the middle for a space of about half the diameter, -thence curving outwards and downwards to the periphery ; cell-apertures on the sides and exterior portions of the upper surface distinctly rhomboidal, the width from the lateral angles being greater than the height; cell-margins very prom- inent; the cells in the central portion obscure. This small species, in the specimen originally described, has a diameter of nearly 25 mm., with a height about half as great. It differs essentially from any of the species previously known to me, but approaches in character to the R&R. hemi- sphericus of the Niagara formation of Wisconsin. ASTYLOSPONGIA Roemer. ASTYLOSPONGIA PREMORSA Goldf. ' Plate 3, Figs. 4-11 and 14. Siphonia premorsa GOLDF. Petref. Germ., i, 17, t.6, f.9. 1826. Siphonia encavata GoLpF. Petref. Germ., i, 17, t. 6, f.8. 1826. Siphonia premorsa HistineerR. Leth. Suec., 94, t. 26, f.7. 1837. Siphonia premorsa KICHWALD. Silur. Schichtensyst. in Esthland, 209. Siphonia premorsa MAXIMILIAN. Herzog von Leuchtenberg, Beschreibung einiger neuen Thierreste der Urwelt aus den Silurischen Kalkschichten von Zarskoje- ‘Selo. St. Petersburg, 1843, 24. Siphonia premorsa FrrRD. RoEMER., i. Leonh. u. Bronn’s Jahrb. 1848, 684. Siphonia premorsa FERD. RomMeER. i. Letheea geognost. ed. 3 Th. ii, 154, t. 27, f. 21. 1852-1854. Siphonia excavata BRoNN. i. Leth. geogn. ed., 3 Th. v, 75. 1851-1852. Siphonia stipitata HistneEeR. Leth. Suec. 94, t. xxvi, f. 8. Jerea excavata D’ORBIGNY. Prodr. de Pal. strat. ii, 286. 1850. Astylospongia premorsa RoEMER. ‘Die Silurische Fauna des Westlichen Ten- nessee, p. 8, pl. 1, figs. 1, la-le. 1860. Astylospongia premorsa (GoLpr.) Haun. Trans. Alb. Inst., vol. iv, p. 228. Abstract, p. 34; May, 1863. 104 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. This widely distributed species which has been illustrated by Goldfuss, Hisinger, Bronn, Roemer and other authors, is a common form at Waldron, but it rarely or never attains the dimensions which it hasin the same horizon in Tennessee, where it is even more common than in Indiana. The usual dimensions of the Waldron specimens vary from ten to twenty millimetres in lateral diameter, with a vertical diameter of about one-sixth less than the lateral. There is much variation in the strength and number of the furrows and prominence of the lobes, and also in the depth and diam- eter of the depression at the center of the summit. | The interior structure is represented in figs. 9, 10, 11, as it appears under an ordinary lens. In all the specimens which have been cut, there is evidence of an original central cavity, filled with mineral matter which does not preserve structure. ASTYLOSPONGIA PREMORSA var. NUXMOSCHATA 72. 0Q7. Plate 3, Figs. 12, 13. Form, an oblate spheroid with the entire surface traversed by numerous interrupted and unequal grooves or subconflu- ent pits giving arugose aspect ; the sides marked by a few nar- row scarcely defined sulci which do not reach the summit; summit elevated and without the central depression possessed by typical forms of the species. Entire surface covered by minute pustulose elevations which under an ordinary lens do not show structure. The minute interior structure has not been determined. This form wasincluded under A. premorsa in the Documen- tary edition of this report. It is herewith separated as a vari- ety. It occurs in association with the other forms of Petro- - spongia at the Waldron locality. ASTYLOSPONGIA IMBRICATO—ARTICULATA F’. Roem. Siphonia imbricato-articulata FERD. ROEMER, in Leonh. und Bronn’s Jahrb. 1848, 685, ix, fig. 3. Astylospongia imbricato-articulata F. Roem. Die ‘Silur. Faun. des Westl. Tenn., p. 12, pl. 1, figs. 5,5 a. 1860. A single specimen of this species or a closely allied form, has been observed among some recent collections from Wald- ron. THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 105 ASTYLOSPONGIA (PALHOMANON) BURSA. Plate 3, Figs. 15, 16. Astylospongia? (Paleomanon) bursa HALL. Doc. Hdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 3, figs. 15,16. 1876. Compare Paleomanon cratera RoEMER. Die Silur. Faun. des Westl. Tenn., p. 13, pl. 1, f.4,4a. 1860. Also Aulacopina Granti BrLuInes. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, 1875. Body calyciform, elongate semi-elliptical in outline, regu- larly rounded below and curving upwards, the sidesabove the middle of the height nearly straight. Surface finely punctate and marked by elongate subconflu- ent pits. The specimen figured has been laterally compressed, so that the true form would be narrower than represented in figure 15. Some specimens of recent collections with shorter and comparatively broader cups, have essentially the same general _aspect of surface as this; but the large pits upon the sur- face are less confluent, and it is possible that these forms may be allied to Paleomanon cratera of Roemer, but their cond1- tion of preservation does not admit of satisfactory reference. A single specimen with a proportionally narrower form than shown in fig. 15, presents, on a part of its surface, numerous and closely arranged stelliform spiculee which appear to be superficial, while the surface beneath is finely punctate. The imperfect preservation of all the larger forms of sponges in the Waldron collections is such as to render difficult and unsatisfactory any specific determinations from external form and character alone. 106 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. CORALS AND BRYOZOA. STREPTELASMA AHail. STREPTELASMA RADICANS. Plate 5, Figs. 1-4. Streptelasma (Aulacophyllum ?) radicans Haut. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 5, figs. 1-4. 1876. Corallum simple turbinate, usually irregular in its growth below, or truncate, from attachment to other bodies; some- times with radiciform extensions, often curved near tlre base; calyx circular, deep; dissepiments strong; a section shows twenty to twenty-two extending half-way to the center, with an equal number of short intermediate ones. A single speci- men cut longitudinally shows no horizontal diaphragms, and the inner margin of the rays are crenulate. Exterior strongly marked by the radiating ridges of the dis- sepiments, and usually pretty regularly enlarging from the base, though sometimes showing irregularities due to contrac- tion and expansion of growth. Height of specimens from 25 to 40 mm. This species is of common occurrence in the Waldron locality. STREPTELASMA (DUNCANELLA) BOREALIS. Plate 5, Figs. 7, 8. Duneanella borealis NicHOLSON. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th series, vol. xiii. 1874. Streptelasma minina HAautu. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 5. 1876. ; Corallum simple elongate-obconical ; calyx deep, circular, scarcely expanding at the margins beyond the general én- largement of growth; rays, coarse and strong; epitheca strongly marked by vertical strie indicating the rays, and usually by distinct strie of growth which sometimes obscure THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 107 the rays; epitheca rarely covering the base, leaving the rays exsert ; these, to the number of nine or ten, and sometimes twelve, coalesce in the center, gradually increasing in number with the growth of the coral till there are from seventeen to nineteen at the margin of the calyx. Length, 20 mm. With the exception of the exsert septa at the base, this coral has all the characteristics of STREPTELASMA in the arrangement of the radiating septa which coalesce near the base and for some distance upwards, above which the lamellz ‘ approach the center, leaving a cylindrical cavity which grad- ually expands above. ZAPHRENTIS Rajinesque. ZAPHRENTIS CELATOR. Plate 5, Figs. 5, 6. Zaphrentis? celator HaLtu. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 5, figs. 5,6. 1876. Corallum turbinate, rapidly expanding from below, with irregularities of growth, producing expansion and contrac- tion of the cup. Calyx deep and broadly expanded, the width of the specimen figured nearly as great as the ee Dissepi- ments, sixty or more. This species is of rare occurrence in the collections from the Waldron locality. AULOPORA Goldfuss. AULOPORA PRECIUS. Plate 9, Figs. 5, 6. Aulopora precitus HALL. Doc. Kdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation _ of pl. 9, figs. 5, 6. 1876. Corallum parasitic, consisting of elongate tubular cells, which in their progress of growth usually conform to the sur- face on which they grow, somewhat gradually enlarging to the aperture. Calyces budding laterally in a direct line or sometimes geminating and diverge at an angle of from 45 to 80 degrees. After budding, the parent cup turns upwards and ceases to grow in that direction. Thecorallum sometimes 108 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. spreads over a considerable extent of surface, and in other examples the calyces are crowded and grow nearly directly upwards, attaining an elevation above the attached base of three to five millimetres. In the procumbent forms the dist- ance between the budding is about four to five millimetres, the diameter of the tube at its origin is less than one millimetre, the aperture including the exterior walls being about two milli- metres. This species bears some resemblance, in its mode of growth, to the Aulopora Schoharie, but is a stouter species, except in rare examples where the tubes are more slender than in the prevailing forms. FAVOSITES Lamarck. FAVOSITES SPINIGERUS. Plate 4, Figs. 1-5. Favosites Niagarensis var. spinigera -HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hiat. Explanation of pl. 4, figs. 1-5. 1876. Favosites excretus HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 9, figs. land 2. 1876. Favosites spongilla ROMINGER. Fossil Corals, page 24; reference under the head of Favosites pyriformis, 1876. Form hemispheric or pyriform, often spreading and becom- ing lobed above. Tubes small, ranging from one to one and a half mm., the lateral walls with radiating spinule; dia- phragms essentially flat, mural pores not determined, ecell-aper- tures irregularly margined by spiniform processes. This small species occurs in subhemispheric forms of from ten to twenty-five mm. in diameter and of somewhat less ele- vation ; italso assumes pyriform shapes of similar dimensions, often becoming expanded and variously lobed above. The apertures of the cells, as usually presented, are extremely vari- able in size, and there is not unfrequently a group of smaller cells arranged around a larger one, and in the irregular mode of growth the margins become free and more or less curved. In rare examples the apertures are free, rounded, and a little dilated, while on the margins of the mass the tubes are sub- cylindrical with individual epithece. In such forms the aper- tures present an appearance as of one cell budding from the calyx of another, but this aspect is probably due to a thicken- ing of the cell-wall or of an abrupt contraction of growth. In specimens where the aperture is expanded, the dia- phragms, visible from above, are convex with a little boss in the center. Tor FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 109 This is undoubtedly the species indicated by Dr. Rominger as ’. spongilla, but at the time of printing the explanations of plates for the Documentary Edition of this Report, his work had not been published. FavositEs :FoRBESI; var. OCCIDENTALIS 7. var. Plate 4, Figs. 6-15. Favosites Forbesi?. Doc. Kdit. 28th" Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 4, figs. 6-15. 1876. Compare F'. Forbesi Epwarps & HAIME. British Fossil Corals, p. 258, pl. 60. Corallum hemispheric, subglobose or pyriform; calyces very unequal in size, the larger ones often subcircular and about three mm. in diameter, while the smallest cells are often not more than one mm. at their apertures. In rare specimens the diameter of the larger calyces does not exceed two millimetres. A vertical section shows the walls to be of medium thickness, while in the calyces they appear strong and are often crenu- late from the longitudinal striz. Mural pores, situated near the angles, in one or two ranges, depending on the size of the cell. Cell-wall granulose, the granule arranged in transverse lines. The form and dimensions of the coral are fairly represented in the figures on plate 4, and few larger specimens have been observed than the one illustrated in figure 10. The species is very abundant, occurring in great numbers in the shaly lime- stone deposits of Waldron and vicinity. In many of the spec- imens the epitheca is extended from the base over the sides of the coral, covering the cell-apertures, and not unfrequently some of the larger cells upon the upper face of the coral are partially closed by an individual epithecal covering, which growing inward from the margins finally closes the aperture, after the manner of an operculum with a central node. In some examples this epithecal growth begins within the calyx walls, presenting a distinct ring with a central circular open- ing, giving the appearance of budding from the parent cell, but in the progress of growth the space betwen the cell-walls and the epithecal ring is closed and the central opening be- comes in like manner filled. This species has been identified with #. Horbesi, chiefly from its similarity with the young of that species, as repre- sented by Edwards & Haime, British Hossil Corals, plate 60, though our specimens very rarely assume the form there illus- trated, which is similar to one figured by Dr. F. Roemer, from the Silurian of West Tennessee. We have no specimens 110 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. presenting the characters of the older individuals represented from the Wenlock limestone, though the few larger specimens which have come under my examination do not show the great diversity in the size of the calyces which appears in the smaller corals. The position and character of the mural pores in the European species is not stated in the description. The strongly pustulose character of the cell-walls as represented in the British specimens has not been observed in the Ameri- can forms. CHAITETES Fischer. CHZTETES CONSIMILIS. Plate 9, Figs. 7-14. Compare Trematopora solida Hau. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 153, pl. 40 A, figs. 6 a, 6b, 6c. 1852. Chetetes ? consimilis HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 9, figs. 7-14. 1876. Frond solid, ramose, frequently branching, branches in the © larger specimens having a diameter of six millimeires. Cell- tubes polygonal rising from the center of the branches and gradually diverging to the surface. Cell-walls thin, strongly corrugated, transverse diaphragms extremely rare or entirely wanting. Apertures .35 mm. in diameter. In well-preserved specimens the cell-walls at the apertures are granulose and have minute spines at the angles of the cells. This species occurs in such forms as are figured on plate 9, presenting in the different conditions of weathering, the phases represented in the enlarged figures 8, 10, 12 and 14. TREMATOPORA Aall. TREMATOPORA OSCULUM. Plate 10, Figs. 5-8, 11-14. Trematopora osculum Hau. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 10, figs. 3-12 (3 and 4inerror). 1876. Comp. T. ostiolata Hauu. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 152, pl. 40A, figs. 5a-5n. 1852. Frond ramose, hollow with an interior epitheca, branching infrequently ; diameter of branches from one and a half to two millimetres; thickness of the substance of the bryozoum 35 mm. Cell-tubes oval ; apertures .3 mm. in length, closely arranged in quincunx order, forming oblique rows, opening THe Fauna oF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 111 upward and outward ; usually the lower side of the aperture is margined by a projects semicircular lip, which partially covers the opening ; rarely the mayne margin of the aperture is also elevated. This is the most common form of the genus in the Waldron locality, and 1s very abundant. TREMATOPORA INFREQUENS. Plate 10, Fig. 3 in part, and fig. 4. Trematopora infrequens Haun. Doc. Hdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Hxpla- nation of pl. 10, figs. 13, 14 (in error for 3 and 4). 1876. Frond ramose, hollow, the inner surface marked by a wrin- kled epitheca; branches from one and a half to two milli- metres in diameter; bryozoum about .35 mm. in thickness. Cell-tubes oval, rising obliquely from the epitheca to the ex- terior surface. Length of aperture about .8 mm., with the margin distinctly and equally elevated, occasionally present- ing a serrated appearance; apertures separated by distances . equal to their diameters, arranged in quincunx order, pre- senting a spiral arrangement around the branches. This species may be distinguished from 7. osculum by its larger cells, and by the cell-margins being strongly and equally elevated in every portion, while in that species the lower margin of the aperture is almast always more strongly elevated than the upper portion. TREMATOPORA VARIA. Plate 10, Figs. 15-23. Trematopora varia HALL. Doc. Kdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation pl. 10, figs. 15-28. 1876. Frond ramose, hollow, inner surface transversely wrinkled ; branches frequent, from two to seven mm. in diameter. Bry- ozoum about one mm. in thickness. Cells tubular, oval or circular, from 1 to 1.5 mm. in length ; for the first half of their extent growing nearly parallel with the inner surface, and then turning abruptly outward; diameter at the aperture .25 mm., varying from circular to elongate-oval, arranged irreg- ularly from contiguity to a distance equal to the diameter, with frequent macule, which are destitute of cells. Cell-mar- 112 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. gins in well-preserved svecimens distinctly elevated, and fre- quently finely serrated. In specimens where the maculate surface is well-preserved, the adjacent cell-apertures often have their longest diameter in a radiating direction from the center of the macule. The cell-apertures in this species vary from circular to elongate- oval or ovate, both forms sometimes occurring on the same specimen, while in worn specimens the apertures appear to be polygonal. TREMATOPORA ECHINATA. Plate 11, Figs. 1-5. Trematopora echinata HAutu. Doc. Hdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Kxpla- nation of pl. 11, figs. 1-5. 1876. Bryozoum solid, ramose; branches from .75 to 1.5 mm. in diameter, frequently widely diverging, sometimes at an angle of 80° or 90°. Cell-tubes polygonal, generally hexagonal, com- mencing at the center of the branch and gradually diverging to near the surface, where they turn abruptly outward. Cell- apertures longer than wide, length from about .3 mm. to .55 mm., the width being from one-half to two-thirds their length, having at the angles of the margins slender, sharp spines. This species is very abundant, often nearly covering the sur- faces of the calcareous slabs, and imbedded in the. softer shales. It presents much variation in the size of the cell-aper- tures, and their distribution on the surface is sometimes inter- rupted and irregular. The prevailing form is represented in fig. 4, plate 11. In many examples the smaller stipes and branches are marked by the larger cell-apertures. TREMATOPORA GRANULIFERA. Plate 11, Figs. 6, 7. Trematopora granulifera. Haun. Pal. N. Y. vol. ii, page 154, pl. 40 A. figs. 9a, 9c. 1852. Trematopora yranulifera (n. sp. in error.) HA. Doc. Ed., 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. explanation of pl. I, figs. 6,7. 1876. Compare 7. regularis HALL. 26th Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 106. 1873. Bryozoum ramose, solid; branches one millimetre or less in diameter. Cells tubular oval, rising from the center of the branch and increasing by interstitial additions. Length of Tur FAUNA oF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 113 apertures .3 mm., with a width of .15 mm., arranged upon the surface in a somewhat quincunx order, being in right lines longitudinally, and in a spiral order around the stipe. Mar- gins of apertures elevated and strongly granulose ; the spaces between being flat or channeled. The borders of the apertures are sometimes coalescent, and present no intermediate groove. - TREMATOPORA MINUTA. Plate 11, Fig. 8. Trematopora? (Trachypora?) minuta HALL. Doc. Edit. of 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl.11, fig. 8. 1876. Bryozoum ramose, very slender; branches frequent, widely diverging, diameter .5 mm. Cell-apertures elongate-oval, length about .4 mm. and width .2 mm., distance from each other longitudinally about equal to the length of an aperture, ar- ranged in spiral rows along the branch. Margins distinctly elevated and granulose, and separated from each other by tor- tuous lines of nodes. This species differs from Z. macropora* by its more elon- gate cell-apertures and the more prominent granulose ridges. TREMATOPORA VARIOLATA. Plate 11, Figs. 9, 10. Trematopora variolata HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 11, figs. 9,10. 1876. Bryozoum ramose, hollow, diameter of the branches from 1to15 mm. Cell-apertures oval, margins distinctly elevated, length .8 mm., width .2 mm., sometimes closely arranged, and in other cases irregularly scattered ; surface with numerous macule which are quite destitute of cells. This species can readily be distinguished from any other form in this association by the scattered and irregular distri- bution of the cell-apertures and the numerous macule with- out cells. * T'? macropora HALL. Transactions of the Albany Institute, vol. x, p. 60. 14 114 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. TREMATOPORA SPICULATA 7. Sp. Plate 11, Figs. 11, 12. Trematopora spinulosa HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Expla- nation of pl. 11, figs. 11,12. 1876. Not Trematopora spinulosa Hatt. Pal. N. Y. vol. ii, p. 155, pl. 40 A, figs. lla, lib. 1852. Bryozoum solid, ramose ; branches frequent and not widely diverging ; diameterfrom 1.5to2mm. Cell-tubes polygonal, arising from the center of the branch and gradually diverging till within half a millimetre of the surface when they turn abruptly outward; at the point of turning, the cell-walls, previously thin, become thickened. No transverse septa are visible till near the surface, where they are numerous and dist- ant from each other about the width of the cell-tubes. Cell apertures variable in size, the larger ones being about .16 mm. in diameter, irregularly arranged and having short, stout spin- ules at the angles. This species is readily distinguished by its solid aspect, minute cells which are variable in size, and the compara- tively strong spinules which disguise the cell-apertures and give a uniform asperate aspect to the surface. Sometimes the cell-margins are worn flat and the cells appear oval. It differs from 7. echinata in its more robust aspect, and the smaller and less elongate cells. : CALLOPORA Zall. I continue the use of the name CALLOPORA, which is claimed by some authors to be identical with FisruLIpora of McCoy, for the reason that the author of the latter genus (Sritish Paleozoic Fossils, p.11) says that ‘‘ this genus was proposed to include the Manon cribrosum (Gold.) of the Eifel, &e., and some new species.’’ The Manon cribrosum of Goldfuss is recognized by European paleontologists as a specimen of Heliolites interstincta. Again, in describing #/”. decipiens, the author says: ‘‘So exactly does this resemble the Palao- pora interstincta,” etc. The figures of /. decipiens scarcely resemble CALLOPORA in its ordinary forms. See Descriptions of Lower Helderberg Corals and Bryozoa for further obser- vations on these genera. Tor FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 115 CALLOPORA SINGULARIS. Plate 10, Figs. 1, 2. Callopora singularis HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 10, figs. 1, 2. 1876. Frond ramose, solid, diameter of branches two millimetres. Cells tubular, oval, or polygonal, arising from the center of the branch and gradually diverging till near the surface when they turn and open nearly directly outward. Cell-apertures .3 mm. in length, with a width of .2 mm., irregularly arranged, varying in distance from contiguity to a space equal to the length of the aperture ; margins distinctly elevated, frequently crenulated by minute spinules. Intercellular spaces on the surface occupied by minute pits, which are observable only on well-preserved specimens. 7 Translucent sections of the stipes or branches present no evidence of intercellular vesiculose structure, and have all the aspect of a TREMATOPORA. This condition may come from a solidifying of the intercellular substance during the process of petrifaction, leaving only the intercellular pits upon the surface. | CALLOPORA ELEGANTULA. Callopora elegantula HALL. Pal. N. Aae vol. ii, p. 144, pl. 40, figs. la-In. 1852. This species has recently been found at Waldron. It pre- serves the characters so well shown in the same species from the Niagara formation in New York. CALLOPORA EXSUL. Plate 9, Figs. 3, 4. Alveolites exsul HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 9, figs. 3,4. 1876. Bryozoum consisting of lamellose expansions, free or in- crusting other organic bodies, celluliferous on one side ; lower surface formed of a wrinkled epitheca; substance of frond sometimes very thin, and often thickened by successive accre- tions of growth. Cell-apertures oval, from .3 to .5 mm. in length, and usually about two-thirds as wide as long, some- 116 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. times nearly circular, closely and irregularly arranged. In- tercellular space usually occupied by a single series of angular pits. Margins of cell-apertures elevated, and ornamented by from two to five short spinules. A transparent section shows an intercellular vesicnlose structure, with transverse septa in the cell-tubes. The more recent collections from Waldron contain a con- siderable number of specimens of this species in various conditions of preservation. The better specimens preserve the short spinules surrounding the cell-apertures, with a dis- tinct row of pits marking the intercellular space. In some of the specimens the spinule are more or less worn away or irregularly preserved, and in further wearing, the intercellular spaces appear as thick, solid walls separating the cell-aper- tures. The specimen originally figured as Alveolites exsul is evidently a CALLOPORA encrusting and only partially cov- ering the surface of Ceramopora confluens. The illustration in figure 4 of piate 9 is incorrect in representing the cell- apertures as angular and oblique, while the cells open directly upwards; the intercellular spaces are thicker and covered with granule, and are formed by numerous very small angular pits or pores. It is distinguished from a condition of Ceramopora confiuens by the intercellular granule and pits. LICHENALIA Hall. LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA. Plate 5, Figs. 9-16; Plate 6, Figs. 1, 2, 4, 7-10, and Plate 7, Figs. 3-1. Lichenalia concentrica Hatt. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 171, pl. 40H, figs. 5a-5g. 1852. The name LICHENALIA* was originally applied by me fo cir- cular or fiabelliform epithecal expansions, one side of which is concentrically wrinkled, and when in perfect condition is usu- ally marked by fine radiating and concentric striz, which vary in character and degree in different species. The op- posite side is celluliferous. The celluliferous face is usu- ally adherent to the stone, and the exposed surface pre- sents the ordinary characters of the epithecal covering of a coral or bryozoum. Im well-preserved examples the fine concentric and radiating strie are apparently character- istic of the genus, and in some specimens the cell-bases are visible from the non-celluliferous face. When the exte- * Paleontology of New York, vol. ii, p. 171. THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 117 rior surface is worn, it presents a grooved and striate ap- pearance, indicating the mode of growth in the cells and cell- walls, which are usually procumbent at the commencement of their growth, and then turn upward. The celluliferous face presents numerous cell openings which may be closely or more distantly arranged, and which vary from circular to oval, and even subquadrangular in form, depending upon their mode of growth and in part upon the condition of preserva- tion. These bodies do not always preserve the expanded form indicated, but the margins become contracted and infolded, so that the non-celluliferous faces come into near contact, and assume an apparently solid form, with cell-apertures covering the entire surface. In their young state they are frequently found attached to other fossils, and this is probably the con- dition of all in their earlier stages of growth; the mode of growth and ultimate form being greatly dependent upon the nature of the body to which the germ has originally been affixed. In the expanded forms the cell-tubes are short, and the increase is by lateral extension of new cells, until the fronds sometimes reach a diameter of thirty centimetres. When the frond becomes corrugated or infolded in its young state, and assumes a compact form, the cell-tubes become elon- gated as shown in fig. 11 of plate 5, but I am unable to find that any of them assume characters incompatible with the genus in its typical forms. After examining a large number of specimens, I am unable to distinguish any characters mark- ing a specific difference between the expanded forms, like figs. 4,9 and 10, of plate 6, and those which assume an irregular and more solid aspect, as in figs. 9, 11 and 12, of plate 5. LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA var. PARVULA. Plate 7, Figs. 1, 2. Lichenalia concentrica var. parvula HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 7, figs. 1, 2. 1876. This form, indicated as a variety of LZ. concentrica, is distin- guished by its smaller cell-apertures, as shown in fig. 2, which is enlarged to the same degree as fig.7. In its mode of growth and other characters it does not differ from the ordinary forms of LICHENALIA. 7 LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA Var. MACULATA 7. var. Plate 6, Figs. 3, 5 and 6. Celluliferous face, flat, concave or convex; cell-apertures round, or broadly oval, and when entire, preserving a project- 118 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ing lip on one side ; variable in their distance from each other, and sometimes quite closely arranged. Surface marked by elevated macule, upon which there are a few larger cell-aper- tures irregularly disposed, the center of the tubercle being sometimes quite free from cells. The specimen figured has a convex exterior surface, ow- ing to the contraction of the epitheca, and on some weathered portions, where the cell-apertures are distant, the interspaces are apparently cellulose. This feature, however, is not a pre- vailing one, nor has it any specific signification. In a speci- men where the celluliferous face is concave, the exterior or epi- thecal side presents the same aspect as that of ordinary forms, and is undistinguishable from them. The maculate form of surface, or its incipient condition, is very common upon all forms of the celluliferous face of this fossil. The variety is herewith separated from the forms figured as L. concentrica in the Documentary Edition of this Report. SAGENELLA all. SAGENELLA ELEGANS. Plate 7, Figs. 12, 18. Sagenella elegans HALu. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 7, figs. 12,13. 1876. Compare S. membranacea Hat. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 172, pl. 40K, figs. 6a, 6 b. Bryozoum athin membraniform expansion growing upon the surface of other organic bodies. Cells subcylindrical, flattened for the greater portion of their length and continu-— ing nearly parallel with the plane of the epitheca ; arranged in a more or less diverging or radiating order, with intercalated ranges, presenting a subimbricated aspect, turning abruptly and opening upward. Cell-apertures circular, about .2 mm. in diameter. | The arrangement of cellsand form of cell-apertures differ from CERAMOPORA in the rounded form and more directly upward opening. The genus differs from LICHENALIA in the more ex- tended procumbent portion of the cell-tube, in the form of the cell-aperture, and in the much thinner and persistently adher- ing epitheca. THe FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 119 CERAMOPORA ZHall. CERAMOPORA LABECULA. Plate 8, Figs. 1-3. Ceramopora (Berenicia ?) labecula HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 8, figs. 1-3. 1876. Jompare Ceramopora imbricata HALL. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 169, pl. 40K. figs. la-li. 1852. Bryozoum growing in circular or subcircular discoid forms upon other organic bodies; greatest diameter observed about seven mm. Cell-tubes short, cylindrical, radiating from the center and increasing by lateral additions, those in the central portion being nearly vertical, and becoming more and more oblique as they recede from this point, until the marginal ones are nearly parallel with the epitheca ; arranged in alternating and imbricating series. Apertures arched or somewhat triangular, .25 mm., or less, in diameter. This species is found attached to the bases of crinoids, to gasteropods, and other fossils. CERAMOPORA CONFLUENS. Plate 8, Figs. 4, 5. Ceramopora confluens HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 8, figs. 4,5. 1876. Bryozoum, consisting of lamellose expansions growing upon the surface of other organic bodies, and attaining a thickness of from .25to 1 mm. Cell-tubes short cylindrical, closely ar- ranged in alternating and imbricating order. Surface often elevated in nodose prominences which are sometimes destitute of cells. Cell-apertures arching or triangular, about four in the space of one millimetre. This species occurs in large expansions growing upon shells and upon the calyces of crinoids. The surface of the expansion rises into low rounded nodes and irregular undulating ridges, the summits of which are sometimes free from cellules, while in many examples there are a few larger cellules marking the sides of the elevation. ‘The cell-apertures are usually closely arranged, sometimes more distant, and when entire, have the typical arching form, but where the surface is worn, they are round or broadly oval. 120 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. This species differs from C. agellus in not showing lines of cellules radiating from the macule or nodes, and in the less distinct elevation of the cell-tubes upon the surface. CERAMOPORA AGELLUS. Plate 8, Fig. 6. Ceramopora agellus HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 8, fig. 6. 1876. Bryozoum consisting of a thin expansion covering the sur- face of other organic bodies ; cells subcylindrical, short, very oblique, rapidly expanding toward the apertures. Cell-aper- tures, when entire, arching and angular, and when worn, broadly elliptical; about four in the space of a millimetre on the. greater part of the surface, and upon the macule, two or three in the same space. The surface of the frond is marked by numerous macule which do not rise into nodes, but are covered by cells of from once and a half to twice the diameter of the ordinary cells. The cellules of the entire frond appear to radiate from a single point, which is not the center, and again from each of the ma- cule are distinct radiating lines of cellules in the direction of : the growth. In these characters the species differs from C. confiuens. This species occurs upon the surface of Gaster- opoda and Brachiopoda, but has rarely been seen upon the calyces of crinoids. PALESCHARA Aall. PALESCHARA OFFULA. Plate 8, Figs. 7, 8. Paleschara offula HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 8, figs. 7, 8. 1876. Bryozoum consisting of a thin expansion attached to other organic bodies, one side being celluliferous ; cellules polygo- nal, from five to seven-sided, varying from .25 to .50 mm. in diameter. This species presents the usual character of the species of this genus, having wide, shallow polygonal cells which are larger than those of P. maculata. The specimens of this species, so far as known, present no macule of larger cells or of barren spaces. THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 121 ( PALESCHARA MACULATA. Plate 8, Figs. 9-13. Paleschara maculata HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explana- tion of pl. 8, figs. 9,10. 1876. P.? aspera HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 8, figs. 11-13. 1876. Bryozoum a thin foliate expansion encrusting other organic bodies. Cells polygonal, contiguous, about three to four in the space of one millimetre, with macule of larger cells un- equally distributed over the surface. The cells appear to be arranged in somewhat concentrically radiating lines, and are longer in the direction of these lines, _the length being sometimes twice as great as the width. In well-preserved specimens there are distinct short spinules at the angles of the cells. The figures referred to Paleschara? aspera, on Plate 8, are representations of a phase of P. maculata, and the cell- apertures are incorrectly delineated. PALESCHARA INCRASSATA 7. SP. Bryozoum occurring as thin, or more or less thickened, ex- pansions encrusting other organic bodies. Cellules oval; apertures margined with coarse granule or spinules, and in specimens somewhat worn, the cellules are separated by a distinct intercellular space or a thickening of the cell-walls. This form is distinguished from P. maculata by the smaller oval cell-apertures, the thicker interspaces and coarser gran- ule at the margins of the cells. It may be only a variety of that species possessing these distinctive features. PALESCHARA ? (CHATETES ?) SPHERION. Plate 8, Figs. 14, 15. Paleschara? spherion Haut. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Expla- nation of pl. 8, figs. 14and 15. 1876. Bryozoum incrusting or free, occurring in flattened, irregu- larly circular, or depressed hemispheric masses of one or two millimetres in thickness; in its more complete condition asuming a spheroidal hollow form: Cells polygonal,contigu- 122 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ous, about four in the space of one millimetre, with macule of larger cells, the centers of which are distant from each other about four millimetres; the larger cells two or three times the size of the smaller ones. In its mode of growth this form resembles CHZTETEs, but no specimens have been seen where the depth of the cells is more than two millimetres. The cell-apertures are somewhat more regularly hexagonal than in the preceding forms, and by this character it is readily distinguishable from P. conjiuens. This species is also distinguished from the latter by the char- acter of the macule and the larger cells. In P. maculata the maculé are less conspicuous, and the larger cells do not differ so much in size from the ordinary ones. STICTOPORA Zall. : I continue the use of the generic term SticTopora for branching forms of this character, where the cell-apertures are round or oval, or sometimes partially covered by a project- ing lip; and where the intervening space may be plain or marked by slender caring, strize or elevations separating the rows of cells. These fossils are not properly PTILODYCTIA, as claimed by some authors, the latter being simple non-branch- ing saan with cells of different character from those of Srrc- TOPORA STICTOPORA SIMILIS. Plate 11, Figs. 13-16. Stictopora similis HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 11, figs. 13-16. 1876. Compare S. punctipora HALL. Pal. N. Y., vol. ii, p. 157, pl. 40 B, figs. 2a, 2b, 2c. 1852. Bryozoum ramose, branches flattened, width from two to three millimetres ; margins destitute of cells. Cell-apertures oval, opening directly outward, closely arranged in oblique rows ; length .35 mm., width .18 to .25 mm. This species differs from 8. orbipora*, occurring in the same locality, by its thinner branches and oval cell-apertures. * Hat, Trans. Alb. Inst., vol. x. p. 61. THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 123 FENESTELLA Lonsdale. FENESTELLA AMBIGUA 2. SD. Plate 11, Figs. 17-21. Hemitrypa dubia Hatt. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Hxplana- tion of pl. 11, figs. 17-21. 1876. Not Fenestella dubia LONSDALE. Bryozoum broadly funnel-form; branches, eight in the space of five millimetres; on the non-poriferous side regular and somewhat rigid in appearance, flattened, striated ; strize sharp, slightly sinuous and sometimes granulose, two to three on each branch. Dissepiments strong, frequently as wide as the branches, six in the space of five millimetres, expanding at their junction with the branches and on the same plane; stri- ated on the non-poriferous side. Fenestrules oval to subcir- cular, from nearly equal to twice the width of the branches, and from one-third longer to nearly twice as long as wide. Cell-apertures in two ranges, small, circular, separated from each other by a distance greater than the aperture, four in each fenestrule, opening nearly directly upward, with a distinctly elevated margin. Ranges of cellules separated by a thin partition which extends upward to an elevation equal to twice the thickness of the branch below, and then expand- ing laterally on each side, forms a pseudo-branch. These pseudo-branches are connected by dissepiments which arise from the upward growthand expansion of the narrow edges of the dissepiments below, in the same manner as in the branches proper, and the surface of both the pseudo-branches and dissep- iments are striated as on the non-poriferous face. In well-pre- served specimens there are rows of minute pits between the strie. This accessory surface differs, however, in some degree from the non-poriferous face proper, in the apparently more sinuous character and irregularity of growth in branches and dissepiments, giving a different aspect to the fenestrules. FENESTELLA PARVULIPORA. Plate 12, Figs. 1-9. Fenestella parvulipora HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. HExplana- tion of pl. 12, figs. 1-9. 1876. Frond broadly funnel-shaped, and growing very luxuri- 124 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. = antly ; branches somewhat slender, from eight to ten in the © space of five millimetres ; bifurcations frequent and irregular. On the non-poriferous side, branches rounded, marked with fine, but distinct strieze, of which there are from five to seven on the width of the branch. Dissepiments slender, about one- third as wide as the branches, and expanding at their junction, rounded on the non-poriferous side and sharply angular or carinate on the poriferous side; five to seven in the space of five millimetres. Fenestrules subquadrangular or broadly oval, width varying from one-half to twice the width of the branches, length once and a half to twice the width. Cell- apertures in two ranges; generally four and sometimes five in the space of each fenestrule, circular or slightly oval, opening nearly directly upward; distance from each other less than the diameter of the aperture ; margins distinctly elevated and slightly indenting the border of the fenestrule ; space between the ranges of cellules carinated ; carina sharp, elevated and nodose, the nodes in well-preserved specimens prominent, about fifteen in the space of five millimetres. A characteristic of this species is the nodose carina, a fea- ‘ture not observed in any other species from this locality. FENESTELLA ACMEA. Plate 12, Figs. 10-14. Fenestella acmea HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 12, figs. 10-18. 1876. Fenestella sp.? HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Explanation of pl. 12, fig. 14. 1876. Compare F. Nervia HALL. 26th Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 93. 1874. Bryozoum funnel-form, narrowly expanding below and spreading above, sides undulated. Branches rigid, eleven or twelve in the space of five millimetres ; non-poriferous sides slightly rounded, longitudinally striated ; striz very strong and prominent, three or four in the width of the branch. Dis- sepiments about half the width of the branches as they appear on the non-poriferous side, about seven or eight in the space of five millimetres, expanding at their junction with the branches and transversely striated; on the poriferous side depressed and angular. Fenestrules broadly oval, a little wider than the branch, length from one and one-third to twice the width, appearing narrower and sometimes nearly obsolete on the THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. . 125 poriferous side. Cell-apertures small, circular, in two ranges, distant from each other more than their diameter, opening nearly directly upward ; margins distinctly elevated and in- denting the border of the fenestrule. Space between the ranges of cells carinate, the carina thin and elevated, abruptly ex- panding on each. side above, and again narrowing to a thin carina. The elevated and expanded carina which is again carinate, and the partial closing of the fenestrules on the poriferous side are characteristics of this species. The specimen, Henestella sp? fig. 14, ut cit., proves to be identical with undoubted Henestella acmea, and differs from F’. bellastriata n. sp. in its regular oval fenestrules, having a length never greater than twice the width, and eight to nine fenestrules in the space of 5 mm. In #. bellastriata there are six fenestrules in the space of 5 mm., and they have always a length greater than twice the width. A small fragment of the poriferous side of the specimen figured presents the character of /”. acmea. FENESTELLA PUNOTOSTRIATA. Plate 12, Figs. 15, 16. Fenrestella punctostriata Haun. Doc. Kdit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ex- planation of pl. 12, figs. 15,16. 1876. Frond flabelliform, branches strong, six in the space of 5 mm.; on non-poriferous side rounded, striated ; strize very dis- tinct, five to ten on each branch, finely granulose. Dissepi- ments variable, sometimes slender, often thickened, and the branches sometimes anastomosing from lateral contact. Fen- estrules variable in shape, width about the same as the branches, length from three to five times their width. Cell- pores in from three to five ranges, five or six pores in the length of a fenestrule. Apertures polygonal, contiguous and alternating, forming oblique rows across the branch; parti- tions thin, sharp and slightly granulose. The poriferous side ofthe frond of this species was unknown at the time of giving the illustrations on plate 12. The study of many specimens shows that there is considerable variation in the fenestrules, which is not indicated in fig. 15. The striato-punctate character of the non-poriferous side, and the poriferous side with large angular cellules in more than two rows, are distinguishing features of the species. 126 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. THAMNISCUS ing. THAMNISCUS NIAGARENSIS. Plate 11, Figs. 22-25. Thamniscus ? Niagarensis Hatu. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Expla- nation of pl. 11, figs. 22-25. 1876. Bryozoum fruticose, often somewhat broadly funnel-shaped, numerous stems growing from a common base, bifurcating but not uniting laterally ; branches much thickened beiow the bi- furcations; celluliferous on the exterior side ; non-celluliferous side striated; striz strong, sinuous, often granulose, from three to five in the width of the branch; poriferous side fre- quently angular in the middle; cell-apertures contiguous, round, or polygonal from contact of the margins with each other, irregularly arranged, from .15 to .25 mm. in diameter. This species occurs as a ramose frond rising from a single base, or spreading equally on all sides and broadly funnel- shaped. The poriferous sides of the branches are round or angular. No other species of the genus is known to me in the Niagara formation. THe FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 127 CRINOIDEA. SACCOCRINUS Hall. Saccocrinus Curistyi Hall. Plate 138, Figs. 12-20. Actinocrinus Christyi HAuL. Trans. Alb. Inst., vol. iv, p. 196. Abstract, p. 2; May, 1863. Not Actinocrinus Christyi SHUMARD. Ist and 2d Rep. Geol. Surv. Miss., pt. ii, p. 191, pl. A, fig. 8. 1855. Actinocrinus Whitfieldi HALL. 20th Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 326; Doc. -Edit., 1868. Actinocrinus (Saccocrinus) Whitfieldi HALL. 20th Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., pp. 370, 480; Revised Edit. [1870.] Saccocrinus Christyi (HALL) M. & W. Geol. Rep. IIl., vol. iii, p. 347, pl. 5, fig. 1. 1868. Megistocrinus Marcouanus W. & M. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 87, pl. 2, fig. 5. 1866. ' Megistocrinus infelia W. & M. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 110, pl. 11, fig. 7. 1866. Body below the arms elongate, urn-shaped, or subovate, very slightly spreading at the arm-bases. Basal plates proportion- ally small, more abruptly spreading than the succeeding plates, their lower margins somewhat produced near their junction with the column. First radial plates of moderate size, height and width equal, those of the postero-lateral rays smaller ; second radial plates hexagonal, somewhat wider than high; third radials heptagonal, higher than wide, smaller than the second, supporting a pair of supraradials on each upper sloping side, one above the other, the upper one a bifur- cating plate, and supporting a series of brachial plates on each upper side, giving four arms to each ray. Interradial plates numerous, the first one hexagonal, intermediate in size between the first and second radials, supporting two in the second and third ranges; about five other ranges above, of two or three plates each, gradually decreasing in size toward the summit. First anal plate heptagonal, equal in size to the largest first radial, but shorter, and supporting three smaller 128 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. plates in the second range with a large number of smaller plates above. Intersupraradial spaces occupied by from five to seven plates each, which gradually decrease in size from below. The summit, in older specimens, is depressed con- vex, composed of a large number of polygonal plates, hav- ing near the anal side an aperture (or proboscis ?) which is sur- rounded by smaller plates. The plates of the radial series are marked along their centers by an elevated ridge, which is in- terrupted at the sutures of the first, second, and third radi- als, being a simple elongate node on the first radial, becom- ing more distinct in the supraradial series, and strongly elevated on the brachials ; bifurcating on the fourth plate and again on the second above, with two or three plates of the brachial series above these, before the separation of the arms from the body. Surface, in well-preserved specimens of the plates, toward their margins (except the horizontal faces of the direct radial series), marked by fine, sharply elevated radiating strie, which cross the suture line uniting with similar ones on the adjacent plate; there are, likewise, sometimes, short ridges, or elongate nodes, radiating from near the margins of the in- terradial plates and uniting with similar ones on the adjacent plates. All the plates are marked by a finely granulose sur- face, the granule being arranged in concentric lines parallel to the margin of the plates. Column enlarging just before reaching the base of the cup, composed of very thin discs, which are coarsely granulose on their margins. This species has some resemblance to Actinocrinus (Saccoc- rinus) speciosus (Pal. N. Y., vol. iL, p. 205, pl. 46, fig. 1), but differs in the proportional size and form of the plates, in the ridges of the radial series, and the bifurcation of the arms previous to their separation from the body. MACROSTYLOCRINUS Aall. In the second volume of the Paleontology of New York, published in 1852, I proposed the name MACROSTYLOCRINUS for a crinoid having three basal plates, and five rays of three plates each, from which proceed the arms; the interradial series consisting of about five plates. In 1860, Dr. F. Roemer THE FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. 129 proposed CytTocrinus* for a crinoid of precisely the same structure and of similar form. The latter, though published eight years later, has the advantage of being a more euphont- ous name. The’ genus Crenocrinus of Bronn, as described by Pictet, possesses a structure resembling, or identical with, CyTocRI- nus and MacrostyLocrRinus, though the exterior character is very distinctive ; for the present I retain the latter name. MACROSTYLOCRINUS STRIATUS. Plate 13, Figs. 1-4. Macrostylocrinus striatus HALL. Trans. Alb. Inst., vol. iv, p. 207. Abstract, p. 18; May, 1863. Body depressed turbinate: calyx to the summit of the first radials hemispheric in form. Rays from the second radials spreading ; interradial spaces depressed or not expanding be- yond the upper edge of the first radial plate; basal plates comparatively large ; first radials large, prominent in the mid- dle near the upper margins; second radials hexagonal, not half as large as the first, wider than high; third radials smal- ler than the second, pentagonal, wider than high, supporting arm plates on the upper sloping sides ; first interradials larger than the second radials, hexagonal, supporting two plates in the second range. 7 Surface finely and beautifully striated by fine, sharp, undu- lating strize, about twelve of which traverse the lower side of the first radial plate, meeting similar ones from the basal plates ; the apices or junction of the striz are in the line from the center to the angles of the plates in the basal, first radial and interradial plates, while on the surface of the smaller plates these lines are sometimes broken into granules. This species resembles the JZ. ornatus from the shale of the Niagara group at Lockport, N. Y.; but the rays are more spreading and the surface markings are finer. MACROSTYLOCRINUS STRIATUS var. GRANULOSUS 7. var’. Among the collections from,Waldron there is another species of this genus, ora constant variety, which presents a uniformly finely granulose surface. The prominent short ridge from the * Silurische Fauna des Westlichen Tennessee, p. 4, Tab. 4, figs. 2a, 2b, and 2c. 15 130 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. first radial which supports the arm is not so marked and is more angular. There is likewise a slight angularity of the body at the base of the radial plates, and ‘the base of the calyx at its junction with the column is trilobate. The arms are long and slender and are not observed to bifurcate above the summit of the calyx. Ina specimen having a height of calyx of 5 mm. the length of the arms is 21 mm. MACROSTYLOCRINUS FASCIATUS. Plate 13, Figs. 5, 6. Cyathocrinus fasciatus HALL. Doc. Edit. 28th Rep. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. Expla- nation of pl. 13, figs. 5,6. 1876. Body rotund, calyx symmetrically cup-shaped ; basal plates apparently three (not satisfactorily determined) closely anchy- losed, and supporting five hexagonal first radial plates ; upper side of the first radial shortly truncated and supporting a small second radial, which in direct line supports a smaller one, from the upper sloping sides of which proceed two small arms. The first radial plates, on their adjacent sloping faces, support a heptagonal interradial plate, above and adjacent to which are three other interradials not fully determined. Surface granulose-striate, the strizee sometimes in strong fas- cicles, to the almost entire exclusion cf granule. Fascicles of strize radiating from the basal plates to the margins of the plates above and uniting in a prominent stellate arrangement on the centers of the first radial plates. From the center of the first radial plates upward proceeds a distinct rounded ridge which extends to the third radial nies it bifurcates to the arm plates. Height of body to bifurcation of the arms 9-11mm. Diam- eter of cup 7-8 mm. Column at base 1.5 mm. ~ The structure of the body above the base is that of the simplest form of AcTINOCRINUS, but without any distinctive Tur FAUNA OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. tat feature of an anal side. The surface markings are character- istic of the species, and in some specimens the fasciculate strize are raised into strong ridges of a more prominent character than those represented in the figure. In a single specimen observed the striz are subdued and separated, with the inter- spaces marked by fine granule. The preceding diagram illustrates the structure so far as it has been observed. Observations upon the genera GLYPTOCRINUS, GLYPTASTER, — BALANOCRINUS and LAMPTEROCRINUS. In the first volume of the Paleontology of New York, I proposed the genus GLYPTocRINUS for a lower Silurian form, common in the blue shaly limestone of the Hudson River group at Cincinnati and elsewhere in the west. This genus is char- acterized by the presence of five basal or subradial plates, suc- ceeded by five series of radial plates of three each, below the first subdivision of the ray. The column at its junction with the body is pentalobate. The genus has been recognized and several other species described by different authors. chy eet oretayeiatwe » 127 A. HME U LOCUM i spe ste. whey ih wltirey sseisohe a 127 At (Saccocrinus) speciosus ..... 128 FAUDEOULES CHSUL. 0s. sida waseess 115 Ambonychia acutirostra........... ire A. ENON MHA 42096 pus cpci et trcisie is 172 A. (Pterinea) striecostata...... 173 mnapnrcoria Weid yi... . «ies iets » 171 Anastrophia internascens ......... 168 A. esr UL Ree lye ws a's. fave cave 168, 169 A. (Atrypa) interplicata........ 169 UNE NYA a aig win: ease) ay Specs ve hier rayis 181 ASU PIES SCLONUTUS. ....sseceeacdse- 191 Astylospongia imbricato-articulata. 104 p13 VSM ONS Bs oc, <::s, ois ail o/ <<) s)she' 6 103 A. premorsa ¥. nuxmoschata... 104 A. (Paleomanon) bursa........ 105 Aimy paprevitostrig?......... 168, 169 A. GAS PUTS vs laisse) «6 sie iaiei nie = 162 A. Ante pliCatanhecti.s)ss4i.00 oh» « 168 A TUCO VECUOUIE perv no ciyn, « f3 1a) old) agate ish 162 A. JDL GIO Lh no Ware ea Matera ay ere 160 As MEPICU LATS) meptayheiacs «iiss! 162 A. (Hichwaldia) corallifera ..... 170 ANACOpINA LG TAME 95). 5401/4 lepsiet es sye ws 105 MOD OTA PMECIUS,.,....5/..-.5)5/fajdrs «fie: 107 A. SOLS ele a 108 Avacnilatemacerate' :.:3:0.9 bjs)s/. 6 < ines os 173 BALANOCRINUS Troost ............ 1851 B. AGLI TES © 15 A610 fe apeholteye aS hse 132 Bellerophon twher... iil) sishiswearals WP Beyrichia granulosa.............. 186 BivaCHlIOPODA. .)-.:.:., 0, aelsig deel « 148 BRACHYMERUS Shaler ............ 168 Bucania trilobatia. . «soir janis sparyaes 178 CALCHOCRINUS Hall... ...0.0c0s0s 146 C. CHT SALIG! 1, saleietst cere) apacoereunys 147 C. SUIS MAGUS ., soles id wou sham eetse 147 C. DUET CAG 5) 5) cis. aways say dies tical olor 147 PMELOPORA, AGL. «0.5.1 stseiuletr(els « 114 C. elemantuilan pps year eerie 115 C. EOXS TE 2 ava atcatee ys oltnae vont taiens 115 CALLOPORA singularis............. 115 Calymene Blumenbachii v. Niaga- MOMSUSIN Gea Sis Ooo 2 case dept yeeyi 187 (Gs INIA APENSIS. 2. 0< 0 cerebro as 187 C. ODORLOCEDRALG 25- a. «ae 191 CHP EAT OR OWA We 2. cals ea 4 179 Cerampora aceliluge.. sonar 120 C. Conmmuensiiy estas 116, 119 C. TO ECA Tae. ee reer Soler 119 C. labecuilaye. sevens sii taltanatsNs logeisie 119 Ceraurus bimucronatus ..........- 190 C. UNSIO WUSRR I aclagae- ee oe ae 189 C; (Cheirurus) Niagarensis..... 189 Cheetetes comsimilis:.. 2s. cnt - 110 Cheirocrinus Hall ............... 146 C. CUOMIOUIIOS SP Bene oa bon calc 147 Cheirurus bimucronatus.......... 190 C. PIOSVOMIS | vv shes ato, ed Pe 190 C. PAUPCT. 2c. a aepieeieies FORA S 190 Chonetes) Cornmutay.. non eo ee 155 C. TMA a Seg. 5, 0 aed URES 155 C. NOVA OCOLICA er ers «1s eens 155 C. UTA WG ai ee c sein ahsbebe tee 155 @celospixa dispaniligas. oc lcs eee 162 Conchicolites Wicholson.......... 182 Conchites rhomboidalis............ 151 CORALS AND BRYOZOA........ 106 CORNULITES Schlotheim...... 182, 184 C, ATCUATIA. ds = « caida 185 C. CHNTORD, 30:5; 2, coder keen aes 184 C, GUStANS 215 crs. senehetene bane: 185 C. AEXWOSUS) «, sods bie Waa tee 184 C. BLOPLIUG . oe so. ye nde 182, 184 @ratiia sepiiera: W2ii2 waediaceweneate 148 C. SEULOCR OM. sae wen eh meeareneatate 148 (Oy Silurian)’. Jvepertee cdot seth: 148 CRINOIDEA:.. cc Arereetaeatians xamacie’s 127 CRUSTACEA Geaeetmeetate a cacsre ts 186 Crypheus Green ........... 191, 192 CTENOCRINUS Bronte. cs.ceseress 129 202 INDEX TO THE FAUNA Cyathocrinus fasciatus .........06. 130] Tilenus armatus?......... - io: 2 elena MUCLeUS,|. .: 0 Ieee Eee 136 | I. Barriengig eee: aici. as eee 189 Gyathocrinus Polyxo @ 2:6 oheene 130 | Jered, CLOMOALM ale Suites cles sie cia selec 103 C. DPUSLLLUS tok see eRe Eee eee 136 Cyphaspis (Christyac. sence cheer 188 |} LAMELLIBRANCHIATA ........ 171 Cy pricardinia Arata...) ec eene 174 | LAMPTEROCRINUS Roemer ........ 131 C. stibovatsns <2 6s(Gie eee 174 | Lecanocrinus pusillus............ 136 Cyrtolites|Sinwosus 2.01. och eee 178 | Leperditia faba ............ stress 186 CYTOCRINUS) e0emer ¢ Jen wee omar 129 | Leptena profunda........ me rs | 151 dy SUDDIONG . 2. <5 « 06 151 Dalmania Hmmrich. ............ US By a Op SUTUALD: vases sas) ee 152 D: DECON US < 0/54 ce SoA ikea ele ee 196 | Leptocelia disparilis............-. 162 D. DOTTUCOSO. oo sis 1. 199 D. AOA UES lee eal eelienena a a ath 196 | L. SCabra... sss 6s =) 199 D. WELEUCOSIS 4); 2.0025) se ee 194, 195). 1. SP 2 ise sess sees oie 199 D. VMS UIVIIS cee Se aiebe selene cos ie ew 193 | L. (Platynotus) Trentonensis... 198 Dendrocrinus nucleus ..........:- 186 | LICHENALIA Hall. .....: ase 116 Duncanella borealis:..0.) 0.20.20... 106 | L. concentrica ...).. 2) eee 116 Tus concentrica 9. maculata..... 117 Hichwaldia reticulata............. 169 | L. concentrica v, parvula ...... 117 EUCALYPTOCRINUS Goldfuss....... 141 | Lygrocrinws’ Hall). 2 oe 141 E. CR IATUS «61.0. '0stehalere 142, 144, 145) L. (Rhodocrinus) dactylus...... 141 KH. CYASSUS).4 050. 00 38 141, 144, 145 EK. Mee VISe eC cn RR 142 | MacrosryLocrinus Hali......... 128 EK. OVENS. 2425 54125. che eh ee SNe ee 143M, - fasciatus... 2. 22. SS eee 130 LE. GO OUAUS No Stee EA 143 |\M. «ornatus.......... 32a 129 K. Phillipsi: cae. ete Eeee, - 142M.’ . striatug. 22.2.5. eae 129 M. _ striatus 2. eranulosus BEE ib ia 129 HAv08i6e8 EXCTELUS 0 cece cess. 108) Manon eribrosum! 0) eee 114 F. Horbest i.e ie PE RES Gy 109 | Megistocrinus infeli@.......+.+--2 127 F. Forbesi v. occidentalis ..... 109 | M’ » Marcouanus .... 23. eee 127 F. PVLifOr Mis A ULE 108 | MELocriINuUsS Groldfuss............ 139 Het) wspinigerus iy. SS eee + 108'| M. - -obconieus........ OTR 138 ¥. SHONGULO Aa hese eee 108' | Merista nitida) 32 0S. 3 eee 160 Penestella ‘acmea,,..'..-.).. 02078. . 124 | Meristella Maria........ 1 Rs 159 Bg bellastriataic: ste ee PARQ MS Cnitida:.... 2. Ae 160 ¥. 6 CY: Pan a ea eR au SL 128|M. (Atrypa) crassirostra........ 159 F. MUST VAL ie tat each ct ot AS 124; M:- - (Merista) tumida’.:{2220e802 159 F, parvuliporas. i. 205s et. 123 | Meristina Maria........:..<). Soca 15$ i. punctostriata....... ah eae" 125) M.\ - nitida.:....20..:..4% 455 160 F. AMMDIS UAL tea kisah erates 123 | Modiolopsis perlatus.........2.54. L772 FIsTULIPORA MC Oop PAA TO 114) M.' : subalatus oo. 0 ee 173 F. deciplenss.(.cGr see SOLA EI 114 | Myalina mytiliformis............. 172 ForRBESIOCRINUS De Kon.-Le Hon. 188| Mytilarca sigilla ................ 174 GASTEROPOD A Sea as Bele 175 | Nucleospira pisiformis 2/7/2222" 160 — GLYPPASTER Oi? Oe eee ies 131 G. brachiatugie ye. See, 135 | ODONTOCEPHALUS Conrad.... 191, 192 G, inornatus)).)1.¢ EL 134 | O. selenurus... 45% ss saree iene 191 G) : occidentalis, «22202.80"% 188, 185 | Odontochile Cordd............-.. 191 G. occidentalis ». crebrescens .. 1383 | Orthis elegantula..............06- 150 GLYPTOCRINUS Hath. TP. 131 | O. hy brida:.:.1.:.%'..%5 5 ee ee .. 149 G. Carleyii. 05.5 t23 200 Sees 132 | O. PUSUM ss % SO Sa | G. decadactylus:...:.....0 03h Fic 132 | Orthoceras simulator ............. 179 Ortonia Nicholson... ..2% sae eee 182 Heliolites interstincta............. 114 Hemitry pa QUdtQ i ec vedtieuesicccees 123'|'Paleeomanon-cratera.... 2a 105 Homalonotus delphinocephalus,... 187] Paleeopora interstincta............ 114 Hypothyris Stricklandt........... 165 | Paleschara ? aspera ..........005- 121 Tehthyocrinus corbiss 63.66 vas 137 | P. incrassata. ....i sk ss he see ee 121 it aubimoularigy ss wi. 2 nn eee 1504 2s maculata.) 5 vis 625 pixie 121 OF THE NIAGARA GROUP. memreschara Ofula. . 2... ..i se eases 120 P.? (Chetetes) spherion........ 121 Pentamerus oblongus ............ 100 P. Wierme ill a hts teeta 168 EPROPS OVALIS)< .sc5: sce ote sess 149 EP: (Orbicula) squamiformis.... 149 Platyostoma Niagarense....... Me lino iP; Plelbeitunney eet 175 Poteriocrinus pisiformis ........-. 137 PEO LOZOA es. 2 sos Sid banc 103 PAREEIMEANOLISA. . 5), coo lS os oye n 0 Pe eh) Receptaculites subturbinatus ..... 105 [FETT 00 ne ae Pe 166 R PAGHIEVETAN 3 Shales, crave a Sar ilevaleceiats 166 R NS AGRA NNT ayes clea asta) sicvar sl ease c)« 162 Rs CME asa e\ats sires bisee al ses ete als 160 R. ROMUE MY OLY a aisle, Sait aide eye roters 166 R WASTES) APTIMIS 6c 6,400: 4 «1s 161 R. (Atrypa) formosa......... 161 Rhodocrinus (Lyriocrinus) Melissa. 139 Bhynchonella acinus:.........:... 163 R. Pra ALAL o < eves ays "ol'cne a's. slo lade 163 EG: ROOM L ON acca kee s snc 5 cies 163 R. DOSES See arate arte Mina Uni 164 R. BMICOLD A tenda cle souks sites fa 6 « 166 R. RRIITNO SA's es 1, lie dels ah avel'a!,050 161 R. MGT OMAMETISIS ae, 6is'ciaia vs heme os 168 R. GEE CL cia. Ge Bits okt arcs 162, 164 BeMreiculata?..... 06... .c0k5, 169 R. SPMICKIANGL jis hi) Wan oe oe so 165 ING HHAMMESSECNSIS, | 5. 6... 2.215 250-0 165 R. “SA LDUTUBILTL eee AIT Uae 164 FTTRYNCHOSPUTG CVA... 6... cece ees 160 RHYNCHOTRETA Hall........ Eats. LOO R. cuneata v, Americana ...... 157 paecocrinus, Christy. ......0. 6.06% 127 magvenella elegans: ........3.% ES elif S. membranacea .......-....0. 118 UPNONUG CECHDOLD oo cncecicnvecee 108 8. imbricato-articulata ........ 104 8. UREIVOT SOD < cctiasic eyo ciel se eiula els a's 103 8. SUD UUULO ae at ccy cis ahs ielcv ais Sh Slahe aka 103 Spherexochus Romingeri?... 25... 189 Spirifera GUIS Ages sericea) seaneyeuead Salas 157 S. ELispa v) simplex... .... 05... 157 S. BMUMOMA CASS sii. c's PE eal 156 8. AUN GE OLE UMA) ees gaya! «sy aja. 5 les cielo 156 S. INO ATEMSIS 5 {Nels ease sss 158 8. Niagarensis v. oligoptycha.. 156 S. policatelbarc e654 ak asiea delays 157 8. plicatella v. globosa........ 158 S. plicatella v. radiata......... 158 S. TICLE WEL ler ae aa A 157, 158 DUTOTDIS 2 flELUOSUS... ooo ve ec ve 181 Ss. LIMO TAT AUG Us) ihe ayia Relerelieaettens « 181 S. MRED THIS s\n) yo Yat eae an ayer date 181 203 STEPHANOCRINUS Conrad........- 146 8. TSM MIMAOLMMIST. weet cle < 146 SLICTOPORA (AQ yae wa eleieirs clelerateh 122 8. OF DipPOKAaiss cc atleast - 122 S. DOUGH Voooreood dn socas 122 S. SUmATLTS! ./c.1sh eae Moeater reenter 122 Streptelasma Minima .......e++00. 106 TAGQUCALIS') sha rcrotehverrercra lorem 106 S. (Duncanella) borealis....... 106 STREPTORHYNCHUS ee - 150, 153 S. subplana .............++:- 151 S. GOMUMIS oi eters eben Saale We oeete 150 STROPHODONTA Hall......... 151, 153 S. LOLUM CAG opiate wienera aetna ete 151 S. SMTA L A cada hello tcc ath eneuanennrele 152 STROPHOMENA Rafinesque........ 153 S. euolyp la. ira ete ne ccteete sl ns 164 S. Fhomibordalisn in. eae/4 wets 151 S. SERUGL ASA ard Sale, Welfare « 152 S. (Strophodonta?) semifasciata. 154 STROPHONELLA Hall ............- 153 S. IVAN ere Ricco tcraainteron ated eters 154 S. CH at a ae Te Se ais nee cere 154 S. CALM DOMA Me .)s nicvereieciateprsiars 154 S. Leavenworthana........... 154 S. JO VAHWUENOVE, oe ce esancbon ap 154 S. FEVETSA CH. hss sir gsoe eebeeneee 154 S. Semifasciatay: 5 ./scu ol ereuroke 154 Strophostylus cyclostomus.... ... 170 8. cyclostomus »v, disjunctus... 177 8. elepansins igen ie ie anion 176 TENTACULITES Schlotheim........ 184 Ae DUSUGIUST NA OS SG aientelarereclanelavetave 185 De SLCHALOSUS rot ices aes: chelates ate ere 184 Terebratula brevirostris........... 168 tt. POUSQUED Sib aguas \poacboasod 165 ue NING, one oaaconeoouscc 168 ae: SULUCKIGIM AU a ty tara etre etae 165 Thamniscus Niagarensis.......... 126 Trematopora echinata ....... 112, 114 SaUMPLC TAN rcs «Sle ee iap oh stey she’s 112 THUR OMOEA s Cy dod hasudde soc c 1il WOO) NOV ecrreseecaccao a 1138 HDOWIONOUE mene cine EERIE Ae Gis ci Bl © 113 OSC ull umaey 7. aia eee, a areata 110 OStlOlataeira ci is acvelsveeterye cds 110 PE OUMLALISN eet cher eler seer ataieteh eel 112 Sollidaneeeyaever sialiahateesap ae at at Stay 110 SOUMCWIEME NS hin woo etocuacodc 114 spinulosa.........+.2..+.-- 114 WAUTIAL ha cvals 0 avaielelapaet tenets peers |ilal T. VAPLOLATS phacciatereteratesrahcecterel atets 113 Trimerus delphinocephalus. ..... 187 Trochoceras Waldronense......... 179 TURBINOCRINUS T'roost........... 139 Zaphrentis celator,.........6.0.~- 107 hs tN iv tate aeiceg tid Oa Pp ane ip “Sie MES ah TRE aH ie einloltia lem ibe "Azan ie } Pe ‘ a fa A } i ' ull, r uf PRL ‘ at aoe wes Pt LA | mae trie ee > 2 Ose va ‘ ro i . : EE Te ix Pi Epae’ Le A ts 1 vt Bod VIR Ov igd eye es ie 7 O16 en) 4 4 mets Tr hyn howd 4 PVH ey ik baa deep atts wd Tage fi M i hielo { : “ ‘ Te . ei ; ‘a ‘ 0 ' ‘ n i } ; ii i ’ / diaiy vi om i EVL9ES C59 £7 + ioe pti TO renew F # oY sR Sites j t rt 4 ; ? : j ‘ OTe TA % { f iets) eS Ay T veoh s fy WEY 3 Py? i F Fa yo H y 4 yh ; y teh 2B a) es Cdn tink 4 sages hia sheet, YES one nD é Ve Utiey Sele a Para uae a 3 2h ee bY Ch ee es ale bes Ea an Tare é ite bye al me Eitdadiy' ( ; Lok es QS iy “ Loar; ih REALE " iy t ist Sg ry % my Pay WATE. aaron : tf #4 f iy Th tye) FETE vet “tO ae A tat ah PM if ‘ e LU Uo hoo Mies fe Sy t OP a CNS 1 a 28 aa Wee Pa retest 4 uy ERI OR yy Ceres eet. RRR Pi y Pils bake ie RMR Rea YE Se CRO, oe ee aa iT ro | : ’ i¢ rarer Pare Bere sabi Fews Ri * »] " ‘ 4 aN oe beef keen ay i sy Ho i Veet ce Bey Parte mihy) 35 MOE PLE ee Pe RY ein. ‘ aM a ne Ae a a 2 ae ae 5 es etc ot, ss ti phar neat : — a ~_— ~ a ~ how = 2 tn SS Poet 5 a ce a ee se re ee oe ~—- (yy ¥ ma “Teasing + eee WAVY OD RRs de} ites far moe Ya edoagislyriedt, ny ‘nen bh ar ae ay’ e eeha eee at pied fe at pi ‘Ra OS ae OEE adage ee py’ Bit. t f ‘ fine, Gi wien Ete aa tigate CF tieceae we ere yf fis aly ed ae xe ewee £4 * we & ae eer . 7 = eo «= es . nf © ae bh & vee aries Rd 25 e phe i ire wie's P t ‘ [2 * oes © ££) V 8 Ay , « -~ + *+'* > ore I bitin ety a ih an ms | thy > ak pT eee a ee ye ear? eeu eR dig dee eee Se ; Lt ec) a om ils da MED ae ee . ARES Bead ; + ha go fa md Lye « cote e weed e yy or na al Aieleeay ee pe 71) Glgoal lc ‘e BAe 6S Oe ae ee tas ores ts ro arty +m fei dhnll aie ih a TOR Ry ca a CL ae ait rt ea iedl rpubsiiilbhidhe ala { NOTICE OF SOME REMARKABLE CRINOIDAL FORMS FROM THE LOWER HELDERBERG GROUP. By J AME Ss. ECA ID. In addition to several aberrant forms of Crinoidea, for which genera have been constituted, the species here noticed furnish some information as to the extreme variations which these organisms can assume in their mode of life, and in the special modifications of parts of their organism. The genera EDRIOCRINUS, ANCYROCRINUS and LICHENOORINUS, depart in their habits, and in some degree in their structure, from the ordinary forms of the group, but with the exception of ANCYROCRINUS, they bear slight relation to the species of the present paper. The specimens from the Tentaculite limestone in Schoharie, N. Y., were purchased with the Gebhard collection in 1872, and have remained unpublished in the hope of arriving at a more satisfactory determination of the nature of this remarka- ble form. During the past summer, Prof. James M. Safford, of Nashville, Tennessee, kindly placed at my disposal numerous specimens of an identical nature from the same horizon in Ten- nessee, and on this material, together with the New York speci- mens in the State Museum, the generic characters with the following descriptions of the species are based. CAMAROCRINUS nov. gen. Body large, externally lobed, chambered within, varying from transversely or longitudinally oblate-spheroidal to sub- spherical, and frequently assuming an unsymmetrical form from the unequal development of the lobes corresponding to the internal chambers. The cavity of the body or dome is divided into two or more large compartments, with usually several smaller accessory chambers, by vertical and_hori- zontal partitions which are extensions of the substance of the inner walls of the dome. The basal portion occupies a subcircular area, which is placed in a central position with regard to the disposition of the lobes of the body, and is surrounded by an elevated pro- 206 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. jection or extension of the walls. In structure this area 1s_ composed of spreading, radiciform, bifurcating rays, con- nected by irregular polygonal plates. The basal rays are composed of joints similar to those of an ordinary crinoidal column, and vary in number from five to twelve or more, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to two axes at right angles; they bifurcate at the third or fourth seg- ment from their origin, and enclose ambulacral openings which penetrate into the interior cavities of the body. The external wall of the dome is composed of two distinct layers, of which the infolding and extension of the inner one forms the partitions dividing the chambers. No traces of free - arms have been observed. Column cylindrical, smooth near the body; the segments regular. The interior canal is five-lobed, and is divided and continued through the basal rays and their ramifications; not opening into any interior cavity of the body, so far as observed. This remarkable crinoidal body is so totally unlike any previously described form, within my knowledge, that its true characters and relations are not at once evident. There is no doubt as to its crinoidal nature, but there is no apparent analogy of its parts with ordinary crinoids. Some of its char- acters would indicate that it is a curiously modified and en- larged summit or dome; that the visceral cavity is a small internal chamber immediately over the column-attachment ; and that the lobes are an abnormal development of the inter- brachial or interradial spaces. But the more probable theory in regard to this fossil, points to afunctional similarity witha crinoidal root, as in ANCYROCRINUS from the upper Helderberg and Hamilton groups, in which there is a bulbous growth at one extremity of the column, supposed to act as a float or an- chor to the body and arms. Viewing it in this respect, it may be regarded as a large chambered bulb, with an attached col- umn, on the distal extremity of which was a calyx, having ~ characters unknown at the present time. In this aspect, it must have been a free floating organism, similar in its habits to the recent Meduse and Comatule. The lack of definition and symmetry which these crinoidal bodies assume would be an argument in support of this view, and find an explanation in their consequent secondary functional importance, and sep- aration from the governing center or centers. — LowErR HELDERBERG CRINOIDEA. 207 CAMAROCRINUS STELLATUS 2. Sp. Plate 35, figs. 1-8. Body oblate-spheroidal, convex above, flattened or, some- what concave below, with from three to twelve low, rounded lobes on the basal margin. The base is composed of spreading radiciform, bifurcating branches, connected by a stellate network of finer ramifica- tions, forming the plates of the base; the whole being sur- rounded by an irregular projected margin, and o¢cupying an area having a diameter equal to from one-half to two-thirds the transverse diameter of the body. The basal branches, of which there are usually about eight, bifurcate at the third segment from their origin, and surround large ambulacral openings into the interior cavities of the body. The section represented in fig. 5, pl. 35, shows some evidences of a coni-— cal cavity above the center of the base, and a large horizontal septum, extending parallel to the base and at a distance above it, equal to the height of the internal conical chamber; but this does not appear to be aconstant character. The body is divided into four or more large chambers, or ~ compartments, by radiating partitions from a central vertical axis. Near the summit, at the base and along the sides, there are frequently several accessory chambers formed by a division and divergence of the primary septa. The external wall of the lateral and upper portions is com- posed of two layers of large and small stellate plates, con- nected by numerous processes. Hach star is marked by a central rounded node, and the rays vary in number from three to ten. Column smooth, round near its attachment. The largest specimen of this species observed, has a trans- verse diameter of 110 mm. with a vertical diameter of nearly 60mm. The basal branches of the same specimen occupy an area having a diameter of 50 mm., or nearly one-half the trans- verse diameter of the body. In a smaller specimen whose transverse diameter is 55 mm. the basal area measures 28 mm., or nearly the same proportions as in the larger specimen. This species is distinguished from C. Saffordi by its more depressed form, comparatively larger basal area, more numer- ous ambulacra, and in the stellate structure of the external walls. In some of its features it more nearly resembles C. Clarkii, but the unsymmetrical form of that species, the 208 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. numerous unequal internal chambers with correspondingly numerous ambulacra, are distinctive. The external aspect of the specimens is similar to that of a Favosite or Sponge; and it is is only under favorable condi- tions of weathering that the true stellate structure of the ex- ternal walls is exhibited. formation and locality. In the Tentaculite limestone of the Lower Helderberg group, at Schoharie, N. Y. CAMAROCRINUS SAFFORDI DN. sp. = Plate 36, figs. 16; Plate 37, figs. 1, 2. Body spherical to oblate-spheroidal, vertically or trans- versely compressed and externally lobed; presenting from three to five large lobes, corresponding to the internal cham- bers. There are usually five lobes, but often very unequally developed, giving an unsymmetrical form to the body. Basal area small, well defined ; limited by an extension of the walls, and occupying a space having a diameter of about one-third the transverse diameter of the dome. Basal rays strong, their subdivisions enclosing five distinct ambulacral openings into the internal chambers, and laterally connected by numerous small polygonal plates similar to those compos- ing the walls of the body. The dome is ordinarily divided, by vertical partitions, into five large unequal chambers, which are rarely of a uniform size, and often show great inequality. In some specimens one or more of the chambers are partially or completely atro- phied from the enormous development of adjacent chambers, producing forms similar to fig. 3, pl. 36, and figs. 1, 2, pl. 37. Internal and external walls of the dome composed of small polygonal plates, united by minutely undulating or serrated suture-lines. The external plates are well defined by the - depressed suture-lines and often show a small node or cen- tral tubercle. As in the other forms here described, the walls readily separate into an inner and outer layer, and the inter- spaces have a porous or spongy structure. The specimens present such a great range in size and form that the dimensions are not apparently of specific importance. The largest example observed, which is represented in section in fig. 2, pl. 37, has a greatest transverse diameter of about 145 mm. and shows five unequal internal chambers. The trans- verse diameters of specimens of ordinary size vary from 80 to to 110 mm. LOWER HELDERBERG OCORINOIDEA. 209 It is not at once evident as to what constitutes the important specific differences of these fossils. The specimens referred to C. stellatus show a somewhat more depressed and symmetri- cal form, the basal area is comparatively larger, with more numerous ambulacra, and the ornamentation of the exterior walls of the dome is conspicuously different from C. Saffordi. In contrast with C. Clarkii, the species here described has a more regular form, with fewer internal chambers and _ corre- sponding ambulacra, and the basal area is considerably smaller. The projecting margin around the basal area is broken and imperfect in all the specimens examined, and its original extent is not Known; but whatever variation there ‘may be in the form of the body, this area is well defined and distinctly limited, having a subcircular or unequally pentagonal out- line. The substance of the dome is usually silicified, and this change has obscured the minute structure of the walls, which is preserved in but few of the specimens. Fig. 1, pl. 36, represents the bases of two small columns be- sides the large central one, suggesting the idea that this hy- drocyst furnished a float or support to a colony of individu- als. In fig. 5, there is a cicatrive such as would be produced by the separation of asimilar accessory column. The external resemblance of the specimens of this species to a Favosite is even more marked than in C. stellatus,and is well represented In fig. 4. Formation and locality. In limestone referred to the Lower Helderberg group, Hardin county, Tennessee. CAMAROCRINUS CLARKII 7. Sp. Plate, 36, figs. 7,8; Plate 37, fig. 3. Body of an irregular ovoid form, marked by numerous unequal lobes corresponding to the internal chambers; base flattened. Basal area large and well defined, having a diameter of somewhat less than one-half the transverse diameter of the dome. Rays numerous, connected by small polygonal plates; bifurcating near the periphery of the basal area and surrounding small ambulacra leading into the internal cavities. The interior of the hydrocyst is divided by vertical, hori- zontal, and oblique partitions, into numerous unequal cham- bers, which are shown on the exterior as rounded lobes. Kach of these chambers has an ambulacral opening in the basal area. 210 TWENTY-EIGHTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Walls composed of very small polygonal plates varying in diameter from .5 to one mm.; surface smooth, without special ornamentation. The specimen described shows, on the exterior, eleven lobes, which present great variations in comparative volume. Its greatest vertical diameter is 40 mm., and its transverse diame- ters are 46 and 55 mm., respectively. The basal area is sub- circular, and measures about 23 mm. This form is distinguished from C. Saffordi with which it is associated, in its more irregnlar form, larger base, and more numerous ambulacra. In the comparative size of the basal area it more nearly corresponds to C. stellatus, but its form and the structure of the walls are very different. The speci- men forming the basis of the description possesses features which are apparently of specific importance as above indi- cated, while showing the variation and want of a constant definition, which characterize these bodies. The great inequality exhibited in the lobes may, in other Specimens, produce a general form very unlike those de- scribed. The form of the body, and the size and disposition of the lobes seems to be the most inconstant feature of the three species here described. formation and locality. In the Lower Helderberg, lime- stone, Hardin county, Tennessee. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. - Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. a Fig. Fig. Fig. Do = CO. NI GO Or EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Aqaricus (LEPIOTA) PUSILLOMYCES Peck. Page 48. . Two plants of ordinary size. . Vertical section of a pileus. . Spores x-400. TREMELLA MYCETOPHILA Peck. Page 53. . Three plants of ordinary size growing on Agaricus dryophilus. MONOTOSPORA BISEPTATA Peck. Page 62. . A block of wood bearing a patch of plants. . A plant bearing an immature spore x 400. . A plant bearing a mature spore x 400. | Is . Detached spores x 400. | CLAVARIA GRACILLIMA Peck. Page 53. . Two plants of ordinary size. CLAVARIA PULCHRA Peck. Page 53. . Two plants of ordinary size. HELOTIUM PILEATUM Peck. Page 67. . Piece of an herb stem bearing three plants of ordinary size. . A plant magnified. . An ascus containing spores x 400. . Spores x 400. LENTINUS UMBILICATUS Peck. Page 51. . A plant of ordinary size with the stem eccentric. . A plant of ordinary size with the stem central. . Vertical section of a pileus. . Transverse section of a stem. . Spores x 400. every OS NEG Ae State Mus. Nat. Hist 28 .. Seb het Qeaainbebtehete pape PIED PGP pal i i ~~ vt ¢ * ' ‘ = , > ” o ¥ , - bre * ‘a } w ' ' . By bs u 4 ¢ +") \ . ‘ 4 iy J # De Ui ' y fi Vi ‘ - | he u 4 PLATE I— (Continued ). HYGROPHORUS PARVULUS Peck. . Page 50. Fig. 20. A plant of ordinary size. Fig. 21. A larger plant, showing ‘the lamellz. Fig. 22. Vertical section of a'pileus. Fig. 23. Transverse section of a stem. Fig. 24. Spores x 400. — STILBUM CANDIDUM Peck. Page 61. Fig. 25. Piece of a stem bearing four plants of ordinary size. Fig. 26. A plant magnified. Fig. 27. Spores x 400. HAPLOGRAPHIUM APICULATUM Peck. Page 62. Fig. 28. A leaf with its fungus-bearing: gall. Fig. 29. The gall and its hairy coating of fungi slightly magnified. Fig. 30. Upper part of a plant bearing strings of spores, magnified. _ Fig. 31. Upper part of a plant deprived of its spores, x 400. : Fig. 32. A branched string of spores x 400. Fig. 33. Separate spores x 400. : DISCELLA DISCOIDEA C. & P. Page 58. | Fig. 34. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus. Fig. 35. A pustule and its matrix magnified. Fig. 36. A fertile filament Ye a spores x 400, Fig. 37. Spores x 400. PLATE IL ERYSIPHELLA AGGREGATA Peck. Page 63. 4 . An alder catkin coated by the fungus, . A conceptacle and its mycelium magnified. — . A sporangium containing spores x 400. dao oo Nw MICROSPHZRA ABBREVIATA Peck Page 64. Ne Fig. 4. Part of the circumference of a conceptacle and two spa x 400 Fig. 5. A sporangium containing spores x 400. VENTURIA Katmiz Peck. Page 82. sil fF 2 Fig. 6. A leaf bearing the fungus. ote gt Fig. 7. A perithecium magnified. a VS gid Fig. 8. An ascus containing a x 400. Fig. 9. Spores x 400. VALSA MUGRONATA. Peck. i issl A 2S xf Page 74. bas Se = qu UG .oF Fig. 10. Piece of a branch bearing the fungus. aU 18 aed Fig. 11. A single cluster of the fungus magnified. __.. dA $8 3 Fig. 12, An ascus containing spores x 400. ease £8 ait Fig. 13. Spores x 400. * SPHZRIA AMPHICORNIS £ilis. yp Rage 18. in. sid e to soot BE ail Fig. 14. Several perithecia attached to the matrix. | ai bas sisteaq E fi 5. A perithecium magnified. Fig. 16. An ascus containing spores x 400. 17. Spores x 400. SPH#RIA MIRABILIS Peck. Page 80. Fig. 18. Part of a leaf bearing the fungus. Fig. 19. A perithecium magnified. Fig. 20. An ascus containing spores x 400. Fig. 21. Spores x 400. * This name antedates Sph@ria eximia as notedin the Taithy-one State Museum Report, page 60. Piater2 State Mus. Nat. Hist. 28. SO ne ae BOK >, t a esrecraurepeeseroanwoge A I] at _ PLATE II — (Continued ). LL eUPAWIGAUTA US SATII DATIAS VENTURIA CLINTONII Peck. - ‘ thE OWA Page 82. Fig. 29," ‘Part of a leaf bearing the fungus. | F ve ae paige Fig. 23. A perithecium magnified. HO CRUE a ee Fig. 24, An ascus containing Bpere, x ue Fig, 25. Spores x 400.) , vars OXYSPORA Peck. . Page, 73. a Fig: 26. Piece of a zac peluiener the fangus. pisial bagaqaqU Fig. 27. A pustule with its matrix magnified. wd Dogwe Fig. 28, An ascus containing Ai. i Fig;/29, Spores x 400°) t ci etoge 2s SPH.ARLIA PHAOSTROMOIDES) Pecks: |sicoxiso!! l-RiTOTOU LL MAB OGY ie: Page 77. ad ois Fig. 30. Piece of a branch donnie the fatiehe, Fig. 31. Two perithecia magnified, one of them collapsed. Fig. 32. An ascus containing EpOres x 400. . ie Fig. 33. Spores x 400. an) ay Fig..34...Flocci, of the,subiculum. x, 400, one Ne a spore jat the aLSReR 5 Fig. 35.,.Spores, or conidia of, the subiculum: x 400.), (oy ,SPEZRIA,MONOSPERMA Peck... Page 19. Fig. 36. Piece of wood, bearing the, fapgus, . ie eitord boskissied “OF Bt Fig. 37. A perithecium ‘with its matrix magnified. + to dee ‘ Fig. 38. An ascus containing an immature spore x 400. Fig. 39. An ascus containing a mature spore x 400. PLATE Ti \ ; f Usk GUS LH } — II AL Lg RECEPTACULITES SUBTURBINATUS Hall. ‘ bel [Ty “Page! 103. ! y Iv Lid aV Fig. 1. Lateral view of a specimen enlarged'to two diameters. Fig. 2. A further enlargement of the surface », Showing. the form of the.cells. Se wid Fig. 3. An enlarged summit view of ae specimen, _ a e =A . Gm oot UUSL X egtoda gninisé au9es OA bE 2 ASTYLOSPONGIA PRHMORSA Goldfuss. » esc? §f oi Page 103 ws HOT: YZ0 AGILE ¢ Figs. 4, 5. Lateral and summit views of a specimen of medium size. Fig. 6. View of the upper side of a moré deeply lobed specimen. Figs. 7, 8. Upper and lateral views. of.a bid pateanaer: formed emp nt larged two diameters. jo) jie ati dtiw slotenq A VE x2 Figs. 9, 11. Vertical sections of two specimens eacaeds inesi aac to" two diameters. The dark spots in the centerjare filled, with pyri+) tous matter, and are not cavities. Fig. 10. Horizontal section ofvanother specimen, enlargéd:two diameters. Fig. 14. A crushed and imperfect specimen,showing the radiating fibrous-like character of the substance (enlarged). 2uonot odd watised dose s to eosil .0& .3ff AsTYLOSPONGIA PREMORS A var. NURIMOSCHATA n. va r. So as xX asioge & Oak of Page 104. Sail ee £8 pit Figs. 12, 13: Lateral and summit’views of aspéciten, ity the différetice in’ the form and lobation of the’ surface from “typical ‘A.“premorsa, 2° AsTYLOSPONGIA (PALH#OMANON) BURSA Hall. Page 105. Figs. 15, 16. Lateral and profile views = a crushed: ‘spétitiien? sho ing the characters of the species.” I xiiden eli ditw moisediineg & VS -grt Ioisomi os gcioistaos avoes oA 86 33 i yioga siuiem s eHinieiooo anoan aA .B6 ft State Mais Nat TOYS GB. Simpson, del. = , ¢ Lod ’ - . ra | 2 ‘ - 4 . fi ; ' ig } ‘ ’ - * « | / 2 / le % Moll, ,diitt ea 300: puaa wanont me aaivroda roital orf Montivoga gnnO0y 6 10 hE sswol bisa yoqais of'T Bae | -dcomidosd4s jo sointsoio ema “wlugowi ati al aoadhtiqs ont enh atemisege 6 16 sostive wobas ofl 2 aft BS Pig C2] san gitowte att brs diworg ae g) _ blisizeno% ‘to jnfernost ra x Bice | sue oi ot bodoatis mor vote ylewanee dd w. dsgevonn) Tinie wm), to oodiie nowol icf aldi er y x PLATE VI. LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA Hall. Page 116. Figs. 1, 2. The upper and lower surfaces of a young specimen, the latter showing a small cicatrice of attachment. Fig. 4. The under surface of a specimen, showing the epitheca in its irregular / growth, and its strong concentric markings. Fig. 7. A fragment of Fenestella, having two young ——— of Lichenalia attached to the surface. Fig. 8. The lower surface of a small fragment with scarcely any remaining epitheca, and so translucent that the structure is visible through the substance, showing the elongated cell-bases. Fig. 9. The lower surface of a specimen corresponding to fig. 3, showing the concentric markings of the epitheca. | Fig. 10. The lower surface of a small specimen where the epitheca has been : worn away or only partially developed, showing along the base, : the radiating grooves formed by the cells before curving upward toward the surface. LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA var. MACULATA %. Var. Page 117. Fig. 3. The upper or celluliferous surface of a regularly growing specimen of medium size, showing tubercles with macule of larger cells. The cells are represented much larger than they really are on the specimen. (See fig. 5.) Fig. 5. A small irregular specimen, with unusually distinct macule upon the celluliferous surface. Fig. 6. An enlargement from a part of the surface of specimen fig. 3, where it has been worn or macerated, showing the angular intercellular | spaces, - INTAGAIRA, GIROUWIP. (BRYOZOA.) iate(G Ciate Vaas Nat. Hist. 28. cass a SS (go 4222900 j Bi: i stn LUE A G. B. Simpson, del Ph.Ast, lath TT a Oe sh oats © . Ba. *, iy ES ‘ea ae ‘ . x ¢ . tpn , * aL A , ‘ , . i. ‘ ‘ + 4 ‘ ” i i ks ? , = 7 , ‘ j » am : A j holt Ata 5 } ‘ i A A j i ~S . ; rh : ” 7 ° i. ey ii iN F Pr ‘ nt ' i'd . og a) : « bi p _ ts Sah Mataal Hie y 2 ‘a ¢ — Been » MUN A ANC 44 nnn ve \ TREO Bis hs Nat rie? 2 , Chiate anette eee ee ew aay hemi er ins-aiaaeen cei eaiisaa LLRSa tet hai nee cei, yepmiice eyes gala i SSA ne an a aA Axovaas’ “AO 4018 Ca. VE bog : | fs ‘ } paworg earl 2 eid silen . | ' ot patina eosizova'l gopoy 8 bas saci => | bn y nea hi sideman a odd mont einontogisla OF (@ agit goo oldsitey oft oui nvwoda 918 anoiis MOT MOMID MOD oy. | glavbivibai deere jo ze0s8l1We 19% os ad @ ae ai ape onli to otto aa ineTg evewod Jom ii ex atofoaiedo oft * PLATE VIL. LICHENALIA CONCENTRICA var. PARVULA Hail. Page 117. Fig. 1. A fragment of this form of Lichenalia which has grown upon the upper surface of a Strophostylus. Fig. 2. An enlargement of a portion of the above, showing the cells to be much smaller and more distinctly circular than in the ordinary form of L. concentrica. LICHENALIA CG&SNCENTRICA Hall. Page 116. Fig. 3. An enlargement ofa young Lichenalia, showing it as it has grown attached to the surface of an Atrypa. Figs. 4, 5, 7, 8. Enlargements from the surfaces of Lichenaliz as presented in different individuals. Figures 4 and 5 are respectively three and four diameters of the young specimens attached to Fenestella. (See pl. 12), fis. 3.) Fig. 6. An enlargement to about four diameters of a group of two young Lich- enaliz and a young Favosites, attached to the shell of Stropho- stylus. Figs. 9, 10, Enlargements from the lower surfaces of different individuals, show- ing the variable conditions of the epitheca. In fig. 9 the cell-par- titions are shown through the texture; and fig. 10 presents a fibrous condition, from the removal of the epithecal covering leaving the projecting cell-walls. Fig. 11. An enlarged transverse section of a specimen similar to fig. 4 of plate 6, showing the depth of the cells and the thickness of the epitheca in old individuals. The variations in expression, in the many forms of this species, the size, proportion and arrangement of the cellules upon the sur- face, and the aspects produced by weathering or maceration are so great as often to induce a reference to distinct species. It does not, however, seem possible to convey in a satisfactory manner, the characters as they appear to the eye and under a lens. SAGENELLA ELEGANS Hall. Page 118. Fig. 12. The right valve of Ambonychia acutirostra, showing the encrusting membraneous bryozoan upon its surface. Fig. 13. An enlargement of a portion of the same specimen to show the tubular cells and their apertures. NWiTARAIRA GIROWIEL. (BRYOZOA.) Plate 7 State Mus Nat Hist. 28. es 6 i ra a a 13 is G. B. Simpson, del. 7 } 7 ¢ , 4 . : ‘ ‘ : ‘ i" ' q r . ") , . ; . . re $ 5 P ei ee) All Rae ee y auf, i Q , t PO are Treat a pe ee Ce eh Ta ies ¥ tts Mis Nal Hist 2° Osta een “ealoege Bit orl 0" leubivibui ork aio Bes B to | Se ee PLATE X. CALLOPORA SINGULARIS Hail. Page 115. Figs. 1, 2. A specimen, natural size, and an enlargement, showing the arrange- ment of the cells. The interstices of the intercellular spaces as represented are too small and indistinct. TREMATOPORA INFREQUENS Hail. Page 111. Fig. 3. A fragment of shale, with a group of stems of which dne specimen is of this species. Natural size. Fig. 4. Enlargement of a bifurcation from the individual on the right hand side of the specimen fig. 3. TREMATOPORA OSCULUM Hail. Page 110. Figs. 5, 6. A specimen, natural size, and enlarged, showing cells of smaller size than the preceding species. Figs. 7, 8. A specimen, natural size, and enlarged, showing the cell-apertures more crowded and more exsert than in the last. Figs. 11,12. A specimen which appears to have been tubular, with scattered pores. The enlargement, fig. 12, does not fully represent the object. . Fig. 13, A specimen, natural size. Fig. 14. The same enlarged. TREMATOPORA SUBIMBRICATA Aail. Trans. Alb: Pst; vol, X.. Figs. 9, 10. A specimen showing arrangement of the cells opening obliquely upward, and the upper margin not elevated. TREMATOPORA VARIA Hail. Page 111. Figs. 15. 16. A specimen, natural size and enlarged. The cell-apertures appear to have been worn or dissolved away, giving the appearance of double cell-walls. Enlargement eight diameters. Figs. 17, 18. Another individual showing the apertures reduced in size by the contracted margins. Enlargement about six diameters. Figs. 19, 20. A specimen in which the cells are irregular in size, some of them with elevated margins and others without. Figs. 21, 22. A thickened branching form, with the branches flattened above, and showing other variations in the form and size of cells. This and the preceding enlargement are four diameters each. Fig. 23. Tranverse section of the lower part of the specimen fig. 21, showing a hollow tube, and the mode of growth of the cells. NIAGCAIRA EIiROwL. (BRYOZOA_) Daal Grate Maas Nat. hast. 28 xi ha 7 . pes : 7 / . CO aT AC « Pies ou, ~: bead Sonia ints oF - ; A \ f eS y Lb dealanteke ae S iste eet aid ris LIT YU eA ) ; Atal MG. Nar taist. 2s HRs ; Plate V4) a nse eens resem nt ah rmbt ro teabipae at ema me he Mth Ulead et rere gma CAN naa 5 MAAR my mene NEY ‘he aa r ll a on ental re 19 Tf 5 Pa A - Tt ~ ne, OP ws 36 ad se § ATAIUOIT i 3 dorsitid Neona A, AT &! agit sbog vale ee Mas ‘ ibn: bobwicat y P38, at a) Sa bint ‘ Oe ene ent en ee On en een nee RET Me Me dieaccenéa Abnpel ov CRON hes fy A he ne Seinen ew he ey. p . ¥ r ae bt Ves) ‘aed, . \ j : PLATE XI. TREMATOPORA ECHINATA Hall. Page 112. Figs. 1, 2. Asmall branch, natural size, and an enlargement of the bifurcation, showing the character of the cells. Fig. 3. An enlargement from another individual where the cells are not so elon- gate as in the preceding one. This one and fig. 2 are enlarged eight diameters. Fig. 4. An enlargement to twelve diameters from a specimen preserving, in great perfection, the spines at the cell-angles. Fig. 5. A still further enlargement of the walls of a cell. TREMATOPORA GRANULIFERA Hall, Page 112: . 6. An enlargement of a bifurcating branch, to two diameters. 7. A still further enlargement from the above specimen, to show the arrange- ment of cells and the granulations on the intercellular spaces. 02 4Q TREMATOPORA MINUTA Hall. a: Page 113. Fig. 8. An enlargement to about twelve diameters, of a small branch of this species, showing the arrangement of cells. TREMATOPORA VARIOLATA Hall. Page 113: Fig. 9. A branch of the species, natural size. Fig. 10. An enlargement from a part of the same, showing the scattered pores. TREMATOPORA SPICULATA 2. Sp. Page. 114. Fig. 11. A specimen of the natural size, showing the mode of growth. Fig 12. An enlargement from the central portion of the specimen, showing the character of the surface and the minute spinules at the angles of the cells. STICTOPORA SIMILIS Hail. Page 122. Figs. 13,14. A small bifurcating fragment with oval cellules, natural size and enlarged. Figs. 15, 16. Similar views of another individual of greater width, showing more crowded cellules. (BATRA, Gin@t in. (BRYOZOA.) Plate 11. 4h uD (A — al uu l aN State Mus Nat Hist, 28 19 7 (f 0 rely i ABs * ee I b Hi hh yaa yee Fig. PLATE XI— (Continued). FENESTELLA AMBIGUA 7. Sp. Page 123. 17. The inner surface of a frond, natural size, Figs. 18, 19. Enlarged; views of the opposite faces of the Shove specimen, show- Fig. Fig. ing a-slight difference in the character of the striation of the two sides of the frond. 20. The exterior surface of a flattened frond, showing .a portion of the interior\surface at the right hand side. 21. An enlargement from the edge of the specimen fig: 20, showing a sec_ - tion. The;rays of the inner and, outer layers of the frond are con- nected by the vertical extensions, and the rays of the same layer connected by the transverse or horizontal dissepiments. THAMNISCUS NIAGARENSIS Hall. Page 126. . 22. The non- aonieeees face of a frond, natural size, showing the mode of growth and absence of transverse dissepiments. 23, An enlargement. of the poriferous face of a frond, to two diameters. . 24. A still farther enlargement of the right hand third of the frond fig. 23, to. show the angular crest of the branches and the disposition a the pores upon its surface. Zo. An enlargement, to three diameters, of another fragment, showing the base of attachment, the angular crest of the branches and the extensions of the pores over the root-like base. Fig. Fig. . 6. An enlargement of the non-celluliferous face of ‘the: same frond, fig. 3, PLATE XII. FENESTELLA PARVULIPORA Aall. Page 123. . 1. The non-poriferous surface of a fragment of a frond, natural size. 2. An enlargement of a portion of the same to show the character of the surface and mode of reticulation. . 3. A similar fragment, having young specimens of Lichenalia and Cera- mopora growing uponits surface (see plate 7, figs. 4 and 5, and plate 8, figs. 1 and 2). . 4, An enlargement from a portion of the opposite,or celluliferous face of the frond fig. 3. . 5. A stillfarther enlargement of this surface, to show more distinctly the arrangement of pores and the line of nodés on the median erest. “ T showing the absence of striation upon the surface. » g. 7.\ A portion of a very large frond, natural size; 7s the beam aS of the species. e .oi 8. An enlargement of the surface of the specimen fig: 7; anaes - the exist- ence of very fine striz. q . 9. The interior of: afrond, retaining the cup-shaped form. The shied here presented is non-celluliferous. FENESTELLA ACMEA Hail. Page 124. . 10. The outer surface of a funnel-shaped frond, presenti the eae side. 2 . 11. An enlargement of a part to show the arrangement of the branches, the form of the cells and the median ridge, with its flattened spreading crest, which is seen on some of the rays in the upper part of the figure, and on all below the bifurcation, while it is broken away in places, revealing the narrow slit thus left, hs passes into the cavity of the ray below. : 12. Another fragment of the same species. 13. An enlargement from a part of the preceding specimen, presenting ‘wider fenestrules, and having the median crest entirely removed, showing only the narrow slit passing into the cavity of the branch. — The connecting fenestrules are obscured over a part of this figure, as in fig. 11. . 14. An enlargement, to two diameters, of a part of a frond. N@AIRA. GER WWir. (BRYOZOA_) HrqreeR god weaekleg eae 3 arta ) s SSS SReiing ; 8 "998 Ws hee ce ee oAN seahens ' ery! Re *4, EVAR’ 5 * i) REL ae ‘neath 4 Stee » a yars HY toes ia iy rir renin , all IG IE) simpson, del, ES Ast tt \ se LER PLATE XII — (Continued). FENESTELLA PUNCTOSTRIATA Hall Page 125. ‘ Fig. 15. A fragment of-a frond of this species. Fig. 16, Anenlargement of a portion of the same, showing the peculiar striation and pitting of the non-celluliferous surface. PLATE XIil. MACROSTYLOCRINUS STRIATUS Hall. Page 129. Fig. 1. Lateral view of a small individual which shows the striations of the surface very perfectly. Figs. 2, 3. The posterior and basal views of a larger specimen. ‘The striations of the surface are not represented in the figure. Fig. 4. An enlargement of the basal plate and one ray, showing the character of the surface strize. MACROSTYLOCRINUS FASCIATUS Aaill. Page 130. Figs. 5, 6. Lateral and basal views of a specimen, enlarged two diameters. GLYPTASTER OCCIDENTALIS Hall. ante Page 133. Figs. 7, 8. Basal and lateral. views, of ,a small, very;perfectly preserved individ- ual, enlarged to two diameters. Fig. 9. Two of the rays with the intérradial area still farther enlarged to show the character ofthe surfacesmarkings.° (mocrger! A OT git Fig. 10: ‘Thesanterior side of aclarger specimen, from “which'“the ‘basal’ /platés have been removed, and the ridges’ not: developed on the sub- radials. Fig. 11. The posterior side of the same specimen as fig. 10. SACCOCRINUS CuHRISTYI Hail. _ Page 127. Fig. 12. An enlargement to two diameters of the anal side of a small specimen, showing a small number of anal plates. Fig. 13. Antero-lateral view of a larger specimen, on which the surface-strie are very perfectly preserved. Figs. 14, 15. The right and left sides of another individual. Fig. 16. Anterior side of a larger specimen. Fig. 17. The posterior side showing a larger number of plates than in fig. 12. | Figs. 18, 19. The anterior and anal sides of a large specimen, which is slightly imperfect and somewhat obscured by attached bryozoans. Fig. 20. Anenlarged ray from specimen fig. 13, to show the character of sur- face-striz. NT dA Us Nes Ze Usd a0 Ue) ooo Adie at : (Cie TN Ouse “3 Straws Nak last 23 Dee é Age QL? > BS c. B. Simpson, del, Pr _ * tS = rf ean on clea ale _ Un at ee a 1 » a i ee CY ry oN CR 2 ae Me cue fi fea eee is Se ues Nat rin we i i 4 H by ow ~ és tas : cies See Te : ctl tad hs “gl NU ab great rye tm 4 Nei ‘ nceante bain sesivltea Maipriciebndinn aiid apes: ato oy. Senet ah dalla iil TEAS UNE May eld Fr 6 Weenie air ppmiand ra” a kanperivet apa Ratan dda ’ : ~~ , ' : SM188, te 0 sbi2 yoitecaes odT ‘¢ il _ teaivage sanz 1} ¥ weiv [sand A & tt ait nem ie j Re ea neytalaa {costo re _ oastina to Teiostecls bug Bede | seamob ai ees edt gaiwode Bei iB bao laroal Sf I agit | bciwode ei9te | to oar bridt 6 tes 7 b ™ Morente che) } ‘ . Ws) oy eae ees , eer. PLATE XIV. GLYPTASTER INORNATUS Aail. Page 134. Fig. 1. The anal area of a specimen which preserves the entire calyx. Fig. 2. The anterior side of the same. Fig. 3. A basal view of the same specimen. Fig. 4. A basal view of the specimen fig. 6. Fig. 5. A lateral view of the lower part of a calyx, on which the surface ornamentation is only partially developed. Fig. 6. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 4, showing a grade of development of the surface ornamentation intermediate between specimens figs. 1 and 5d. GLYPTOCRINUS CARLEYI Hail. Page 132. Figs..7, 8. Right and left lateral views of a nearly entire body, showing the general features of the species to the second bifurcation of the arms. Fig. 9. A basal view of the preceding specimen. Fig. 10. An enlargement of the central portion of fig. 8, to show more distinctly the surface characters. MELOCRINUS oOBCcCONICUS Hail. Page 138. Figs. 11, 12. Lateral and anterior views of a specimen, enlarged to two diam- eters, showing the form of plates and character of surface. Fig. 13. The summit correspondingly enlarged, showing the plates of the dome. Fig. 14. Basal view enlarged, as the preceding figures. STEPHANOCRINUS GEMMIFORMIS Hail. Page 146. Figs. 15-17. Summit, basal and lateral views, enlarged to three diameters, showing the form and character of the body. The plates of the third range are shown upon the summits of the divisions of the calyx. Fig. 17 shows the characters of the surface-markings. Figs. 18-20. Lateral, basal and summit views of a larger specimen, somewhat different in form, with the third range of plates of larger size. Enlarged to three diameters. =a = / = = f | TH) INT ] LZ NGeAwl BWA (ES abl Ly i é a (CRINOIDEA,) Plate 14 GE: Sitavson, del. Ns dy a a ee eae “ t m7 é 4 as, ‘ - ‘ : i | = “a é > ‘ ee si . . 4 ve (a i 4 Y * si ul a. a of9 srouloo me havo grit nae OS! sega. | , » to aobis roireris i ley {atbes seni Sita » eobon ingolvea oom ian: 8 ivan ee Lo woiv + J Pe el ea nae ae ohn I 9 ee ee ie a PE ee ee Oe ee tocando ee PLATE, AN: LECANOCRINUS PUSILLUS Hall. Page 136. Figs. 1, 5. Anterior and posterior views of a calyx preserving the first and sec- ond anal plates; enlarged to two diameters. Figs. 3, 4. Similar views of another specimen, natural size, where the two anal plates of the preceding specimen are represented by one only. Fig. 2. The lower side of the last specimen, showing the size of the basal plates. Fig. 6. An enlargement of a first radial plate, to show the surface-markings. CYATHOCRINUS NUCLEUS Hall. Page 136. Figs. 7, 8. Lateral and anterior sides of the specimen, enlarged to four diameters, showing its form and character. Fig. 9. Basal view of the same, enlarged to four diameters showing the lobation of the body at the base of the arms. CYATHOCRINUS PoLyxo Hall. Page 135. Figs. 10, 11. Lateral and basal views of a small specimen showing the basal plates with a small perforation in the middle. Fig. 12. Anterior view of a larger specimen, showing the usual character of the species. Figs. 13, 14. Posterior and basal views of a large individual, showing the very large second anal plates, and large opening through the basals. In this specimen the angular character of the plates, as observed in younger specimens, is greatly subdued. Figs. 15, 16. Posterior and basal views of a specimen, showing features similar to the last. Fig. 17. Posterior side of a specimen, showing a part of a third anal plate. RHODOCRINUS (LyRiocRrinus) MEtissa Hail. Page 139. Fig. 18. The summit of a large individual preserving the plates of the dome and also showing evidence of a subcentral proboscis. Fig. 19. Basal view of a large imperfect specimen, showing flattened nodes on the subradial plates. Figs. 20, 21. Basal and lateral views of a very symmetrical specimen, presenting the general form and features of the species to the arm-bases. Fig. 22. Basal view of a specimen of ordinary size, showing a thickened, de- pressed, pentagonal ring around the column cicatrice, and incipient or developed nodes on the first radial plates. The surface of the plates is beautifully striated. ws PLATE XV — (Continued). Fig. 23. Lateral view of a similar individual, enlarged to two diameters, show- ing a projecting pentalobate base with nodose radial and interra- dial plates. . Fig. 24. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 22, showing arm-bases with arm-plates | attached, | Fig. 25. Basal view, enlarged, of the specimen fig. 23, showing the nodes on the Be i first radial plates. Fig. 26. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 18. Fig. 27. An enlargement of a first radial plate of specimen fig. 22, showing the | character of the surface-striz. PLATE XVI. EKUCALYPTOCRINUS C@LATUS Fail. Page 142. Fig. 1. A young individual enlarged to three diameters. The divisions of the arm-plates are incorrectly represented. Fig. 2. A larger individual preserving the arms in place, but the divisions of the arm-plates are not fully shown in the figure. Fig. 3. Lateral view of the calyx of a full-grown individual, of the prevailing form. Fig. 4. Basal view of the same. Fig. 5. A lateral view of aspecimen showing the calyx and the solid interbrachial plates of one side. Fig. 6. The opposite side of the same specimen, which is broken so as to reveal the visceral cavity, above which are the interior dome plates, cov- ering the canal leading to the exterior. These anchylosed plates are embraced and supported by the inner edges of the interbrachial plates, as shown in the figure. Fig. 7. The summit of the same specimen, showing the interbrachial plates, and the accessory plates, surrounding the orifice at the summit. The upper side of the figure, where the exterior is broken away, shows distinctly the bases of two interbrachial plates, and oe projeeane angles of the interior dome plates. Fig. 8. The upper margin and interior of a calyx, showing the plates and cica- trices for the attachment of the arms and interbrachial plates. Figs. 9, 10. Interior and lateral views of the basal’ and subradial Eee of the species, showing the division of the basal plates, as seen’ ‘on™ inner side, and their great development i in the interior of the calyx. These are rarely distinguishable within the column cavity, and probably never on the exterior surface. ICHTHYOCRINUS SUBANGULARIS Hail. Page 137. Figs. 11, 12. Lateral and basal views of a fragment, showing subradial and radial plates with a decided pentangular outline. Fig. 13. Lateral view of a larger fragment, showing the rays to near the third division on two of the series, and a less decided subangularity of the body in the lower parts than the preceding specimen. INT TANGANI ELA oF Plate Ic (CRINOIDEA,) » o2) a st a INBGE |r Mus State 9979059900 noon 0b9s Pee. N ato het aa ee SURGE kines 2a ge > ate “a 2 ip . « — id. Gia a ee io hu ae AS Sasi i ‘i a Mtn id i ‘ fel, ‘ n ie eh - : Pe CORE BER A : oy ONE ee ’ y , tLe H ‘State Mus.S Watt lis 28 | J Pat tons " ” ; ssecuteca-cthdianalle sa Deis ners esmaainammes Attensa reel al a ch ister ahace ae iaticanamaeaten arti * mcd aed ) esti of donregislao gus do stuieorini pals out | . {i of bevtete “a ene ordi | ; xUleq @hibserge bar .. 10 ‘eludes stom 8 to | . ived bas ,9 ie ‘ ol ents 9. a sinister lsubivibai gavoy | nie .o1iit9 etoot bar” at joy montigegqa yiao ad, 0 phe fr .Vtilsool oft ts be (0 batsgaolsylomowxe gaia et oe aay nomqe elon # Iw: Tahied ca Iv 198 a ae ta Sriqille ober # to wai lex | Be : 7 |) ams odt teodtiw estelq . bog olbbiat’ he Teqqu on arott muloo s ‘lo dmenrgstt ; jqa 2idt to ‘nefmipeqes Doxtaspuiben: « of yitmorsqge : u diworg tiodh Beocontmros @ved eotizove fio asinoloo | iwode ,otely Isitlserdietai os) , Hisor Som wogayh aie conrinoqe omy. petionge srl} lo (fi Ww siettetiina’ dt ae \ Fig. L Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4. Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7 Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. PLATE XVIL EUCALYPTOCRINUS CRASSUS Hail. Page 141. A young individual, natural size, showing the immature character of the arms. . An enlargement, to three diameters, of another young specimen, show- ing the immature character of the arms. The plates of the body have the same features as in the more advanced stages of growth. . A young specimen retaining the interbrachial plates, but without the arms, the impression of the tentacule being retained on the sides of these plates. A young specimen similar to the preceding, referred to this species, but of a more globular form and spreading calyx. . A young individual retaining the arms in place, and having the column and roots entire. This is the only specimen yet found, retaining all the parts complete, among many hundreds of imperfect individuals which have been collected at the locality. . Lateral view of an extremely elongated calyx. . Lateral view of a more spreading form, retaining parts of the arms in place. . Lateral view of a more elliptical specimen, preserving the interbrachial plates without the arms. . A fragment of a column from the upper and middle portions, belonging apparently to a medium-sized specimen of this species. Two colonies of Favosites have commenced their growth upon it. The lower part of an interbrachial plate, showing the impression of the tentaculz and the arm-plates. An enlargement of a part of an arm, showing the tentaculze and edges of the arm-plates. EUCALYPTOCRINUS OVALIS Troost. Page 143. Lateral view of a very perfect specimen, possessing the form and gen- eral characters of the species ascribed to it by Dr. Troost. The arms of this species appear more mature than the young referred to #. crassus, except in the specimen figure 5. An enlargement of the summit of the specimen fig. 12, showing the arrangement of the plates at the summit with the oral plates. ial =i ze Cy ULI ieee TAGAIRA Gi dp Plate 17, (CRINOIDEA,) State Mus Nat.Hist 28. ITAL iets Yio Cee ig a . “ aT ee de er ee rn } “<< “ LP cx Gangs Nh nb Ol igh np coaliinbac, paella =e X F . J / - ; ; ‘ . ‘ ; di . - 7 ; ao we ' ‘ ad j ; ea ~ ai a tia r , RAN v pa} Ae a toh ra ee st é la Pe | ¥ st é ; 4 j b . Cina (how ie Oe ea ren yt iy. h tate: Mus X May ariat 2 ee ee ane ay tne eaerwempremnitinbsh oie, 4 EB bit aa Bs tn ee ee “tt i neve sy at tee aso BUMIAOOTIY LADY isi. 58 3] 08 sonal gitiwo | i> noises od hs vsaorsgqs. Atl eget at doidw .xyleo ois b edt duodtiw eS OEE ovi9a9ig megntioge L .git semivoga 8 ber ot tot ae nd .bas time ont i ait s aelslq . gl | drgategt fi Yo asasd ‘odd 0 ee XE otsi 7 2A mort 4 ola ig erga mecenncettsarstlt tt tata aflin a art lin Ne bm me ae ee eo Pact mnie ~ ge i et yea = C* Fig. 6. PLATE XVIII. EUCALYPTOCRINUS CRASSUS Hail. Page 141. . Lateral view of a large calyx, which i is constricted below the middle. . Lateral view of specimen without the constriction, with regularly sloping sides. This specimen preserves some of ihe lower plates of the arms, . Basal view of the specimen tig. 1, showing the arrangement of plates and the deep cavity for the reception of the column, with the basal plates in the bottom. . Lateral view of a large specimen, preserving the interbrachial plates, the spaces between which are filled with limestone. . The summit of the specimen fig. 4, showing lanceolate depression in the upper ends of the nteahradhials apparently for the insertion of accessory plates. Lateral view of a smaller specimen, which is more pointed at the upper end, but otherwise retaining the characters of this species. . The summit of the preceding specimen, showing but two intercalated plates around the aperture. . An enlargement from the summit of another individual, showing four intercalated plates. . An enlargement of the bases of a pair of arms, and of the adjacen’ plates, from fig. 7, Plate 17, to show their arrangement. IWITAGATRA, Gim@W ib. (CRINOIDEA.) Plate 18. Ctate Mus Nat.Hist. 28. . en ee ee ee ‘ haat | eer a) fa . i. es en Py? ear Ny Oe va of as ‘ f5 Pits ign lh eae a chads) Lg ib all a ; ¥ ue Dar Vi estes by a ah ih aaah He Pr RRNA Ne Rp RRA en a PE Aw te ey & Lane patiernnece saint Rieriatatea cages tener: Q diive 2yer dnoos , eq Layee JOwrol BY Re. As (antoizaaiqoh talodnnadds art) 29 evodséA .emob ed3 to aobia 10 disq 1swol . = = + = a Pj ¥ +. . : => : : e = ; ¥ " * ‘ = 4 i =a ¥ <5 > 5 " S ws ¥ : : — a eee : ai ie 19wol ogi w siptisgs ods : oe 6 of af swe hig eatslq bezel ee im ; 1 d both s 4 : _aatgle Isitloasd { j to alisg T9iKo Ye ) jalq Isidosid 2S 16 f : ~ ods ad sosttse oveqga evel odT ve wotv [stotel “bre ypq: 8 lo portsiz¢ odd, af sl s lowePie 19qqs odT a atts! Ce =e CY, a i asstn aio 4.509" ovis a" i rOrg asd doi cere -modsiod £924 oct “3 ee ere ere ene ee ae a a msib owt ot bourela: 7 edt gaiwode we foils’ 30) £ De BOTS ihe lars ae eer ‘ ’ | PLATE XIX. Evcatyptocrints caiatus Hall. Page 142. Fig. 1. The interior of the dome of a large imperfect specimen, showing the supraradial plates of adjacent rays, with the double interradial plate between them in the lower central part ofthe figure; also the arm- openings (the rhomboidal depressions) and the plates forming the lower part or sides of the dome. Above this is the dome covering the aperture which, in the lower part, is composed of four anchy- losed plates, as farther shown in fig. 3. These are surmounted by a fluted hollow column, which reaches to the summit of the inter- brachial plates. In this specimen it is broken off above. On the outer parts of the figure on either side may be seen the inter- brachial plates, with the sutures dividing them from the inner parts. Fig. 3. The lower concave surface of the anchylosed plates, which form the base of the dome over the visceral cavity of Hucalyptocrinus celatus. EUCALYPTOCRINUS CRASSUS Hull. Page 141. Fig 2. The upper rim of a flattened calyx of this species, showing the cicatrices for the attachment of the arms and interbrachial places. Figs. 4,5. The outer and inner surfaces of a lower dome plate of this species, showing it to be of much greater length than the corresponding part of Eucalyptocrinus celatus. ; Roots of HUCALYPTOCRINUS. Page 144. Figs. 6, 7. Upper and lateral views of a group of roots, which have grown upon the exterior of a calyx of Hucalyptocrinus celatus. . 8. The upper side of a larger root with base of column, which has grown upon the surface of the calcareous mud of the sea bottom. 7 IQ CALCEOCRINUS STIGMATUS Halil. Page 147. Fig. 9. Dorsal view of the body of a specimen enlarged to two diameters. Fig. 10. Ventral side enlarged to two diameters, showing the scars for the attachment of the lateral and dorsal arms, and for the ventral plates. Fig. 11. Lateral view of the same, enlarged. IWTAGATIRA, GiaWu ip. State Mus Nat.Hist 28. (CRINOIDEA.) Plate 19. ee ee + ee ee ee ee ee i ies cedveiee 1 yes onesies b Pentre ese rae a alii gn tetera Neh nmemryannterencenns renemene meme mianim nian ed eae LE RESTS Sef eater Pato ce OOTY nd Ml PN ON Ia a ee a a a a ee ere an re eee ee ses Fale ce te el ed ee ce De 2 ad PLATE XX. Roots of EUCALYPTOCRINUS. Page 144. The specimen, which preserves the base of the column, shows the ramification of the rootlets through the calcareous shale, and was evidently imbedded dur- ing its growth upon the ocean bed. Specimens sometimes occur with rootlets much more extended, and becoming quite filiform, but seldom traceable to their entire extent. _ (CRINOIDEA,) Plate 20 Phal Ast del. et ith Sigal pal ne I : RE tN i Teh ate ha | ; € ’ - 3 F ar ’ ql \ : 3 ex. « = ced Se TEST 8 by x i 4 . ¢ r ~ 1 - « a * 4 ; - . , . aa 1) if will a e ; ey ‘ P Pr hd ne * Pi 7 i ¢ , Acker: fobs ee my Rit i Ye alyen ah os Wk, Sr AIR des rina * , ‘? A, a \ | i DP ais , r | ‘ bh Ar 3 Date ae ; ae a 1 i) 4 Mee eu q ree ‘ ‘as OM beled etal yh ij hitsa AP MT He aces, eld) ord See a 3 Nad cath pallet iid he HO aA ot a gag aay ’ A t 5 ft States Na tet: 28 pata insane toes yet i eT a Eh ME TN em ee aL Rp mn phn Sige dlp ela Py pian re oat nt peyton nit waa oe he Gt £ git” atob 8 to tojt9dai ort ‘to panini ow’ di ; Ie1s19 staingl Ignibsso adting ont telnoan sos lenibiso He EE UR ASE DEEP TS SMO Les oe el Oe OS A Oe Cee eee! SL YOR OR Oe eave Fe Figs. 1, Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. fo) ~I Fig. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. PLATE XXI. PHOLIDOPS OVALIS Hall. Page 149. 2. The upper valve and profile view (greatly enlarged) of a specimen retaining both valves. CRANIA SILURIANA Hail. Page 148. A specimen which retains both valves, attached to the surface of Spirifera. The upper valve of a specimen attached to the surface of Platyostoma Niagarense. Owing to the contour of the surface on which it has grown, the shell has become elongated and constricted on one side. A lateral view of the same, showing the elevation. The calyx of Hucalyptocrinus crassus with four ventral valves of the species attached. . A specimen of Rhynchonella Stricklandi with a ventral vaive of the species attached. CRANIA SETIFERA Gall. Page 148. A specimen which is imperfect around the margin, but shows the general features of the species. A lateral view of the same, restored on the edge, showing the cleviaae of the valve and the position of the apex. Fig. 10. An enlargement of the surface to show the setiform spines. ORTHIS ELEGANTULA Dalman. Page 150. Figs. 11, 12. Ventral and dorsal views of a small specimen. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. Ventral view of a large individual. Lateral view of a similar specimen. Interior of a large ventral valve, showing the cardinal area, teeth and wide foramen. Anenlargement to two diameters of the interior of a dorsal valve, show- ing the muscular imprints, cardinal and crural processes, and external cardinal area. Cardinal view of the specimen fig. 14. Si ar rm 5 = 7 Ss Inf ITAEANIRAY Gia @ wie. GPieavimewNabiarsit 28) [B RACHIOPODA | ee DL GB. Simpson, del. , ee a ee - ’ “ f > ae ey He ea. Ps ‘i. vi “A4 Tee ae ee ae nee vane ae PLATE XXI— (Continued). ORTHIS HYBRIDA Sowerby. Page 149, Fig. 18, Dorsal view of a specimen of the usual form and size. Fig. 19. Ventral view of the same. Fig. 20. Dorsal view of an unusually large specimen. Fig. 21. Lateral view of the specimen figures 18 and 19, showing the relative convexity of the valves. Fig. 22. The interior of a dorsal valve, showing the muscular impression, cardi- nal process, etc. Fig. 23. The interior of a ventral valve, showing muscular imprints, teeth, etc. The shell is shghtly distorted and imperfect on the cardinal margin. Figs. 24, 25. Dorsal and lateral views of asmall rotund specimen, showing strong varices of growth; enlarged to two diameters, STREPTORHYNCHUS SUBPLANA (Conrad). Page 151. Fig. 26. The interior of a dorsal valve, showing the cardinal process, etc. Fig. 27. An imperfect ventral valve, showing muscular imprints, teeth and cardi- nal area. Fig. 28. Dorsal view of a symmetrical specimen of the larger size. Figs. 29, 30. Ventral and dorsal views of a specimen of the usual size of the species as it occurs at Waldron. Fig. 31. Ventral view of the same, showing the convexity of the valves. Fig, 32. An enlargement of the surface, showing’ the fine concentric striz. Fig. 33. An enlargement of the central: part of the cardinal area of the united valves, showing the closed deltidium, the striz, etc. PLATE XXII. STROPHONELLA SEMIFASCIATA //Zall. Page 154. 1. An imperfect dorsal valve. 2. A more nearly entire specimen of the same valve, which presents the Fig. Fig. Fig Fig. 4. Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7. _Fig. .8 Fe 9 Fig. 10. usual fasciculate characters of surface-striz. ig. 3. Cardinal view of a specimen, retaining both valves in place and show- ing strong deltidial coverings. STROPHOMENA RHOMBOIDALIS ( Welckens). Page 150. The interior of a ventral valve, showing the muscular imprint... . . The dorsal view of a specimen, having both valves in connection. — . The ventral. valve.of the same. . ame i A lateral view of another specimen, with a ventral valve of Crania Siluriana attached. . The upper part of a ventral valve of a large specimen, which areeeeees both vaives, the cardinal line being shown near the lateral. angles. . The interior of a dorsal valve, showing muscular imprints, cardinal process, etc. An enlargement of the Sidi portion of the cardinal area of a speci- men, with both valves. in place, showing the back of the cardinal process of the dorsal valve filling the deltidial opening of the ven- tral valve. The central groove marks the division of the cardinal process. Sgt Cuonetes Nova-Scotica Hall. Page. 155. Fig. 11. A..ventral valve showimg the spines and the larger median Ca enlarged to two. diameters. Figs. 12, 13.. Two other ventral valves, natural size, showing the cardinal spines. The central part of these three figures is incorrectly represented as angular, instead of simply by a stronger median ray. Fig. 14. An enlargement from the middle of a specimen to show the stronger central ray and fine concentric striz. > CHONETES UNDULATA 2. sp. Page 155. Fig. 15. An enlargement to four diameters of an individual possessing the usual characters. fad) bU Pari ATEIITS: ATwoaORIORTE | Ser eget it sar d ayHOnYHAOF oe : O81 oged 7 nah c ica obavor’ a i uihdaae view Isiiaev. MR, ah Lf ih 3 ‘ aivie-sostive otf) Yo retostedo oc) allo add Yo e160) odt eniwode aviv Isetob A St oi oniw ode scans ane Yo tnomogtal re ad Bl | at Mid Mihée- sapeccia dora. sens on terri eytenanind ape hire 2 tas epee pe ee ea Rp pM wR temas 1 ahem mie Albee SA LENA A ae AN oe . : nes) Wake ee Fig > > “J PLATE XXIII. SrropHopoNTA sTRIATA Hall. Page 152. . A ventral valve showing the general form and the surface characters. . The dorsal side of the same. . . A profile view, showing the relative convexity and the bending of the valves at the cardinal angles. / . The interior of a dorsal valve, showing the cardinal process, and crenu- late margins. . . The interior of a ventral valve, showing the muscular imprint, the car- dinal area and the crenulations on the hinge. . An enlargement of the cardinal process of the dorsal valve, showing the grooving of the posterior face. STROPHONELLA SEMIFASCIATA /Zall. Page 154. . The ventral side of a large, nearly entire specimen. . The interior of an imperfect dorsal valve, referred with doubt to this species, showing a minute cardinal process and crenulated hinge line. STROPHODONTA PROFUNDA Hall. Page 151. . The interior of a ventral valve, showing the muscular imprint and car- dinal area, with the hinge crenulations extending less than half its length. . 10. The exterior of an imperfect valve partially restored, showing the character of the striz. STrREPTORHYNCHUsS TENUIS Hall. Page 150. . 11. An imperfect ventral valve, showing the rounded hinge extremity and the character of the surface-striee.. . 12. A dorsal valve showing the form of the shell. 13. An enlargement of the surface, showing the alternations of the radiat- ing striz and the finer concentric crenulating lines, i TANG AMES AN Usain i (BRACHLOPODA ) Tiles. State Mus Nat Hist.,2¢é Paty) ik bidathee , ~ ery os ‘gloss exe i ; Pi sie 8 yes teeaie eT Pe BY ee | ee ¥ i ee re i i ; vs ESIGN erat: Si mot © ae bi ih "hay Nat By oe | atte Vibes" Rick ele fi i: i _ og me 7 4 “4 te ¥ ; Peietp Wis Nal. Fast 2° Te AREA CROP OTE | 4 ; 7 : wtf ith Heysham al pdt pag kL: hi i he cn LORY = me renee vsieh ite tsSetar Man a RT Neat centenary air eMmibeqe toes! 6 lo awoiv laveisl pts lanihteo pre aoe Taswtl 1-8 au coils W. 36 e1ts00 ti ea” gota erlt to creda am A mebiihcs re ines ee AEA IEG Nt YB A Le eA me NN | ENR ee ‘jiilecol Sette Ww odd aro? z9io0qe oft to agiudas) aay ei bodies ylonorte ai osiwe edd votved evisv Insiag neiot odd sow lewibas n -lisw ois! s to ewoiy dino Bag ~90991 28 e9ideqe oxlt to erotostsclo lasses PLATE XXIV. SPIRIFERA ORISPA (//isinger) var. SIMPLEX n. Var. Page 157. Figs. 1-5. Dorsal, ventral, front, iateral and cardinal views of a specimen of this variety, enlarged to two diameters. SPIRIFERA CRISPA (Hisinger). Page 157. Fig. 6. Dorsal view of a specimen of the size and form usually obtained at this locality. Fig. 7. Ventral view of a wider form. Figs. 8-12. Dorsal, ventral, front, cardinal and lateral views of a larger specimen showing the characters of the species, as it occurs at Waldron. Fig. 19. The interior of a ventral valve, enlarged to two diameters, SPIRIFERA Eupora Hail. Page 156. Figs. 13-16. Dorsal, cardinal, front and lateral views of a specimen, presenting the features of the species from the Waldron locality. Fig. 17. A ventral valve, having the surface-striz strongly marked. Fig. 18. Interior of a ventral valve, showing the cardinal area, the foramen and teeth. SPIRIFERA RADIATA Sowerby. Page 157. . 20. Dorsal view of a specimen of medium size. . 21. Dorsal view of a nearly full-grown specimen. igs. 22-26. Dorsal, ventral, cardinal, lateral and front views of a large well- formed specimen, of the usual characters of the species as recog- nized at this locality. | . 27. Profile view of the specimen fig. 21, for comparison with fig. 28. 28. The interior of a ventral valve. 29. The interior of the cardinal portion of a dorsal valve. 30. An enlargement of the surface-strie. Figs. 17, 19, 22, 28, 29 and 30 are copied from Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, Pt. Il: Revision of the Bra- chiopoda (unpublished). be} bef ta be ir) . dQ gg JQ 09 ARATRA Gi MurT, NWiItABAIRA GirO@t Plate 24 L450 (BRACHMOPONA ) State Mus Nat.Hist. 28 ‘ } tf ‘ ~ { . - ¢ ~ . — t ~ - r ‘ g . 2 * : = ] - “9 . ‘ ¢ “ f a i ° Le of \ j Uo 7 > sini a ae A oe A Ta ae mere. rive , ¢; by ee, yi, ie nee iA En Tae ui nak af Spe Sper AM ahi asad is r HRaACHORPODAL Sfate Wis Nat Piyiat: 28 Hay 00 os" ae bebaues & tor cromig ' 10 dissin odt aa & .gii ne Oe od 1 +t woiv Is1aial .6 gif m6 ice 6 diiw soot stavo-sisgaols , worsen 6 lo wolv lear od. Br pe Rate et et 29411 PietinoV QL ait oa “edd to digob alt aa sit BI bas £ agi ceetivoge a lo ~weiv tgovl .08 git PLATE XXY. MERISTINA NITIDA Hail. Page 160. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of a small specimen of a rounded form. . Ventral view of a rhomboidal specimen which is emarginate in front. Fig. 3. Dorsal view of a large, broadly ovate form, which is emarginate in front and shows the foramen in the beak. Fig. 4. Ventral view of a large rhomboid-ovate specimen, which is strongly emarginate in front. Fig. 5. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 3, showing the convexity of the valves. Fig. 6. Dorsal view of a narrow, elongate-ovate form, with a slight = in front. 7. Dorsal view of a narrow, rhomboidal form, which is not emarginate. Figs. 3, 5, 6 and 7 are copied from Pal., N. Y., Vol. IV, Pt. II: Re- vision of the Brachiopoda, (unpublished). A oe bo ee] aa MERIsSTINA Maria Hail. Page 159. Fig. 8. Dorsal view of a young specimen which has not begun to develop the mesial elevation or sinus, and is proportionally broader than the mature, full-grown specimens. Figs. 9, 10. Dorsal and front views of a large mature specimen. Fig. 11. Front view of a specimen with the mesial fold much less strongly marked than fig. 10. Fig. 12. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 9. ReEetTzIA EVAX Hail. Page 160. Figs. 13-17. Dorsal views of specimens varying in size and form, and exhibiting some of the phases which mark the species in its advanced stages of growth. Fig. 18. Profile of the specimen fig. 14, showing the convexity of the ieee Fig. 19. Ventral view of a specimen showing the mesial depression. Fig. 20. Front view of the specimen figs. 14 and 18, showing the depth of the depression. Fig. 21. Ventral view of a small, elongate form, showing finer plications — apparently a mature specimen. NUGLEOSPIRA PISIFORMIS Hall. Page 160. Figs. 22-25. Dorsal, ventral, lateral and cardinal views of a ventricose specimen, having much the appearance of WV. ventricosa of the Lower Helder- berg group. NTAGAIRA GirOwW rE. i ©) D) x J / = State Mus Nat.Hist 28, [BRACHTOPODA.} Plate 25 Fes) OR Bh = Fe | et a —> 2 n =) s - eu! fe te Ps = « y + , ~ f ’ 4 ¢ ~ 5 4 ‘ , . ‘ ’ x ‘ ° . - . t. + — igi . : m ry > e. : ee & ’ i ¥ ‘ : r PLATE XXV.— (Continued). Figs. 26, 27. Dorsal and lateral views of a less ventricose pte with surface almost entirely ‘covered by fine sete. ; Fig. 28. Dorsal view of a.specimen with more prominent beak. RHYNCHOTRETA CUNEATA weet vor. AMERICANA %. var. clioPage 16%: Fig. 29. Dorsal valve of a small specimen of the usual form. Fig. 30.” Dorsal view of a more elongate form. igi Figs. 31, 32. Dorsal and ventral views of avery broad specimen, having birong’ slightly rounded plications. Fig. 33.. Ventral view of a large podaaey differing somewhat in form from the preceding. Fig. 34. Lateral view of the specimen figs. 3]. and 32. Be ai Fig, 35. Dorsal valve of an extremely elongate form, with narrow efei Ns coke ; Figs. 36, 37. Front views of the specimens fig. 33 and fig. 31, ail the ele- ete? vation of the front. Fig. 38. Dorsal view of a young shell before the development of the elevation of the front and depression of the sides. has commenced. C@LOSPIRA DISPARILIS Hall. Page 162. Figs. 39-41, Dorsal, ventral and lateral views of a! specimen, dnldkeell to two diameters, showing the usual characters of the species. Vig. 42. An enlargement of a ventral valve of 4'spécimen of more elongate form and extended beak. Hig. 43. An enlargement of the dorsal side of a broader specimen. . The apex of _ the dorsal valve is represented a little too convex. _ ATRYPA RETICULARIS (Linn.). Page 1626 Figs: 44, 45. Dorsal and ventral views of a specimen aowane strong’ lamellee fringing the concentric nes of growth. Ol Fig. 46. Ventral view of a larger and more ventricose specimen, with finer con- éentri¢ markings. - Fig. 47. Lateral view of the same, showing the convexity of the valves. PLATE XXVI. RHYNCHONELLA NEGLECTA Hall. N00) \Page 162", .Kigs..1,;2.,, Dorsal and front, views of a specimen of the usual size. “o AS oui Figs. 3-6. Dorsal, ventral, lateral and front views ‘of a larger specimen. al ad i «he RHYNCHONELLA " semioed Hail.” | AVADIAGMA .7t0 PapeléasTadvu0 ATHATOHOWYHA Fig. 7. The dorsal side of a ois ea of avy ovate tise enlarged to four diameters. 100 0S .9i Figs. 8-11. Dorsal, front, ventral.and cal. views. of Meee larger. speci- | men, similarly enlarged, showing the usual features of. the species. oot mi 4 -REYNCHONELLA. Sacer Hall. 19V £8 «if Page 163. aaa Fig. 12. Dorsal view ofa small Specimen /'°! stojsl LE oi Figs. 13, 14. ‘Dorsal and’ventral views of ‘alarger specimen, having three plica- ‘ “tions elevated on the dorsal‘fold. 2W SI > OG .egrd a lo, 16. Corresponding views eed a specimen with four plications elevated | 98T TOA"tHe dorsal fold! S10ted [oda you lse10 .88 .3if Figs. 17, 18/"Pke dorsal and ventral sides*of’a smaller pete: having four plications on the fold. Fig. 19. Lateral view Of thes specimen fig. 15. Fig. 20. Lateral view of the specimien ofig!! 17. Figs. ae 22.' Front.views of the spacings jigs, Lopand d7. fool Eb 96 ait meatal Wann Hate 19 oA ch ail Page 164.” 3 * Figs. 53-26. ‘Dorsal, ‘ventral, front and lateral views of enaialstdhie Godin of this species, having but two plications elevated’ in the center. Figs. 27-29. Dorsal, ventral and front views of a specimen with one of the median ‘plications divided, making three elevated on the mesial fold. SOL eget ‘Pies. 30-33, “Front, lateral, dorsal«and -ventralk views) of |a- specimen} showing four oo ecnapian on ‘the mesial fold. . a | sas ¥ of ai seeder vein it suiting feats, (Sowerdan : of PAB PTEsmse oc) to wory ls1stek Figs. 34, 35. Dorsal and ventral views of a specimen of the more finely plicated variety. Fig. 36. Dorsal view of a specimen with coarser plications. Fig. 37. Lateral view of the specimen fig. 34. Fig. 28. Front view of the preceding, showing the narrower form of the mesial elevation. | TABATA ees) Wales ( BRACHIOPODA .) PLATE XXVI — (Continued). Fig. 39. Front view of the specimen fig. 36, showing a broader elevation than the last figure. Fig. 40, Cardinal view of the more finely plicated variety. ANASTROPHIA. INTERNASCENS 1. Sp. Page 168, Bigs. 41, 42. Ventral and dorsal wiews of) a small specimen, more finely plicated than usual. . Figs. 483-46. Ventral, lateral, dorsal and front views of a specimen of medium size, having coarse plications. Hige, 47-49. Dorsal, cardinal and ventral views of a Species of the usual chlicacter: HICHWALDIA RETICULATA Hail, Page 169. Fig. 50. Dorsal valve of a narrow, elongate form, with a scarcely distinguisha- ble mesial fold. Fig. 51. Ventral side of a larger and more transverse specimen, ‘shows a dis- | tinct mesial depression: | Fig. 52. A large imperfect specimen, intermediate in form eee the two pre- ceding, and with more distinctly defined mesial fold. Figs. 538, 54. Dorsal and cardinal views of a specimen similar to fig. 51, enlarged, showing . the surface,,characters, and.(on, the latter figure) the denuded space on the beak of the ventral valve, corresponding to the foramen in other genera. . These figures are copied from the Twentieth Report on the State Cabinet of Natural. History, page 275, and from. Pal... Y., Vol, IV, Part II (unpublished), PLATE XXVII. AmpuHiceia Lerpyi Hall. «Page 171. Fig. 1. An imperfect left valve. Fig. 2. An imperfect right valve, which presents some difference in the form and position of the beak; probably indicating a distinct species. MODIiOLOPSIS PERLATUS Hail. 0 Bage 172% ATATI Fig. 3. A right valve characteristic of the species. Fig. 4. Cardinal view of the same, showing the convexity of the > valve, 26 .git MoDIOLOPSIS SUBALATUS Hall. Iscibie) .Ob 2ff Page 173. Fig. 5. The left valve of a form closely resémbling the “M- subalatus of New York, but of larger dimensions. Fig.'6. A tight valve, having a proportionally greater length—in this /featuré more nearly approaching the New York specimens,’ : 5V OLED epi PTERINEA BRISA Hall. : rr ived .ssiz leva | me weit FSG2453- bas isztol .Cb-Th 2yff Fig. 7 _ The exterior of a small, imperfect left valve, with swell-preserved sur- face characters. Fig. 8. The interior of a large imperfect left! Galva HOI Fig. 9. An internal cast of a small left valve. ld 37 1ol9 ,wWo' g to av od .06 ci MyTILarca SIGILia Hall, i Fig. 10. A sive right valve of a aa an this species m joni A S6 .23fll i Sewer ry ACUTIROSTRA Hal saihea oe hex [S .off of sslionic as Page 171) o bas Isz100 .36 66 ord See plate 7, fic. 12 a description of Sagenela deta ase 2 ORTHOCERAS SIMULATOR Halle. ial | qos \ odj @Pagei7o fl se Fig. 11. A fragment°of the septate io gd of a ose y ne its general form and character. (bsdalduqat Fig. 12. A smaller fragment, similar to the last, but ade retaining the exterior shell over a portion of the tube. TROCHOCERAS WALDRONENSE Hail. Page 179. g. 13. Taleo view of a specimen preserving one volution, and showing the annulations, but no septa. g. 14. Ventral view of the same, showing the compressed condition of the specimen, and the sinus in the annulations on the ventral side. Fig. 15. Lateral view of a specimen preserving about the same extent of the tube, with the annulations less distinct, and showing no septa. Fi ~ Fi ~ NMNitAGAIRA GRDMwic. (LAMELLIBRANCH.& CEPHALOPODA } Pinte 27 Sele State Mus Nat. Hist.28. G. B. Simpson, del. Phe | Ph. Ast, ht * ¢ ii ~ f 1, a ' ¢ a ‘ ry | | * o ) ly { rt ‘ ‘f . i « : , ~ f * > ; i ac Fil we rT UN) De : i it cli ie fa’ Le a OPO: “Py Y ‘ ot 190 G4 r cy fount hiyh EAS a ae oy ce Knee TO Mioe ney ee yOu AMOT2OY Taga CTOR pHi, ea PLATE XXVITII. PLATYOSTOMA NIAGARENSE. Hall. Page 175. Fig. 1. A small specimen, showing strong revolving striae and with a slight depression on the upper surface of the last volution. Figs. 2-4. Basal, summit and lateral views of a specimen similarly striated, which is suleated above and below, with two distinct folds on the ; lower surface of the volution. Figs. 5-7. Three views of a larger, loosely coiled specimen, with a distinct sul- cation above and below the middle of the volution. Figs. 8, 9. Two views of a more ventricose specimen with regularly convex volutions. Figs. 10, 11. The summit and ventral view of a large loosely coiled specimen, the outer volution being free. Fig. 12. The spire of a large ventricose specimen, with closely coiled volutions. PLATYOSTOMA NIAGARENSE ? Fig. 13. A specimen with its aperture showing a twisted inner lip of the peris- tome. This feature is produced by the folds on the inner part of the volution and is not a true columella. PLATYOSTOMA PLEBIUM Hall. Page 175. Figs. 14, 15. The opposite sides of a specimen, showing the height of the spire and form of the volution and aperture. IN TAGAIRA, GiROWiP. State Mus Nat Hist.28. (CXS TERIOROD..) eh tee SUT: aw q ra pat XG BR fi mean G. B. Simpson, del. a a7 A 9 ; PL ee ee : SPU aw 2 » ass i A stone Wi 4 te Zz 2 ” wa j - | E : . “4 ‘ - > ’ ‘4 % , ’ 6 . — ’ ’ j q ‘ , ¥ ’ * ’ , . ~ _ (- . ‘ , t ’ . > q F “ , ’ a 7 cm . . “i *- nyt, ia vig h ro cp 4 Hw ei rs siti oe. to Kits ~t ; Crit LS ey af ae i we 1 fe te Mii Nat Hist) 23 on “ Phaiec 2), arth Neblett itn ii apne artbomiefinrwarn nats rabies ite wpe 1aDnatmertnitan shoes ee LAAe era Poqyprdin le rman tntiypaenennanesinyael SO NRIit eee ales nolan alien La emeitterramr aint isermrarow nmwm = Vt 1 eh lear oe ‘ " a giv einior gaibsoe1gq adi 10 "90 adh to diag ists10 edt to level edt 6 stiqa od? gaived cemioege as os foqu gaibserqe emotgiec q .aoituloy gi | bie ssonioeqe ‘qegial a aq Silty avec dud 09 al | sag wal ot ie « Si ewalv taaed 3 od doidw eaoituloy beli fog, ee ee a al ce el PLATE XXIX. PLATYOSTOMA NIAGARENSE Hail. : : . Page 1%. | : : : Figs. 14. Four views of a specimen of medium size, where the inner lip of the peristome unites with the surface of the preceding volution, with the spire rising but little above the level of the outer part of the shell. Fig. 5. The aperture of a specimen having the spire flat or slightly depressed, and the peristome spreading upon, and conforming to, the shape of the preceding volution. Fig. 6. The aperture of a larger specimen, with more rounded volutions and elevated spire, but having the peristome overlapping the preceding volution. Figs. 7-10. Four views of a specimen with moderately elevated spire, sub- depressed volutions and slightly united peristome. In consequence of some accident during the early stages of growth, the inner part of the lower lip has become contracted, forming a deep and abrupt break in the margin, which has probably increased with the age ~ of the shell; as shown in fig. 9. ' Figs. 11-13. Front, dorsal and basal views of a slender, depressed specimen, with loosely coiled volutions, which become disunited and deflected. Figs. 14, 15. The opposite sides of a large ventricose specimen, with rapidly increasing volutions— the last one becoming disunited and de- flected, presenting a very peculiar character, and wide contrast with other forms. INTAGAIRA GnWw ie. / State Mus Nat. Hist, 28. (GASTEROPODA.) a: Plate 29. TG iia G. B. Simpson, del. Ast lth eit an sg ie PA a # / AuTi ot lee Rf MEAS 65 ‘State Vins Na hi "Bist ay3.'@ ee ee "10 B. Simpemn, ae), ) it 7 ae PDL PLATE XXX. STROPHOSTYLUS CYcLOsTomUS Hall. Page 176. Fig. 1. The back of a small specimen, showing the rotundity of the volutions \ and an unusually high spire. Fig. 2. An oblique front view of a larger characteristic specimen, showing the obliquity of the aperture. Figs. 3, 4. Summit and lateral views of a specimen of usual form and size. Fig. 5. The aperture of a more elevated specimen, showing the character of the inner lip and columella. Fig. 6. Dorsal view of a specimen with very rotund volutions. Fig 7. The aperture of a more erect and elevated form, showing some slight differences from fig. 5. Figs. 8-10. Dorsal, basal, and oblique front views of a large, perfect specimen, showing the direction of the striz, the aperture, etc. Figs. 11, 12. Front and oblique lateral views of a specimen showing the form of the aperture, inner lip, and twisting of the columella. Fig. 13. An enlargement of the surface-strize of a full-grown specimen, showing the transverse striz of growth, and the finer revclving lines. STROPHOSTYLUS CYCLOSTOMUS var. DISJUNCTUS ”. var. Page 177. Figs. 14, 15. The opposite sides of a specimen referred with doubt to this spe- cies. The outer velution has become free, so that its generic char- acters are obliterated; but the surface-striz and the upper volu- tions are precisely the same as S. cyclostomus. CYRTOLITES SINUOSUS Hall. Page 178. Figs. 16-18. Lateral, front and dorsal views of a specimen enlarged to three diameters. BELLEROPHON TUBER Hail. Page 177. Figs. 19, 20. Dorsal and lateral views of a specimen, enlarged to two diameters. INNTAGAITIRA, GEO Wip. (GASTEROPODA.) Plate 20 JENGUUS DY State Mus Nat.Hist,28. \ | G. B. Simpson, del. S tote Us ar hat 28 | ole aN Ane ctw Ft neice ms Anne glen iy Ni wii Salle rl AAA a ed pein ty teh Serr heey or = mine | Be egal sito ve woiv Jerated. Z 3) Aro} bogol ref yfiat : at doinlw cerideqe tolleme A .G eae (Dentatis odT asseeny@ dyosiiroot | dio ‘bas alia hoax bas obia rayvol odd q ,edi ot dibiw eitas MOTH Viv io uemiveqe A nia 6 Io waiv lasetnl pe ig eat fiber: ody 4 B oar at saat ene gnisaevbe addi ddive oTBqa . oat * izog pee bag’ pe Beda odT | is odil ¢ bodontin sol PLATE XXXI. CORNULITES PROPRIUS Hall. Page 182. Fig. 1. A group of young individuals attached to a young shell of Strophosiiias cyclostomus, enlarged to two diameters. This group has the peculiarity of forming an irregular circle—the only instance of this kind observed. Fig. 2. A large specimen attached to a shell of the same species as above. Fig. 3. A group of three individuals of different sizes attached to the shell of Platyostoma Niagarense. Fig. 4. Lateral view of a large specimen, showing the usual characters of the fully developed form. Fig. 5. A smaller specimen which is attached to the side of the cup of Hucalyp- tocrinus crassus. The attached portion of the tube is flattened on the lower side and thickened above, and united by nearly its entire width to the crinoidal plates. Fig. 6. A specimen of very irregular growth and strongly striated surface. Fig. 7. Lateral view of a similar specimen, showing, as in the preceding, the repairs of injuries received during life. Fig. 8. An enlargement of the surface, showing the character of the longi nal striz, and the abrupt change at one of the concentric ridges. Fig. 9. A longitudinal section of a large imperfect specimen, showing the cellu- lose texture of the substance, and also the annulated character of the interior face of the tube. Fig. 10. A longitudinal section of a large specimen, where the walls have been quite thin, showing the annulation of the inner surface and a thin coating of cellulose tissue, chiefly on one side. Fig. 11. A transverse section of a specimen enlarged, showing the vesicular tex- ture of the test. Fig. 12, A still farther enlargement from the same specimen. Fig. 13. An enlargement of a part of the left side of specimen fig. 9, near the middle of the length, showing the partial obliteration of the annu- lations, on the interior at this point, by the formation of vesicu- lar tissue upon the inner face. This change is probably the result of thickening and contracting the space with the advancing age of the individual; the usual and almost invariable mode of in- crease being by exterior additions of tissue. Forms like those represented in figures 1, 2 and 3 have sometimes been referred to Cornulites, Tentaculites, and to column bases of Cystidians. More recently Prof. Nicholson has proposed the names Ortonia and Conchicolites for similar forms. The absolute connection of these small annulated forms with the larger ones, like figures 4, 5, 6 and 7, has been demonstrated; and we find the smaller attached forms, where there has been a thickening of the exterior, and a partial obliteration of the regular annulations, giving the indi- viduals the aspect of the bases of figures 4 and 5. Moreover, longitudinal sections of these small annulated forms show vesicular structures similar to the larger ones. In one example before me, the interior wall of the tube is INUATSAIRA, GIROWIE. State Mus Nat Hist ,2 | Plate 31 3 2 nu oa Aes Pe. G8E SAS ie) PANS \ taeW ANE alle, LAP SOlt Ge. PLATE XX (Com aobrbit ; wall asked, with an exterior thickening of loose texture; and in another specimen, the inner wall is similarly well-defined, with an exterior thickening of the substance which is distinctly vesicular in structure. SPIRORBIS, INORNATUS. Hall. Page 181. ie 14. A group of three specimens, natural size, attached to the surface of a Strophomena. Fig. 15. A specimen enlarged, to show the character of ‘the shell and the incipient annulations. Fig. Fig. Fig. PLATE XXXIL. LererpiTiA FABA fall. Page 186. . The right side of a specimen greatly enlarged, showing the line of the hinge and the projection of the left valve above the right. po ~ the base. Bryricn1a cranutosa Hall. Page 186. 4. An enlargement of a right valve with the dorsal margin incomplete, showing the general form and granulose surface. The granulae as represented are too regularly disposed. Cypuaspis Curistyr Hall. Page 188. . 5. A separate head, imperfect on the eye-tubercles and the glabella; enlarged to two diameters. . 6. An entire individual, enlarged to'twordiameters: | i. Profile of the same specimen, showing the elevation * the body, a to correspond with the preceding — beAtem disw z + .19mttosge CALYMENE, NiIAGARENSIS. Hall... duc sana Page 187. . 8. The upper surface’ 6f 4 large specimen, slightly distorted about the cephalic shield. it seed . 9 The under side.of, the.same, showing. the hypostoma in-place. ») wig . 10. The upper surface of a larger cephalic shield, showing, nearly perfect jeyestubereles onc of sq2 A .GL 2il g 11, 12. Front and lower side of the < same specimen, showing the continua- tion of the facial sutures. . 18. A separated glabella and fixed cheeks. . 14. Profile of the specimen fig. 11. . 15. Profile of the specimen fig. 13, showing the line of the facial suture and elevation. Crraurus (Carervurus) Niacarensis Hall. Page 189. . 16. A nearly entire pygidium, showing its form and characters. HoMALONOTUS DELPHINOCEPHALUS (een). Page 187. . 17. The upper surface of a fragment of a head, showing the characters as well as can be seen in any of the specimens known from this locality. . 18. An imperfect pygidium. * ILLznvus armatus? Hall. Page 189. 19. An imperfect glabella. 20. An imperfect pygidium, the anterior margin restored in outline at the right hand upper angle. . Basal view of the same specimen, showing the convexity of the valves. © , 8. The left side of a specimen, showing the overlapping of the valves at Se State Mus Nat.Hist, 28. G. B. Simpson,del. INT TANGANIELAN (SURO IP. (CRUSTACEA ) Iai ae Tye oe ish Rect boat ; alana ; ‘” thal) & a be Gy! a , ik 2 avaoouassey aaTivamts@ » Ss J oe aes lowe tk anived | Baal ife 8 Fates aon SS ee 4 — My. “Ome i - a re ee ee, 2 Reine ange ER I EN Se: Ep PLATE XXXIII. Datmanires vicitans Hail. Page 193. Fig. 1. The upper side of a cephalic shield, showing the characters observed on several individuals from this locality. Fig. 2. The lower surface of the border of a head. Figs. 3, 4. Two pygidia referred to the same species. DALMANITES vERRUCOosUS Hall. Page 195. Fig. 5. A small head, having the usual character of this species. Fig. 6. A larger head showing a slight spiniform node on the occipital ring. Fig. 7. The dorsal surface of a large specimen, preserving the head and thorax entire, and the anterior part of the pygidium, with all their characteristic markings. Fig. 8. A much larger imperfect head. Fig. 9. Anterior view of a nearly perfect head, of somewhat more than the medium size, showing the anterior extension of the facial suture, on the left hand side of the figure. Fig. 10. Lateral view of the same, showing the posterior exited of the facial suture. Fig. 11. An enlargement of the eye. Fig. 12. A profile view of a thoracic segment. Figs. 13-15. The pygidia of three individuals, showing gradations in size. Fig. 16. Profile of the specimen fig. 15, showing the elevation of the axis. Fig. 17. A larger pygidium, which is remarkably straight on the anterior margin. _ o> Datmantres Bicornis all. Page 196. Fig. 18. The lower surface of the marginal rim of the head, showing the an- terior bifurcating process. No other parts of this species are known at the present time. =" INTANGSANTIEL AN GERM IP. ( CRUSTACEA} State Mus Nat.Mist, 28. Plate 33. i ia el = ve, Sol esaorvena esstonl er oped faoiqy? oslt: ; bned Beene ig to 90: pihesenoremy-ty teens pe a et me aly aaa AA SINS Alp . } PLATE XX NTY. Lichas srevicers //adl. Page 197. Fig. 1. The upper surface of an imperfect head; the typical form of the species. 1 a. An enlargement of the surface of the glabella. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 2. op 4, An imperfect thorax and pygidium; the anterior part of the figure is 10. ii. 12. nile: . 14. We, Profile view of the same, showing the elevation of the glabellar lobe. An enlargement of the eye. restored in outline. The lower surface of a large imperfect pygidium, showing the strie of the enfolded border. The upper surface of a smaller imperfect pygidium, restored in outline. . The central portion of a large glabella; the outline is carried out to correspond with the specimen fig. 1. Licuas Botroni (Bigsby) var. Occipentauis fall. Page 198. The lower side of a large perfect pygidium, showing the broad inner - lining of the border with its characteristic markings. ; The upper side of a smaller imperfect pygidium. The separation between the lobe of the axis and its continuation on the marginal expansion, is due to accidental pressure and partial distortion of the parts. The lower surface of a smaller pygidium, showing similar characters to fig. 8, except that it is more rounded on the posterior margin. The hypostoma of a specimen, probably of this variety, resembling those from the Niagara shale of New York. Licuas sp.? Page 199. The anterior extension of a head of undetermined specific relations belonging to this genus. Datmanites verRvcosus fall. Page 195. The lower surface of the marginal rim of the head, for comparison with fig. 2 of Pl. 33. The inner side of the crust of a pygidium, showing the points of attachment for natatory organs.* Profile view, looking across the elevation of these processes of attach- ment, and of the ridge corresponding to the dorsal furrow of the exterior. . *See a paper in this Report, on the Discovery of the Remains of Natatory and Bran- chial Appendages of Trilobites, by C. D. Walcott. (CRUSTACEA) ‘ = . = - 7 E ad - - ws a 3 = oe s ee ee ee mi a ta) ee ee ae ae Se ee vz ze ATAIA ‘ arrasaate eavisoon aiad : : TOs ae | Gs, a volt to woitedol brie ero ott gniwode Jsubmibar ogre! £ ee weir Ia x odd tol isomuioniie odd diivwe gerd 963 10 o1wtoutte oft bas ehed >. Soe sredi Jedd oienibai aodederd feead odd Io anoltaouilid od T -cateslog ue a .aiedenedo toraint edi of againego Issoeludos net erow otaloiney edi bas ,ybod edt Yo noitavele ods gatwords woetr Is1otead * 8. _toteixe edt lo yaitediaew ont yd beonhioug sostima — ' tad adi to soBedol baw mol odt diiw nenios2 tollema s to seed od’ & } Ylevideisqmios ei mectioege aid? Yo seed oulT -eailive ai awoda : ieustouda lenieixe odT ero ‘enibsoory od at sed regis! off3il ahie boed tdyis odd 38 oogtiwe ofsllete odd to soidiog & bas .awode An dene do lenieiai edd ewode snilauo ut molriog dT veel adi to e -. isiitfisega ontse add Yo te _ atsllete Te giuiwode iatoareib xia a hogrelna eosline edt lo cottiog A ww 2. sont ont tA _.wiedmsio orld to allew toistxe edt ecianot drowien. = | | hewedlbids O18 aye edi amoitsollimst srorsciom elt Io aot ee .obon doutieih 6 oinibetsvela — Mie ite Inoidiey odd. gaiwode .[ .of , Mamioag2 Jo aoitosa Isvitrow be ce » 4d beiscihai todenedo od'T iat otlt lo anoilitisg isisoxtrod Sftst foitieog.« guiyquone eotelq hiloa to Dezoqraop ed 6} PIsSqys onl of gaibaoqeorto9 bas jnommlosite mamlos edt svods yloisib aeiterxe oft lo wioeisilo slduob odT Togorg xyleo, ® to moidiaog worietat id to yaiblolai od} dtiw wore ols ai eilsw rodensdo etodmardo odt to aMom ira odd aral od teysl owt + Yo estoitog aniwore I ef Io Med sawol edt Io nokioes luosinoFE a etedasdo otstbonrretai telleste owd bote’ erodmeds soil - Noes ese tdgio ota bebivib leubivibat lleraas° to aoktaog Intirostost A As ae pnoititiec {soitiey odd yd cglives Isxta99. sinoedo ne bite grodmedo % 8 yaivrode SqamRe qoilioun Yo dinnemge edd ies Kee Cee TE MEDAN) Plate 36. oY x rite: bea é : e a . : , xe - 4 ~ , = ya Sy =, : a - a 5 =. od a ee eS ds - / / i State Mus Nat.Hist. 28 r ‘ + ! 3 , s rt 3 PLATE XXXVIL CAMAROCRINUS SAFFORDI. Page 208. Fig. 1. An outline showing the form and lobation of a specimen, consisting of two large equal lobes and three smaller, nearly equal, accessory lobes. Fig. 2. A horizontal section in outline, of the largest individual observed, show- ing the comparative thickness of the partitions and external walls, with five unequal internal chambers. CAMEROCRINUS OLAREII. Page 209. Fig. 3. A diagram of the internal chambers, drawn from the lobes shown on the exterior of the specimen represented in figs. 7, 8, pl. 36. wae (CRINOIDEA.) Plas 37. State Mus Nat. Hist 28. CE. .Beecher del. Phil Ast lth * ‘ * - ‘ TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT ON THE Neu fork Stat Hfaseam af Natura Pjstor BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE foe Th OW NEW YORK TRAN SIDED LTO THE LEGISELADURE APRIL Wi; feito. JEROME B. PARMENTER, STATE PRINTER, 1878 REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY. [Ex orFicio TRUSTEES oF THE State Museum or Natura History. ] JOHN V. L. PRUYN, LL.D., CHANCELLOR. ERASTUS C. BENEDICT, LL.D., Viczk-CHANCELLOR. EX OFFICIIS. SAMUEL J. TILDEN, LL.D., GovERNoR. WILLIAM DORSHEIMER, LinurENANT-GOVERNOR. JOHN BIGELOW, Secretary oF STATE. NEIL GILMOUR, SupPEeRInTENDENT OF PuBLIC INSTRUCTION. ROBERT G. RANKIN. JOHN L. LEWIS. GEORGE W. CLINTON, LL.D. HENRY R. PIERSON, LL.D. LORENZO BURROWS. MARTIN I. TOWNSEND, LL.D. ROBERT 8. HALE, LL.D. JAMES W. BOOTH. ELIAS W. LEAVENWORTH, LL.D. ANSON J. UPSON, D.D. J. CARSON BREVOORT, LL.D. AUGUSTUS C. GEORGE, D.D. GEORGE R. PERKINS, LL.D. WILLIAM L. BOSTWICK. GEORGE W. CURTIS, LL.D. JOHN A. DIX, LL.D. FRANCIS KERNAN, LL.D. SAMUEL B. WOOLWORTH, LL.D., SECRETARY. DANIEL J. PRATT, Ph. D., Assistant SECRETARY. STANDING COMMITTEE ON THE STATE MUSEUM. THE GOVERNOR. — Mr. BREVOORT. Tue SUPT. OF PUB. INSTRUCTION. Mr. PIERSON. Mr. CLINTON. ; Mr. PERKINS. Mr. RANKIN. Director of the Museum. JAMES HALL, LL.D. Assistants in the Museum. J. A. LINTNER, GENERAL ASSISTANT. JAMES W. HALL, In Zoouoey. Botanist. CHARLES H. PECK. Taxidermist. JAMES A. HURST. a ‘ ‘ - # ' \ ’ Pr ahs SEATE OF NEW vORK. No. 64. IN SENATE April 18, 1876. TWENTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. OFFICE oF THE REGENTS, UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE oF New YorK: ABany, Apri 17, 1876. To the Hon. Witt1am DorsuemeEr, President of the Senate: Srz —I have the honor to transmit the Twenty-ninth Annual Report on the State Museum ot Natural History, by the Regents of the University. I remain, very respectfully, Your obedient servant, JOHN Ve ky EIN, Chancellor of the University. ‘ ° = = “ ‘ "< t = ° » / ~ ‘ ’ . ‘ ¥ t e ' ~ : . ‘ ¢ . "4 ' ‘ ion? » 1"), Gy SRS \ ' 7 - " . “ » ¢ ,e - ‘ r*1. 2 7 » :‘ JF ‘ ‘ : » J Si Five oe ele ih Y a ar #) Ay > * : A , ‘ , 3 r 4 s f @ ‘ é | 4 + ' » 4 ? ey ail pair PA: ‘ y a ea 4 5 d ° | 4 } R¥a 4 3 tt ae + t ¥ ¢t5)") 1) Breet tem PA f & - Rie, yeni b} Pp 7 ~ wn ® . 7 iu’ Th aaa AA ie Sa 4 4 4 ‘ B vr Ab LP, ve aT _ Pe =| YL 1 Aes yn » A my rn M i wae i T% dyer be ike Pie ORT . To the Tonorable the Legislature of the State of New York: The Regents of the University, as Trustces of the State Museum of Natural History, respectfully submit this their twenty-ninth Annual Report. | The condition of the Musenm and the work of the last year are - exhibited in the reports of the Director and of the Botanist, hereto appended. Respectfully submitted in behalf of the Regents. JOEIN Ge Es EAR YeN 3 Chancellor of the University. S. 6b. Woorworrn, Seeretary. Dated March 14, 1876. ym dad Oe leo eidl ye x ON THE STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. he ( REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. ALBANY, January, 1876. To the Honorable the Board of Legents of the University of the State of New York: Grnrtemen.—I have the honor to present to you the Annual Report upon the State Museum of Natural History, embracing a statement of the condition of the collections in the Museum, the additions made thereto by donations or otherwise, and the work done in the institu- tion during the past year. | I am able to-say that the collections in the several departments of the Museum.are in good order and condition, and nearly all are satisfactorily arranged, as shown in the following detailed statement regarding each department. The want of space in every direction s becoming more apparent year by year, and the accumulation of ‘specimens which cannot be placed on exhibition is rapidly increasing. This want of room is more especially felt in regard to the collection of New York Paleozoic Fossils which now occupies all the space allotted to it; while we have besides large collections of these for which there are no cases, nor any room to place cases in the present building. In the Zoédlogical Department we have no room to add another large specimen; and the additions made during the past few years have been disposed, often in violation of a strict systematic arrange- ment. . I have appended a special communication in reference to this department, and of the absolute necessity of providing additional space, if we are to receive the skeleton and skin of a rhinoceros and the skin of a giraffe, which I have considered it my duty to purchase and hold subject to your direction, and which are now in preparation for the Museum. | We have, as heretofore, been indebted to the kindness of Mr. T. L. Harison, Secretary of the State Agricultural Society, for the use of the Agricultural Hall, for the arrangement, labeling and distribu- tion of our duplicate specimens; of which a detailed account will be 12. TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. given in the report. Owing to the fact that for a considerable por- tion of the year this hall has been occupied for other purposes on the first day of each week, each of these occasions requiring the removal of the specimens under investigation, has greatly retarded the progress of the work. For some months past, however, we have been going on without interruption. I consider it my duty to repeat now, what I have so often said before, that the want of proper working rooms, no less than the want of space for arrangement of collections in the public rooms, greatly retards the progress of our work, and prevents, in a greater or less degree, every person connected with the institution from doing as much as he might, or of presenting in a proper manner the results of his labor ; and while I am sure that every one is willing and desirous. of performing properly his duties, we are hindered from so doing by this condition of things, and the public are denied the satisfaction of seeing the results of these labors in the gradual extension of the Museum collection. I beg, therefore, to submit for your consideration, that while, on every side, museums of natural history are being built up or greatly extended, the State Museum of New York, after an existence of more than thirty years, has now scarcely more ample accommodations than it had in the beginning, and its conveniences for working rooms are far inferior to what it possessed from 18438 to 1850. The general work of the Museum, during the past year, may be enumerated under the following heads : In the Botanical Department, a special report upon the work done ' will be presented by Mr. Peck. In the Zoélogical Department there has been an arrangement of the Molluscan collections; the preparation of a list of the New York Mollusca, and the addition of alcoholic specimens. In this depart- ment the Museum is very deficient in subjects which might be prepared and added to the cases, were means afforded for making zoélogical collections. | In the Geological and Paleontological Departments, there has been a rearrangement of the Geological series, with additions; a partial rearrangement and relabeling of the Paleontological collection, with additions ; also field work and collections made. Enlarged figures of fossils have been prepared, to illustrate the characteristic form of each group, and some of them have been placed above the shelves of the cases. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 13 In the Mineralogical Department there has been a rearrangement and relabeling of the New York collection and of the general collec- tion of minerals; the preparation -of mineral collections for distribu- tion, cataloguing and distribution of duplicate collections of fossils and minerals. A list of the additions and their sources, in each of the depart- ments of the Museum, will be found in detail appended to this report. ; Appritions to THE Musrum sy Donations. In the Zoélogical Department, contributions have been made during the year by thirteen individuals in sixteen distinct donations. The Molluscan contributions of Dr. Lewis, consisting of about 550 speei- mens, are of great value to the Museum, as nearly all are in unusu- ally fine condition, and among them are a number of rare species. | The Botanical Department has received donations from twenty-two individuals. To the Geological, Paleeontological and Mineralogical collections, donations have been made by sixteen individuals, of one hundred and fifty-five specimens. To the Archeological Department, three donors have contributed. The Library has received additions by donation of thirty-five volumes and forty-seven pamphlets, from ten individuals and nine societies or other organizations. The whole number of donors to the several departments has been seventy-three. Avpitions By ExcHance. A number of the additions to the Library have doubtless been made in consideration of Museum reports distributed. Only three exchanges proper are recorded, viz., one of geological specimens, one of minerals and one to the Library, in return for Museum reports. GENERAL Work oF THE Museum. Arrangement of Molluscan Collections. In January last the services of Dr. James Lewis, of Mohawk, were engaged for the much needed work of revision, determination, label- ing and cataloguing of the land and fresh-water shells of the United States belonging to the Museum. As stated in a former report, there was a large accumulation of specimens — from the collections made during the geological survey of the State, from the purchase of the Gould collection, and from various contributions — only a small 14 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. portion of which had been incorporated with the Museum collections. Dr. Lewis’ familiarity with most of the species enabled him to pass this material under his critical review during a few weeks’ engage- ment at the Museum, and it is due to him to say that the work, requiring much experience and aaa was satisfactorily accomplished. The collections consist largely of Diliondas Of these, each example has had inscribed on the inner side of one valve the serial number or order given in the “ Synopsis of the Family Unionide ;” * thereby insuring the proper reference, should the specimen become separated from its label. These specimens have been arranged in three collections (catalogues of which are herewith presented), viz. : 1. Unionide of the State of New York. All the species credited to the State, with the single exception of Unio Boydianus Lea, fifty-two in number, are represented in this collection by from one to fourteen specimens and in 227 examples. 2. Unionide of the Gould Collection, consisting of 310 species and five varieties, represented in 1,042 examples. A few only of these are exhibited under glass, where the species is shown in specimens from different localities; otherwise the series, for want of room, is arranged in drawers 43 to 51 of the Gould cabinets. Access to these may at any time be obtained by the student through application at the Director’s room. 3. Unionide of the General Collection, consisting of 254 species in 1,221 specimens. These are arranged in drawers beneath the New York State Molluscan Collection. In the above named three collections are contained 382 distinet species of Uniones, showing a very favorable comparison with the principal collections in the country.t+ In addition to the above Museum collections of Unionidee, dupli- cates in species have been set aside, and are available for exchanges. There have also been arranged and catalogued by Dr. Lewis, three other collections, viz. : *By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. Philadelphia, 1870. The Library of the Museum has received a copy of this volume through the kindness of Dr. Lea, at the request of Dr. Lewis. t The private collection of Dr. Lewis contains 420 species ; the collection-of the Buffalo Society of Natural History is nearly as large; Dr. Lea’s collection has about 500 species; the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge is represented to contain 600 species. The entire number of known species, from all parts of the world, as given in the Synopsis of Dr. Lea, is 1,067, of which the larger number occur within the United States. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. 15 1. Corbiculade of the State of New York, seventeen species repre- sented in 227 specimens. 2. Land shells of the State of New York, seventy-six species repre- sented in 1,117 specimens. - 3. Land shells of the United States, sixty-two species represented in 512 specimens. A list of the Mollusca of the State of New York (land, fresh water and marine), drawn from our collections, from the lists of Dr. Lewis, and from other reliable sources, has been nearly completed. This was intended for presentation with the present report, in order that, through its indication of the species in the possession of the Museum, it might serve as an aid in supplying our numerous deficiencies. It is temporarily withheld, to be given in a more complete form. GEOLOGICAL AND PALAHONTOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS. The labeling of the Paleontological collection has been continued. A large portion (the entire series from the Potsdam Sandstone to the Chemung group), has been reviewed and relabeled in accordance with the present nomenclature. This work had become necessary by the generic changes made since the original descriptions. The origi- nal name is retained on the lalel as a synonym, together with refer- ence to the original description. A considerable number of specimens have been added to the col- lections, especially in the Corals of the Upper Helderberg Limestone, -and in those of the Coralline Limestone; while a large number of specimens are ready for arrangement. Several improvements in the condition of the cases have been authorized by the Commissioners of the Land Office, affording facili- ties for the better arrangement of the specimens. In the Twenty-fourth report of the State Museum, a list is given of specimens from the Lower Carboniferous Limestone of Burlington, Towa, and from the Waverly Sandstone of Ohio, which were tem- porarily arranged in the cases. These specimens have been with- drawn and will be replaced by others of similar character belong- ng to the State. MiveratocicaL CoLixcrion. ‘Heretofore I have communicated to you the condition of the Museum Collection of Minerals. With the approval of the Regents the Collection has been submitted to the examination and revision of 16 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Professor Albert H. Chester of Hamilton College. The labels of ‘Prof. Chester have been copied upon cards. The original labels, which had become discolored by long exposure, have been laid aside, to serve for future reference should it become necessary; their number recorded on the new card label, and also attached to the specimen, . and the collection replaced and rearranged upon the shelves by Mr. Charles Sheldon, a volunteer assistant in the Museum. About two’ years ago, a commencement was made in the arrange- ment of a general collection of Minerals — partly by selecting. from the New York State collection such extra-limital species as had become incorporated with it, and partly by adding New York specimens proper, which had accumulated in the Museum. By this course we were able to conform the collection to the original plan of Dr. Lewis C. Beck, the mineralogist of the New York Geological Survey, and to present in a classified series the minerals of the State of New York. This work was begun and carried out under my direction, so far as our material then permitted, by Mr. Calloway while acting as special assistant. It was then suspended until we had an opportunity of selecting from the Simms and tbe Gebhard collections, purchased by the State, and from the Van Rensselaer collection, which had been presented to the Musenm. The mineralogical portion of the three collections above named, viz., the Simms collection, purchased in 1870; the Gebhard collection, purchased in 1871, and the Van Rens- selaer collection, donated in 1872; have occupied us for the last few _ months. The labeling will soon be completed. Among the Simms’ minerals (about 500 specimens altogether) are a number of calcites, and gold, silver and other ores from the western Territories, which are of value for the general col- lection. The Gebhard minerals (nearly 1,800 specimens) include many valuable foreign examples, the larger number of which have been selected for the general Museum collection, or reserved for exchanges. The Van Rensselaer collection, including a num- ber of fossils mostly of the more modern geological formations, consists of nearly 5,000 specimens. The value of this contribution is seriously impaired by the entire absence of indication of localities. It affords, nevertheless, many fine examples of minerals for our General collection, and will furnish numerous duplicates for distribu- tion to the colleges and normal schools of the State. All the above minerals have been ticketed with the name of their collector as a record of their source. Upon the completion of their my REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR. | 17 labeling, the portion reserved for the Museum will be arranged upon the shelves; the portion intended for exchanges will be placed in ° drawers or in labeled boxes ; the remainder will be distributed among the duplicate collections now being made up, or set aside for such object as may hereafter be directed by the Regents. Distripution oF DurxicatE Fossits AND MINERALS. The distribution of duplicate specimens belonging to the Museum has been directed, by legislative enactments, to five Institutions in our State, viz.: | 1. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy. (Laws of 1864, chap- ter 320.) : 2. Long Island Historical Society, Brooklyn. (Laws of 1865, chapter 198.) 3. Cornell Library, Ithaca. (Laws of 1865, chapter 697.) Trans- ferred to Cornell University, Ithaca. (Laws of 1868, chapter 169.) 4, American Museum of Natural History, New York. (Laws of 1869, chapter 774.) 5. Syracuse University. (Laws of 1872, chapter 541.) In the distribution of the duplicate fossils, the specimens were arranged in a serial order, giving to each collection, one or more char- acteristic specimens of the same species. Some of the species being much more numerous than others, were continued in distribution beyond the number of collections required by the legislative acts cited ; and twenty collections in all were thus made up, the last ones containing, of course, comparatively few species. It was, and still is, intended to continue the distribution, in the same manner, of all the duplicates which we now have, or which may come into our posses- sion in future, unless otherwise directed. The collections already arranged, are packed in boxes and numbered accordingly. The collections for the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, the Long Island Historical Society, the Cornell University, and the Syracuse University have already been sent to their destination. By direction of the Secretary of the Board of Regents, a collection has been sent to the Normal and Training Sciael at Oswego; and also one to the Normal School in Albany. Of the twenty collections which have been prepared and catalogued, fourteen remain at the Museum to be disposed of in accordance with the existing legislative enactments, and the direction hereafter to be given by the Board of Regents. 2 18 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The five collections distributed, contain 2,367 fossil and rock speci- mens and 291 specimens of minerals—a total of 2,658 specimens, all authentically labeled. The total number of specimens already arranged in all the twenty collections, and labeled with name and locality, including a few smaller collections, is more than twelve thousand. I am very respectfully, Your obedient servant, JAMES HALL, Director. | ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM DURING THE YEAR 1875. I. ZOOLOGICAL. Forty-three species and four varieties of U. 8. Land and Freshwater Shells (number of examples not recorded); Feb. 1, 1875. Twenty-nine species of the same, in 181 examples; Feb. 18th. Eighty-seven species of the same, in 520 examples; March 15th: a total of 159 species. From Dr. James Lewis, Mohawk, N. Y. Samia Cecropia (Linn.), June 26th. From O. F. Russ, Albany, INS Y.. Larvee of Samia Cecropia (Linn.) and Anzsota senatoria (Sm.-Abb.) ; Aug. 24th. From R. W. Dowsz, Albany, N. Y. Corydalis cornuta (Linn.), the Hellgrammite fly; July 15th. From T. H. Grezon, Albany, N. Y. Larva of Thyreus Abbotez Swains; June 16th. Larva of Pyrrharctia isabella (Sm.-Abb.), taken Dec. 22d, in motion, in the open air. From Miss Atice DeWirt Spraauez, Castle- fon, N.Y. Monohammus titiliator (Fabr.); Aug. 17th. From Freprrick Cook, mulbpaniy, N. Y. Larve of Lachnosterna quercuna (Knoch). From W. W. Hut, Albany, N. Y. Alaus oculatus (Linn.), the owl beetle, taken from the stump of a _ cherry tree at Castleton, Dec. 28th. From C. H. Van Benruuyssn, Albany, N. Y. A Hair-snake, Gordius longilobatus Leidy, drawn from a water- faucet in Albany. From H. P. Poeuprs, Albany, N. Y. A specimen of the Lesser Red Poll, 4yzothus linaria Cab., shot in New Scotland, Albany county, N. Y. From Joun 8. Moak. Bonaparte’s Gull, Larus (Chracocephalus) Philadelphia (Ord.) Gray. Taken May 3d on the Hudson river, near Albany. Purchased for the Museum. 20 § TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Ruby-throated Humming-bird, Trochilus colubris (Linn.). From Verpianck Corvin, Albany, N. Y. A Sea Lamprey, Petromyzon Americanus Lesu., taken in the Hud- son river, at Albany, May 10th; length, twenty-nine inches. Purchased for the Museum. ; A Red-fin, Leucascus cornutus Mitch. From W. W. Hut, Albany, res A specimen of the spiny box-fish, Chelomycterus geometricus (Linn.) Kaup (Diodon maculato-striatus Dekay). New York harbor, Oct. 5th. From Cartes EK. Scuarrr, Albany N. Y. A Collection made at Danville, Illinois, consisting of about 300 examples of Lepidoptera; Coleoptera in about 500 examples; Hymenoptera, ten examples; Diptera, twelve examples; Orthop- tera, about thirty examples; Neuroptera, about twenty examples; Homoptera, about thirty examples. An alcoholic collection of Larvee of Insects, ete., in alcohol, nineteen bottles; Araneina, twenty. bottles; Pedipalpi, four bottles; Myriopoda, thirteen bottles. Among’ the Lepidoptera are the following species : Sesia marginalis Grote. Danais Archippus (Fabr.). Deilephila tersa (Linn.). Argynnis Cybele (Fabr.). Philampelus Pandorus (Hiibn.). Cressonia JSuglandis (Sm.-Abb.). Macrosila 5-maculata (Steph.). Macrosila Carolina (Linn.). Dolba Hyleus (Drury). Papilio Asterias Fabr. Papilio Philenor Linn. Papilio Troilus Linn. | Papilio Cresphontes Cram. Papilio Turnus Linn. - Papilio Ajax v. Marcellus. Preris Protodice Boisd.-Lec. Colias Philodice Godart. Grapta interro. v. umbrosa. Grapta Progne (Cram.). Pyrameis Atalanta (Linn.). Vanessa Antiopa (Linn.). Actias Luna (Linn.). Samia Cecropra (Linn.). Spilosoma Virginica (Fabr.). Arctia Virgo (Linn.). Dipterygia pinastré (Linn.). Erasteria carneola Guen. Drasteria erechtea (Cram.). Catocala innubens Guen. Hematopis grataria (Fabr.). A list of the Coleoptera, etc., will be given hereafter. From Witiiam Gurtey, at Ithaca, N. Y. HeELotium sAPROPHYLLUM C. & P. n. sp. Minute, stipitate, ochraceous ; cups plane; stems slender, slightly thickened upwards, as long as or longer than the diameter of the cup ; asci sublanceolate; spores lanceolate or somewhat clavate, biseriate, one to two-nucleate, .0008' long, .00025’ broad. Fallen leaves. Lake Pleasant. August. The species is closely related to H. fastzdiosum but is smaller _ throughout. 56 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. HELOTIUM HYDROGENUM 2. sp. Gregarious or scattered, sessile, smooth, externally brownish ; disk nearly plane, margined, pallid or yellowish, becoming tinged with brown or green in drying; asci subclavate; spores subcylindrical, slightly curved, often containing several minute nuclei, .0005—.0006' long. . Decaying wood lying in water. Sandlake. July. The plants on the upper surface of the wood have the disk more yellow than those just at or beneath the surface of the water. They were associated with MZttrula paludosa and Vibrissea Truncorum. ASCOBOLUS FURFURACEUS Pe7s. Excrement of cattle. Buffalo. Clinton. Sandlake and West Albany. July and August. When fresh the cups have a beautiful greenish-yellow color. AscoBouus ciLIAtus Schm. Excrement of cattle. Buffalo. Clinton. November. Tympanis errosa B. & C. Dead branches of apple tree. Silver Lake. Clinton. June. BULGARIA PURPUREA FJ’ckl. Decaying wood. Poughkeepsie. Gerard. Buffalo. Clinton. Greig, East Worcester and Catskill Mts. July to September. The long spores, .0006'—.001’, separate this from &. sarcozdes. STICTIS VERSICOLOR Fr. Dead _ branches ae decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. West Troy. July. STICTIS FILICINA 7. Sp. Pustulate, erumpent, surrounded by the lacerated epidermis; disk plane or concave, pallid or cream-colored; spores filiform, .0016— . .002' long. Dead stems of Osmunda cinnamomea. Center. May. The pustules are numerous and brownish at first. The covering epidermis is at length lacerated, the numerous narrow suberect lacinize retaining their brownish hue. HypocrEa CHROMOSPERMA CU. & P. n. sp. Fleshy, soft, convex, orbicular, one to two lines broad, flattened aud patellate when dry, whitish or watery tan-color ; ostiola slightly prominent ; asci cylindrical ; spores quadrate-globose, brownish when mature, .00016—.0002’ in diameter. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 57 Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. Greenbush and Croghan. July to September. The colored spores are a noticeable feature. Hypocrka PATELLA C. & P. n. sp. Fleshy, patellate, discoid, one to two lines broad, pale ochraceous ; asci cylindrical; spores globose, sixteen, hyaline, .00012—.00016’ in diameter. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clonton. March and April. This plant resembles externally some species of Helotium. The ostiola are smaller and less prominent than in the preceding species. HypocrkEA RUFA /7. Dead alders. Center. Hypocrera apicunata C. & P. n. sp. Fleshy, soft, growing in irregular patches, smooth, ochraceous inclining to orange, the extreme margin barren ; asci cylindrical ; spores fusiform, with an apiculus at each extremity, uniseptate, color- less, .0011’—.0015’ long, .0003’—.0004 broad. Ground and rocks. Catskill Mts. and Sandlake. June to August. The color of the ostiola in this species is variable, ranging from amber to orange. HYPoMYCES TRANSFORMANS 7. sp. Subiculum effused, variable in color, pallid, golden-yellow, ochra- ceous or brick-red; perithecia ovate or subglobose, papillate, sunk in the subiculum; ostiola prominent, obtuse, amber or orange; asci cylindrical ; spores fusiform, apiculate at each end, somewhat rough, simple or rarely with the endochrome obscurely divided, colorless, .0013—.0015' long. Parasitic on Cantharellus cibarius, which it transforms into an irregular mass. Sandlake. August. The spores of Hypocrea apiculata resemble those of this and ae species of Hypomyces, but the plant is not “parasitic on fungi,” essential character in the genus Hypomyces as at present detned! Neither do its spores agree well with the spore-character of the genus Hypocrea to which the species is referred, so that the plant must be regarded as an aberrant species intermediate between the two genera. It therefore becomes a question whether the two genera are well sepa- rated and whether they onght not to be reunited. MELOGRAMMA SUPERFICIALIS P. & C. n. sp. Stroma superficial, depressed, one to two lines broad, pale or yel- lowish within; perithecia unequal, more or less irregular, crowded, 58 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. depressed, blackish-brown or black; asci very broad, varying from subglobose to oblong-clavate, fugacious; spores oblong, obtuse, fenes- trate, slightly constricted at the center and appearing uniseptate, .001—.0013' long. Bark of living mountain ash, Pyrus Americanus. Buffalo. Clinton. May. DorHiIpEA Fiticina 7. | Dead stems of Pteris aquilina. Center. May. The spores in our specimens are oblong-fusiform, triseptate, .001—.0012' long, either with or without a hyaline appendage at each end. | DiatrypPE Suitacicota Schw. (Hypoxylon Smilacicola. Howe.) Dead stems of Smilax. Yonkers. Howe. Dratryree CepHALANTHI Schw. Dead stems of Cephalanthus occidentalis. Buffalo. Clinton. July. Catskill. It belongs to the section Diatrypella. Diatrype apusta C. & P. n. sp. Pustules small, slightly elevated, subconical, blackish, covered by the epidermis which is pierced by the very small disk ; stroma white; - ostiola few, small, black; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate, simple, elliptical, colored, .0007—.0009' long. Dead branches. New Baltimore. Howe. VALSA TRICHISPORA C. & P. n. sp. Small, pustulate ; stroma cortical, pale ochraceous as well as the erumpent disk; perithecia few, dais brown when mature; ostiola exserted, quadrisulcate ; asci clavate; spores filiform, hyaline, five to seven-septate, .0024’ long, .0001’ broad. Dead twigs of oak. Greenbush. It looks like a miniature Valsa leiphemia. Vasa TUMIDULA C. & P. n. sp. Erumpent, piercing the elevated discolored cuticle, ultimately exposing the blackened disk; perithecia four to six, semi-immersed in the wood, circumscribed by a black line; ostiola obtuse, quadrisul- cate; asci clavate; spores linear, straight or curved, obtuse, hyaline, .0004’—.0005' long. Dead branches of Crategus. Garrisons. June. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 59 Vausa crnotuta C. & P. n. sp. Pustulate; perithecia few, clustered, black; ostiola cylindrical, thick, piercing the whitish disk which encircles them with an irregu- lar white ring ; asci clavate; spores fasciculate, linear, multinucleate, at length three to seven-septate, .0024’ long, .0002' broad. Dead branches of chestnut. Guilderland. May. (Plate 2, figs. 21-24.) Vasa Fraxinicota C. & P. n. sp. Pustulate, perforating the epidermis; perithecia ovoid, black, cir- cinating; ostiola rather long, convergent, somewhat quadrisulcate ; asci clavate; spores minute, sausage-shaped, crowded at the apex of the asci. Ash branches. Tyre. September. Vatsa LINDER 7. sp. Pustules small, rather prominent, crowded or scattered, closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, circumscribed bya black line ; ostiola crowded, short, dull black, obliterating the blackish disk; perithecia usnally four to six, nestling in the inner bark ; asci slender, clavate; spores eight, yellowish in the mass, cylindrical, curved, obtuse, .0003—.0005' long. Dead branches of the spice bush, Lindera Benzoin. Albany. July. / Vatsa LteEptasca P. & Cn. sp. Subpustulate, blackish, erumpent; perithecia small, numerous, tapering above into the papillate or subconical ostiola; asci elon- gated, cylindrical, slender; spores uniseriate, simple, oblong or ellipti- cal-oblong, usually binucleate, colorless, .0003’ long. Dead branches of Lhus typhina. Buffalo. Clinton. July and August. Sometimes the pustules are confluent or effused, in which case the plant might be taken for a Spheeria. SpH@RIA Coiuinsit Schw. Leaves of Amelanchier Canadensis. Center. May. This remarkable Spheeria was found in considerable quantity in the locality mentioned. It attacks all the leaves on an affected branch, and even the branch itself gives indications of the presence and influence of the fungus. It is more or less contorted, swollen and deflected toward the ground. The upper surface of the leaves assumes a dark-green or lurid hue, the lower surface being wholly occupied by matted filaments, the subiculum of the Spheria. This 60 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. is at first olive-brown in color, but at length black spots appear upon it. These gradually enlarge until the whole surface becomes black. With this change in the color of the subiculum, the perithecia appear, but they do not, apparently. perfect their spores until the following spring, spore-bearing specimens having been found in May. The affected leaves adhere to the branch during the winter and the early part of the following summer. These dry leaves, when seen among the surrounding green leaves that put forth before these have fallen, together with the drooping branch that bears them, are deceptively imitative of dead leaves on a branch that has been broken down but ‘still adheres by a shred to the parent trunk. The young fungus commences its growth before the old one of the previous year has disappeared. I have taken from the same tree, at the same time, old leaves bearing the mature Spheeria, and young leaves bearing the subiculum and young perithecia of the succeeding crop. The fungus does not appear to kill the branch it attacks. As Schweinitz does not describe the fruit of this fungus I subjoin the following description of its characters : Asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate, abruptly narrowed at one end and divided by an obscure septum into two very unequal parts, color- less, .0004—.0005’ long. This fungus is manifestly closely allied to Spheria morbosa, which ' some European mycologists have referred to the genus Cucurbitarca, but as the erumpent character of the Cucurbitariz is not present in S. Collinsiz, the species is left where Schweinitz placed it. Spo#ria (Viniosm) cmsarrata C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarions, about .012' in diameter, subglobose, papillate, black, shining, beset with scattered erect rigid septate black hairs; asci cylindrical or clavate; spores biseriate, narrowly fusiform, five to seven-septate, greenish, .0015—.0017’ long, each cell nucleate. Decaying wood. Portville. September. SPHHZRIA (VILLos#) LEoNINA C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia subconfluent or rarely scattered, dark-brown, oval, covered with a short thick tawny-orange tomentum, the payillate apex naked; asci clavate or cylindrical; spores biseriate, lanceolate, uniseptate, constricted, at length triseptate, brown, .0014-.0015’ long; paraphyses slender, filiform. | Cut surface of wood. Portville. September. SPpH@RIA Fimetri Pers. Horse dung. Sandlake. July. SPHARIA OBDUCENS /7. Ash branches. Bethlehem. June. REPORT O¥ THE BOTANIST. ; ell SPHA#RIA SPERMOIDES [offm. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. May. SpH#=RIA (DenvDAT#) saALEBROSA C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarious or crowded, globose, rough, black, depressed and umbilicate, pierced at the apex and faintly radiately sulcate, .02/—.03' broad ; asci cylindrical or clavate; spores lanceolate, acute uniseptate, constricted at the septum, brown, .0014—.002' long, .0003'—-.0004’ broad; paraphyses numerous, filiform. Dead stems of shrubs. Center. October. SpH#eia (Denupata) REcESSA C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarious, at first semi-iinmersed, smooth, flattened, dark-brown or black, .012' broad ; asci subclavate ; spores one or two- seriate, elliptical, uniseptate, deeply constricted at the septum, color- less, .0005’—-.0008' long, .00025—.0004' broad. Decaying wood. Tyre. September. The perithecia have a somewhat discoid appearance. SpHaria (DEenupATA) squaLipuLta C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarious, globose, semi-iinmersed, pierced at the apex, about .012’ broad, black ; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate, elliptical, simple, binucleate, colorless, .0005—.0007' long. © Decaying chestnut wood. Portville. September. Spua#ria (Denupat#) InTERSTITIALIS C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarious, at first semi-immersed, always apparently so by nestling between the fibres of the wood, subglobose, pierced at the apex, black, .012-.02' in diameter; asci cylindrical; spores uniseriate, polymorphous, triseptate, with occasional vertical septa, deeply con- stricted, brown, .0012—.0014' long, .0005—.00065' broad. Decorticated wood of cherry. Greenbush. November. SpH#RIA ExiLis A. & S. Decaying wood. Markham Station. Clzntor. May. SPHERIA SPICULOSA Pers. Dead branches. North Greenbush. July. SPHARIA OBTUSISSIMA B. & C. Decaying maple wood. Sandlake. July. I depend upon specimens received from the late Dr. Curtis for the validity of this determination as I have seen no description of the species. 62 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Spe 2#riA (OBTECTA) CEANOTHINA 2. SD. Perithecia small, scattered or rarely two or three crowded together, smooth, subglobose ; ostiola piercing the epidermis, somewhat rugged, often curved or deformed ; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong, obtuse, sometimes curved, colorless, 0005 0006’ long. Dead stems of Ceanothus Americanus. Center. May. SPHHRIA (OBTECTZ) MELANTERA 72. sp. Perithecia gregarious, minute, covered by the blackened epidermis ; asci linear ; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong or subfusiform, trisep- tate, slightly constricted at the septa, colored, .0005—.0007’ long. Dead stems of raspberry, Aubus strigosus. Center. May. SPH#RIA (CAULICOLA) FULGIDA (C. & P. n. sp. Perithecia gregarious, sometimes disposed in lines, soon free, glo- bose, black, smooth, shining, scarcely papillate, .01~.012' in diameter, at length collapsed ; asci clavate or cylindrical ; spores filiform, curved or flexuous, multinucleate, at length nicitisa neater colorless, .003’ long. Dead stems of herbs. Albany. May. This is allied to S. rubella, S. Asien S. Bardane and 8. Urtice. SPH#RIA (Cauriconm) SMILACININA 2. Sp. Perithecia abundant, minute, at first opscvant by the thin often blackened epidermis, slightly prominent ; asci cylindrical or subela- vate; spores crowded, ovate or unequally elliptical, pale greenish- Uotow .0005—-.0006’ long, usually containing a single large nucleus. Dead stems of Smilacina stellata. Center. eee SPH@RIA (CAULICOLE) MINUTELLA 2. SD. Perithecia minute, somewhat flattened, black, the upper part at length breaking away leaving the base attached to the matrix; asci sublanceolate ; spores oblong, simple, colorless, .0003' long. ' Dead stems of herbs. North Greenbush. June. SPHA2RIA CULMIFRAGA Desm. Dead stems of grass. Watkins. September. SPH#RELLA COLORATA 2. SDP. Spots orbicular, small, scattered or rarely confluent, reddish-brown, usually with a darker margin; perithecia minute, black, epiphyllous ; asci cylindrical ; spores cylindrical or subfusiform, uniseptate, color- less, .0006'—.0007' long. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 63 Living leaves of sheep laurel, Kalmia angustifolia. Center. July. The spots are more distinctly margined on the upper than on the lower surtace of the leaf. They are sometimes greyish. Plate 2, figs. 15-17.) (5.) PLANTS PREVIOUSLY REPORTED— REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS. The first twelve species of fungi here given were reported without description. They are now repeated with descriptions. DornipEa cLAvisporA. (fHystervum clavisporum OC. & P.). Stroma small, oblong, elliptical or linear, at first covered by the epidermis, then erumpent, longitudinally striate under a lens, black ; asci clavate; spores crowded, clavate, multiseptate, colored, .001— .0013' long. Dead stems of Phragmites communis. The fungus frequently grows in long lines or series. Mature fruit-bearing specimens especially occur on the older and more dis- colored stems. The septa are from five to nine, the intervals between them being very short. The basal cell is usually the longest. ‘Hystrrium exaripum CC. & P. Superiicial, seated on irregular bleached spots ; perithecia elliptical, minutely rugose, opaque, black ; lips elevated, paler, connivent ; asci. clavate; spores filiform, hyaline. Fallen leaves of Kalmia angustifolia. Cotroma JuNIPERINUM C. & P. Perithecia gregarious, oblong or elliptical, sometimes slightly elongated and flexuous, covered by the epidermis which is ultimately ruptured in an irregular manner, blackish, disk pallid, at length exposed ; asci clavate; spores filiform; paraphyses slender, filiform, at first curved or circinate at the tips. Bark of Junwperus Virginiana. DIATRYPE MoRoIDES CO. & P. | Rather small, erumpent, the disk at length obliterated by the crowded somewhat prominent hemispherical black ostiola; perithecia crowded, blackish; asci cylindrical ; spores uniseriate, oblong, uni- septate, colored, .0005--.0006' long, about .0002’ broad. Dead alders. 64 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Vausa Broincta C. & P. Erumpent; stroma dirty-white, mealy ; perithecia six to ten, sub- globose, disposed in circles, black; ostiola elonga'ed, convergent ; disk whitish, surrounded by a black line, at length obsolete; asci cylindrical; spores biseriate, fusiform, four-nucleate, .0004'—.0005' long. hee Dead branches of /Juglans cinerea. The spores in dried specimens sometimes have the appearance of being uniseptate or even triseptate from the division of the cndo- chrome. Lopuiosroma TurRItuM C. & P. Perithecia subgregarious, emergent, prominent, subglobose, black, with broad compressed truncate necks ; ostiola elongated; asci cylin- drical or clavate; spores oblong-elliptical, five-septate, brown, .0008— .0009' long. Dead willow branches. The turret-shaped perithecia give a spinulose appearance to ities twigs. The lips of the compressed ostiola are linear as in Hysterium. LopHiostoma MAGNaAtTUM C. & P. Perithecia subgregaridus, semi-immersed, globose, rather large, somewhat thin and fragile, pitchy-black ; ostiola short, compressed ; asci cylindrical or clavate; spores biseriate, lanceolate, constricted in the center, three to five-septate, .002’-.0023’ long. Decaying wood. It some resembles Z. macrostomum in habit. SpHa#ria (VitLos#) mutans C. & P. _Perithecia rather large, .026—.036 broad, gregarious or crowded, globose, papillate, black, at first clothed with a thin tawny evanescent tomentum, at length naked, smooth, shining; asci subcylindrical ; spores uniseriate, elliptical, brown, .0004-—.0005’ long. Decaying wood. The species is allied to S. matabilis Pers. Spo =rR1A4 (ViLLosa:) viripicoma C. dé P. Perithecia erumpent, then superficial, two or three together, ovate, black, clothed with a dense greenish tomentum, .03~.04 broad; ostiola thick, prominent, naked; asci clavate or cylindrical; spores one to two-seriate; lanceolate, uniseptate and four-nucleate or trisep- tate, deeply constricted at each septum, colorless, .0013—.0018' long, .0003’-.0004’ broad. Decaying beech wood and branches. The two central cells of the spores are nearly globose. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 65 SpH#RIA (CavticoLz) Semen C. & P. Perithecia soon free, globose, clustered, pierced at the apex, black ; asci clavate or cylindrical; spores biseriate, lanceolate, straight or curved, triseptate, deeply constricted in the center, colorless, .0012’— 0013’ long. Fallen petioles of mountain ash, Pyrus Americana. SPH#RIA (CavLico.s#) susconica C. & P. Perithecia conoid, flattened at the base, somewhat collapsed when dry, seated beneath the epidermis which is at length thrown off, black ; asci cylindrical; spores triseptate, brown, .0012’ long, .0003’ broad. Dead stems of herbs. It resembles S. Dolvolum in habit, but differs in fruit. SPH#RIA (CAULICOLZ) RACEMULA C. & P. Perithecia czespitose, rugose, small, flattened, black, at length col- lapsed, separating with the epidermis which is pierced by the elon- gated ostiola; asci clavate, sessile; spores narrowly lanceolate, color- less, four-nucleate, .0006’ long. Dead stems of Apilobium angustifolium. AZALEA VIscosa L. This beautiful shrub has been found in the town of Schodack, Rensselaer county by fev. H. Wibbe. ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM Pk. Mrs. L. A. Millington informs me that she has found this parasite growing on upland spruces, so that it is not limited to those growing in and around marshes. Rumex Encetmanni Ledeb. Grassy grounds. Albany. Prof. J. Hall. ScirPuS MARITIMUS L. : Fine specimens were collected near Syracuse by Mrs. Rust. Borrycuium MarTricartarotium A. Braun. Lewis county. Mrs. Barnes and W. W. Hill. In the development of a science like Mycology it is not possible wholly to avoid mistakes and the necessity of changes in names and arrangement. Recent European publications enable me to make some corrections in the nomenclature of previous reports. 5 66 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Agaricus navornus £7. In the new edition of Epicrisis this species is described as having globose spores ; it therefore becomes necessary to regard as a distinct species the plant reported under this name in the 23d Report, p. 72. I propose for it the name Agaricus (Lepiota) naucinoides, and add to the description already given the following: Spores subelliptical, .0003’'—.00085' long, .0002’—.00025' broad, generally with a single large nucleus. The difference in the spores, the smoother pileus and absence of an umbo will separate this from A. naucenus. There is also another closely related species, A. Schulzert Kalchb., which is said to have ovate spores, a small annulus, an umbonate pileus and a nauseous taste, characters by which it may be readily distinguished from our plant. A. /evis Krombh., and A. cretaceus Fr., are also lable to be confused with this plant if the spores be neglected, the former being distinguished by its rosy or flesh-colored spores, the latter by its brown spores. Thus it appears that there are five species that are not easily separated except by their spore characters; a strong indication of the importance of publishing these characters with the descriptions of species. Agaricus ponpERosus Pk. Report 26, p. 50. This name being preoccupied is changed to se magnive- laris Pk. AGARICUS CoPRINOIDES Pk. Report 26, p. 59. This name also has been applied to a European species and I would therefore name the American plant Agaricus plicatellus Pk. AGaRious Linacinus Pk. Report 24, p. 63. This, too, is applied in Europe to a different species. I would therefore substitute for it the more appropriate one, Agaricus lilact- folwis Pk. Puicatura Aunt Pk. In the first edition of Epicrisis the genus Z7ogia is limited to- coriaceous Agaricini having the lamellee or folds longitudinally channelled on the edge. In the. Handbook of British Fungi the generic character of T; rogia is so modified as to include species with crisped lamelle, and Cantharellus crispus is referred to this genus. Also, in the second edition of Epicrisis the phrase “in spec. Europea modo crispee”’ is parenthetically inserted in the generic description of Trogia and C. crispus becomes Trogia crispa. If this classifica- tion is to be adopted and followed then Plicatura Alna must be changed to Trogia Alni. The reasons for its adoption are twofold. First it is the arrangement of the venerable Fries, the life-long student of fungi, who probably has no equal in the knowledge of the Agaricini REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 67 and in the ability to judge concerning the value of their characters and their proper classification; second, the unnecessary multiplica- tion of genera founded on slight differences is to be deprecated. Bouerus retires 6. dé C. Report 23, p. 182. As soon as the characters of this species were published by Rev. M. J. Berkeley, it became evident that the plant I had hesitatingly referred to it and described in the location cited was distinct. There is no pulverulence to our plant nor does it have “ pilei arising from a common base.” I would, therefore, give it the name Loletus orna- tupes. Hither this or a closely related form is regarded by my friend, Mr. C. C. Frost, as a variety of B. griseus, but the yellow flesh and the tubes, which are also yellow from the first, indicate to my mind a specific difference. It is by having respect to such a difference in color that the whole genus has been divided into primary series, and it hardly seems fitting to throw together, as varieties of one species, forms thus separated. THELEPHORA PALLIDA Schw. This name, being preoccupied, must be changed. I would substi- tute for it, Zhelephora Schweinitzi. Pouocinta TiARELLE 6. & C. Report 25, p. 115. Since the publication of this species, for the authenticity of which I depended upon specimens received from the late Dr. Curtis, Rev. Dr. Berkeley has published in Grevillea, 1874, p. 53, under the same name, a species which is clearly quite different. He also finds Pwecd- nia Saxifragarum on Tiarella leaves. Neither can this be our plant, for P. Saxifragarum has its spores much broader and more obtuse. In view, therefore, of the peculiar circumstances attending the publi- cation of these two species under the same name, I deem it the most courteous, if not the most correct way, to drop the name P. Tiarellw from its connection with the plant described in the 25th Report, and substitute for it the name Puccenia spreta Pk., thus leaving P. Trarelie B. & C. for the species to which it has been applied by Dr. Berkeley. | Uromyces Pettanpra Howe. Some account of the synonymy of this species seems desirable. In the synopsis of the Fungi of North Carolina, Dr. Schweinitz describes a fungus under the name Uredo Caladii, giving Caladinm as its habitat. In his Synopsis of North American Fungi, he changes the name of thisfungus to Uredo Ari-Virginici, adding the remark, perhaps as a reason for the change, “it is not Caladium but Arum on which it is found frequently.” This remark admits of two interpre- tations depending upon the stress given to the last word. He may have found the fungus at first on Caladium and afterwards more fre- quently on Arum, or he may at first have mistaken the host plant, Arum, for Caladium, in which case the remark must have been 68 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. intended as a correction of that mistake, the word “frequently ” being simply an additional idea. The latter appears to me to be the most natural interpretation. He does not mention the particular species in either case, but from the context it appears that the Caladium, real or supposed, was our present Peltandra glauca, and the Arum, our Peltandra Virginica. However this may be, the fungus inhab- iting the latter plant was regarded as Schweinitz’s species until Dr. Howe described it under the name Uromyces. Peltandre, and thus indicated more correctly its generic relations. He subsequently sub- stituted the specific name Avz- Virginici for Peltandre, but the law of priority works badly in this case, for the oldest name, Caladi, is manifestly inappropriate and was discarded by Schweinitz himself, and against the other there is,in the minds of some, an objection because of its compound character. Uromyces Pontederie Ger. is, according to specimens received from Mr. Gerard, on Peltandra leaves and not distinct from U. Peltandre. Until recently the Uromyces inhabiting the leaves of Arzsema triphyllum was considered specifically the same as the one on Pel- tandra leaves. Dr. M. C. Cooke has separated a form of this, in which the sori are clustered in spots, under the name Uvromyces Ariseme. I am satisfied that this is not specifically distinct from the other form in which the sori are more evenly scattered over the whole surface of the leaf. There is no constant difference in the spores, and both forms manifestly run into each other in habit. Nor is there, in my opinion, any just ground for the separation of either from U. Peltandre except perhaps as a variety, for the only appreci- able differences I find between them are now and then a spore in the form on Peltandra leaves which slightly exceeds in size any that I find on Ariseema leaves and a greater tendency in the former to occu- py the lower surface of the leaf, while in the latter there seems to be a greater tendency to occupy the upper surface. But both are fre- quently amphigenous in habit. I regard the following as the syn- onymy of the species : Uredo Caladii Schw. Synopsis Fung. Car. No. 480. Uredo Ari-Virginici Schw. Synopsis N. A. Fung. No. 2889. Uredo ie “ Rav. Fung. Car. Exsic. Fasc. IV. No. 96. Uredo - «Curtis Cat: N. C. Plants, p. 122: Uredo rf NEW. Cab: Rep... 25;, p.i07, Uromyces Peltrands Howe. Bull. Torr. Club. 1874, p. 3. Uromyces Ari-Virginici Schw. “ ‘ ab oe 2 Uromyces Pontederie Ger. ‘ a % 1875, p. 31. Uromyces Ariseeme Ck. “ ia oe eet Dares Uromycrts Lespepeza= Schw. All our species of Lespedeze are subject to the attacks of this fungus. The form that occurs on LZ. capitata usually has the spores and their pedicels a little longer than in the other forms and it was reported as distinct under the name U. macrospora B. & C., but I am now satisfied that it is unworthy of specific distinction. The form on REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 69 L. hirta was first described by Schweinitz as Pucconia Lespedeze- polystachice, but afterwards, finding this fungus more abundant on ZL. violacea, he changed the name to Puccinia Lespedezw-violacee. The fungus has for many years been referred to the genus Uromyces to to which it properly belongs. The same author also published a fungus which he found on Z. procumbens, giving it the name Puccunta Lespedeze-procumbentis, and describing the spores as having a distinct septum after the manner of true Puccinia spores. This Puccinia does not appear to have been found by subsequent collectors, but the same Uromyces that occurs on other Lespedeze is often found on L. procumbens also, and is sometimes designated as Uromyces Lespedezw-procumbentis Schw., though this designation is wholly unwarranted by the description of Schweinitz’s fungus. Inasmuch as the Uromyces is common to all our Lespedezze it seems best to drop that part of its trivial name that implies a specific limitation to its habitat and write Uromyces Les- pedeze instead of U. Lespedezw-violacec. URoMYcES PYRIFORMIS Ck. As this fungus was reported without description, the following characters, kindly furnished by Dr. Cooke, are now given: Amphigenous, erumpent; sori linear, sometimes confluent, rather pulverulent, purple-brown, margined by the fissured cuticle; pseudo- spores pyriform, deep-brown, epispore thickened above; pedicels rather short, thick, persistent, colored in the upper portion. On Acorus Calamus. The species is very closely allied to U. Spargani, but appears to differ in habit. PILEOLARIA BREVIPES B. & RA. This occurs with us on both sides of the leaves of thus Toxico- - dendron, and is sometimes found associated with Uredo Toaicodendra B. & R., which is probably its Uredo-form. I suppose the latter fungus to be the one described in Grevillea 1874, p. 56, as Uromyces Tourcodendri B. & R., although it does not well agree with the generic character of Uromyces for the pedicels are by no means per- manent, since it is difficult to find one attached even to an immature spore. In this respect it is nearer Trichobasis, as a species of which it was formerly reported. PEzIzA ANOMALA Pers. This is now generally admitted to be a species of Solenia. Some European mycologists consider it the same as S. ochracea, others regard it as distinct. The two are kept separate by Fries in his new edition of Epicrisis, and I am disposed to follow this arrange- ment, for so far as my observation goes they differ constantly in the color and shape of the tubes. SS. anomaila has also a tendency with us to grow in tufts, which I have not seen in S. ochracea. 70 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Prziza Sotenta PA. One author has referred this species to Pezzza Hupatorii Schw. In establishing the species I depended upon the accuracy of Schweinitz’s description, and in justification of my present opinion of the validity of it I quote the full description of P. Hupatori, italicizing those parts not applicable to P. Solenda. “P. EupAToRII L. v. s., versus radices in maximis caulibus emor- tunis Eupatorii purpured et maculati, Bethl. P. gregaria, cupulis bi-vel tri-linearibus, madefactis explanatis, disco subconvexo, margene fere obliterato. Siccitate connivens, sed non clausa, est hee pezizula rufo-carnea, extus pilis nigrofuscis apice albescentibus fasczculatim obsita.” FP. Solenia is not collected near the roots of the stems, but occurs more or less abundantly all along them even to the upper part. I have seen it on stems of Hupatorium ageratoides only, never on purpureum or its variety maculatum. The cups, instead of being two or three lines, are less than one-fourth of one line broad. The largest cups that I have seen do not exceed this measurement even when moist. In the moist state the cups become somewhat swollen but they assume no shape that could be called “ explanate” or flat- tened. Even atter long soaking the mouth still remains small and contracted, the disk, instead of being ‘‘subconvex,”’ is still deeply concave, and to say that the margin was “ almost obliterated ”’ would be very far from the truth. The flesh and hymenium are whitish and the hairs are not fasciculate. Thus it appears that our plant differs in almost every respect from the description of P. Hupatori; in habit, habitat, size, shape, color of flesh, etc., agreeing only in being connivent in dryness and in having an external covering of similarly colored hairs. Unfortunately, Schweinitz did not describe the fruit of his species so that the comparison can be carried no farther. But it does not seem necessary. No ordinary degree of variability in the species and no reasonable allowance for mistakes in the description would harmonize so many and so great discrepancies. Hetotium tHustnum Ph. This is thought by some to be the same as Peziza cupressina, and doubtless there is a close resemblance between them. Had the latter plant been placed in the genus Helotium instead of Peziza, I should have regarded them as one species myself. SpH#ria VerBascicota Schw. I have never seen this plant bearing the fruit of a Spheria, but have seen the perithecia filled with a multitude of small elliptical hyaline spores .00016’—.00018’ long. The species should therefore be considered a Phoma until it is found with the fruit of a Spheeria. SPHARIA SARRACENIA Schw. Fertile specimens of this plant indicate that it belongs to the genus Spheerella. emi cre trees eee ——— REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 71 SpH#@RIA Spina Schw. This plant, which was formerly reported under the name Sphero- nema Spina, has recently been characterized by Dr. Berkeley as having very small globose spores. The plant which we had regarded as belonging to this species (Schweinitz gives no description of the spores), has spores quite different and must be described as distinct. SPH#RONEMA FRAXINI 7. 87. : Perithecia nestling in the inner bark, covered by the epidermis which is pierced or ruptured by the long black rigid spiniform ostiola ; globule whitish; spores long, slender, curved or flexuous, gradually tapering to a point at each end, generally multinucleate, colorless, .002’—.0025’ long. | Dead branches of ash, Fraxinus Americana. The long rigid ostiola render the branch prickly to the touch. The fungus is sometimes found intermingled with Tympanis Fraxina of which it may be a condition. C5) PARASITIC FUNGI OF NEW YORK AND THEIR SUPPORTING PLANTS. But few species of the first great family of fungi, the Hymmnomy- CETES, are inabitants of living plants. A single species and the mem- bers of a single anomalous genus comprise all with such a habitat that have hitherto been found within our limits. The species of Hxobasz diwm attack and transform the buds and leaves of Ericaceous plants into soft gall-like swellings or excrescences. It is not known that they actually kill the plants they attack. Fungus. Supporting plant. SS OernivetCHMA, whe hci See lw aie he es iced Osmunda cinnamomea. ixopasidium. Azaless Ph... ole eee. oe Azalea nudiflora. E. PAINT ONUC Cea eden e veysia eit ots ce ele ee Andromeda ligustrina. E. Wassamd ree Mica t Mylene a wen bee Cassandra calyculata. Of the second family, the GastEromycerss, probably no member is strictly an inhabitant of living plants though several species occur on both living and dead plants. Stemonitis herbatica has as yet been detected only on living leaves and grass, but I do not think its habitat is thus limited. The third family, the Contomycerzs, doubtless furnishes more fungi 12 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. inimical to living plants than all the others together. ‘All the species of the three orders Puccinizi, Ceeomacei and A cidiacei find their dwelling place on such plants. They are popularly known by the names Rust, Brand, Smut and Cluster cups. Many of them have a dual form but usually both forms occur on the same plant. In such | cases only the second or principal form is given. In Phragmidium the spores have a permanent pedicel and two to ten septa according to the species. The color of the spores is blackish-brown or black. They grow on the stems or leaves. In the earlier condition the spores are simple and yellow or orange. These early forms consti- tuted the genus Lecythea. Phragmidium speciosum Fr ........ Rose stems. i. mMUHCrOnAtIn ; S76: Peas Pe Rose leaves. ta LCE 8 yoo ne Neat tp ae Rubus odoratus. ee SUSU iis. oe ce ee et Potentilla Canadensis. Triphragmium clavellosum Gerk.... Aralia nudicaulis. In Puccinia the spores have a permanent pedicel anda single transverse septum. They grow in dense sori or masses of a rusty- brown, blackish-brown or black color. These masses are usually dot- like and are scattered uniformly over the leaves or are collected in clusters on more or less discolored spots. The earlier forms of the species have the spores simple and were formerly grouped in the genus Trichobasis. acemia pulehella 2% \. gcc jic ot 5 <0 Ribes prostratum. Pinorult Vi see ae Prunus serotina. Anemone nemorosa. - Anemones ‘Pers. 2.0 ab: Thalictrum dioicum. Ts: Cornuti. | Anemone Virginiana. eh Belade Den OTS tee ee A P ce ennsylvanica. i Ca lilies) Jae ks Se Segal gt oa oe Caltha palustris. ft BCUGALA, OCKID io aah nee eae Podophyllum peltatum. Pr. Naolanntiaohie oy. eee Violet leaves. ‘ied Lychnidearum Zk ...... .... Dianthus leaves. ie Mariz-Wilsoni Clinton....... Claytonia Caroliniana. inf Noli-anvene:@@ oo ios os ee Impatiens fulva. ag’ yt Ae. en re fee Polygala pancifolia. . Waldsteiniz Curt ..... .... Waldsteinia fragarioides. ae tripustulata; Pe oe i ee Rubus villosus. un Peckiana Move J+ ..4.4 ase iS ocelot : strigosus. oP: curtipes Howe... ........... Saxifraga Pennsylvanica. P. CL Oh ad eer eee pyre Tiarella cordifolia. Circa alpina. igs ie POs. igne ee oe eee C. ieee al :: Datla 2... 32a oe Sanicle stems. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. To Puceinia Umbelliferarum DC....... Archangelica atropurpurea. Cryptoteenie Pk............ Cryptotenia Canadensis. Ocnomrhizes: Cd PY ae. | ae brevistylis. 2 ongisty lis. porphyrogenita Curt......... Cornus Canadensis. Gationiun Lyset. « Galium triflorum. i Aster macrophyllus. BMSEOTIS SCH) pc: 2 vey tare eee a pe rh purpurascens’ C) dei... .... JN, acuminatus. GCrevardit 270s. Wasel aa Ja\y simplex. Raianress: Lie. Pe Solidago altissima. PRAM SCL UOM A Ue eA Leet le Xanthium Strumarium. lehiambhiwSeneo) den. fo. Ss. Helianthus divaricatus. MMVICSHIEA SCM OL ne oan poy Gnaphalium polycephalum. CR Cirsium lanceolatum. MST OSCI Pat se. Nala C. pee Sv MamiaDUIisNG 760s. 2.003... - _. Taraxacum Dens-leonis. Dicloelhie ss (C2 eak ace ar at aeen rater Lobelia syphilitica. aw COI Alb. a ee Lysimachia ciliata. @himtonime el... cakes .... Pedicularis Canadensis. Mentha Canadensis. Menthe 67s sitet chs set Monarda fistulosa. Hedeoma pulegioides. ipbysostepice Pde ("........ Physostegia Virginiana. Convolvuli Bde 0 Calystegia Sepium. Gentianze Strauss ........... Gentiana Andrewsii. Polygonum amphibium. EMMNOMIDTACHED eee Scie 3s 8 Ves Pennsylvanicum. leg Virginianum. SMMMCIS SCH. 66. ks. kk es Smilax rotundifolia. Wiens ess el. a lala Veratrum viride. mesomajalis, Bide C........: Clintonia borealis. suactin 2c aa ai Beate pungens. S. Eriophorum. EMCMIStabae hay ke: Sy ace SISIEN-O| ERs Cy ARG eae an oN Ser Carex crinita. CONEI ONO) EL OM VaR rt een C. stricta. SOGOMIISCH Oi) La dela o od we Zea Mays. ARUMCIMACeAVECAwW 2.5... 2s Phragmites communis. AMIN) CRS) a cP BA ae a. wis a Grasses and cereals. COVOM Ata wwe ACE he Avena sativa. ITE REI Sos TP a) ee Grasses. BS ae cla) ea loco acres) aioe! ao Aelia) do In Gymnosporangium and Podisoma the spores are pedicellate and uniseptate as in Puccinia, but their color is a yellowish-orange when moist, and the mass is then much swollen and tremelloid or gelatinous. ‘The species of Podisoma form those globose excrescences on the Juniper that are known as “Cedar apples.” 74 TWENTY-NINTH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Gymnosporangium Juniperi Zé. .... Juniperus Virginiana. clavipes \CLiceeneiye 2 Gin a cf Podisoma macropus Schw .......... « i fuscuni Duby a. aa ton ea ce The species of Uromyces resemble those of Puccinia in every respect, except that the spores are simple. ( Hypericum perforatum. Uromyces triquetrus Ch........... ise mutilum. ! Elodes Virginica. Ag Clay tomise Caer Gln! 2 ee Claytonia Caroliniana. Ui ‘Vappendiculosns Deo. 26. )s22 Pisum sativum. \ Ui. apiculesus Wie0 VP oaLe eke Trifolium repens. © | Be Phaseoli Sivawss 4953 5.5... 58 Phaseolus diversifolius. Uw: Tespedezee: Schapiro). 525.4 Lespedeza leaves. Uw. solidus Se Oro 2 1 picks ees. Desmodium leaves. (OR Limonii Lev. ...2.....2...: Statice Limonmninm wi. Roly comieV cele tra. Sk on Polygonum erectum. w. Huphorbise Cd P02. el gee maculata: : ypericifolia. _U. Peltandres Howe los 5.'9 0. so 1 eae Virginiea. riseema triphyllum. a.) pyattomms COVE. Vek a eed a ee Acorus Calamus, Uy: eRe 16 ys CMa 6 a aed ke Re Raia Sparganium eurycarpum. IGE OW CU EE One aid jose «Seok Asclepias cornuti. B. PALME mtor el INA So «ssn es Lilium Canadense. Ww. J WRC IgISCM OTL ok bo oa Juncus effusus. Ue Caries yee So, ie RS ae Sas Carex stricta. Oe Graminumy Ck. se e28, ile ee Brizopyrum spicatum. Pileolaria brevipes b. @ A.......2. Rhus Toxicodendron. Ravenelia glanduleformis b. @C.... Tephrosia Virginiana. In Ustelago the spores are simple, without permanent pedicels and more or less globose in form. They are black or blackish-brown and form dusty smutty masses, most often in the ovaries or floral organs. ‘They thus destroy the seeds of the host plant and interfere with its propagation. Ustilago utriculosa Zul ............ Polygonum Pennsylvanicum. — i. Candolliet Panic anne P. sagittatum. ie Erythromit Cigitoni.) 252 ae Erythronium Americanum. OP J WGI OCH ee Hea eee ae tie Juncus tenuis. U. Montacnet Za 222 tel ie Rhynchospora alba. Ly. Mont. v.. major esn.) one Re olomerata. Ly mreeolornna 22a: sete oe Peonsy ee : umbellata. Op Rai dis Oa (5 eA Oe ne Zea Mays. i. loncissima: Zl 2s ok chematee & Glyceria aquatica. © U. ieplecta Wiessl..°.:)v cistern Setaria glauca. Ww. Syntherismee Schw.......... Cenchrus tribuloides. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. W £3) Triticum vulgare. Mistilaco Carbo 7ws.... 6.22. | een cee Hepatica acutiloba. Urocystis pompholygodes Schl ..... ee Pennsylvanica. U. OceMbA Ee RCUSS osu) ees Grass leaves. Geminella foliicola Schroet.......... Carex Pennsylvanica. Protomyces Menyanthis DeB....... Meuyanthes trifoliata. ieerythronil Ph... se. ls bees Erythronium Americanum. Coleosporium ochraceum Lon....... Agrimonia Eupatoria. In Melampsora as in Phragmidium the earlier state was referred to the genus Lecythea. The mature Melampsora is seldom developed before the supporting leaf has fallen. Melampsora salicina Lev.......+..... Willow leaves. M. POO PUAN BEL CD) eh reel sw 2 oc Poplar leaves. Many of the species of Z7zchobasis are now known to be earlier forms of species of Puccinia. The following have not yet been traced to their later state. Trichobasis Pyrole Berk .......... jel Se toad noie, iP. secunda. T. ILI GO Be aa en Iris versicolor. In Uredo the spores are simple, usually globose and collected in yellow or orange-colored masses which are mostly small and dot-like. One species, UW. dumenata, is very detrimental to raspberry and black- berry plants. Uredo Caryophyllacearum Johnst.... Caryophyllaceze. ( Rubus villosus. es Canadensis. Uv. mmimnata, Sehiw 023... . 6. 3 4 R. Hil aie (Un: strigosus. U. SMUsAySEPCUSS. see ee ow Rose leaves. U. SICHNG yea ATED C1) 000) Sn eee Solidago and Aster leaves. Epilobium hirsutum. i. FOMSt OMEGA CRS sk. k A te os ie eqycyritit fol OT. iC Weccimonumy ers. 4)... ..- Vaccinium corymbosum. U. HAUAANeS SCR... boo). sss. .... Azalea nudiflora. WE Meno Ve Ae ici! 2. erect eos Ledurn Jatifolinm. Ge Jini Oven tw Ot OAM fe Seno ren) ae er Empetrum nigrum. w. UMMACIS SCH ta tke Wena a5 5 2 Lilium Canadense. U. Filieum:Desm... 0%) .:...... Cystopteris fragilis. wy. PRODUOLOUUNS Vly eta i) ssa : Anemones Wor. Puccinia Tanaceti DC. Hieracii Mart. Prunorum LA. Menthe Pers. coronata Cd. obtegens Tul. Lampsanee /ck1. Bardanz Cd. Cirsii Lasch. Luzule Lid. Caricis ck. AAgopodii Lk. Glechome DC. Compositarum Schl. Syngenesiarum. Malvacearum Mont. Straminis Ack. Asparagi DC. arundinacea Hedw. Brachypodii /ck/. Graminis Pers. Amphibi Ack. See Oe Te eee fe ee een eee apiculatum Rdh.. incrassatum Lk. romyces Ficariz Leo. Polygoni /ckKl. Viciee ck. Trifolii Ack. apiculatus Leo. Bete Kuhn. scutellatus AZ. Pilea Carbo Tul. longissima Jw. hypodytes A’. 3 ihe: =/lalellsl sists hragmidium Tormentille Cd. a) Uredo Filicum Desm. U. Vacciniorum Pers. U. arundinacea Rbdh. Coleosporium Compositarum C. Campanulacearum /’. C. Senecionis FA’. C. ochraceum on. Melampsora Lini Desm. Tremulee Tul. Epilobii Ack. salicina Lev. acerina Lev. betulina Tw. Kuphorbie Cast. lerlesceam Viole Schum. Xylostei Wallr. Compositarum Mart. Berberidis Pers. Convallariz Schum. Tussilaginis Pers. Thesii Des. Ranunculacearum DC. rubellum Pers. elongatum Zk. leucospermum DC. Epilobii DC. Urtice DC. Behenis DC. Kuphorbie Pers. Reestelia cornuta 727. Cystopus candidus Lev. Ceratium hydnoides A. & S. Cladosporium graminum ZA. C. Fumago Zk. Helminthosporium Tiliz 7’. lee arundinaceum Cd. Oidium Tuckeri Berk. O. fructigenum Fr. Fusarium nervisequum A’ckl. Ramularia Urtice Ces. Peronospora nivea Ung. 34 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Peronospora Alsinearum DeBy|Colpoma quercinum. -. erisea De By. la pygmea Ung. Pp: parasitica Pers. i: gangliformis Berk. Pilobolus crystallinus Zode. Spheerotheca pannosa Lev. S. Castagnei Lev. Microsphera Grossulariz Leo. M. holosericea Lev. M. © Berberidis Zev. M. penicillata Leo. Erysiphe Martii Zev. E. Linki Leo. E. communis Schl. Uncinula adunca Lev. Cr bicornis Zev. U. Wallrothii Zeo. Podosphera Kunzei Lev. Phyllactinia guttata Lev. Morchella esculenta Pers. Leotia lubrica Pers. Spathularia flavida Pers. Peziza badia Pers. aurantia FA’. leporina Batsch. cinerea Basch. Solani Pers. atrata Fr. fusca Pers. fusarioides Berk. Pseudopeziza Trifolii Bernh. Helotium herbarum Pers. Lachnella corticalis Pers. Cenangium Cerasi FA’. ee ae eae C.: ferruginosum F’*. Phacidium coronatum #7. a. minutissimum A2d. .. Medicaginis Lasch. Hysterium Pinastri 7’. Hi. virgultorum DC. Dichéena strobilina 77. Rhytisma salicinum 7. R. acerinum F7. R. punctatum Fers. Epichloe typhina Berk. Nectria Peziza Fr. st, pulicaris F7. N. ephispheeria F7. Xylaria Hypoxylon Geo. oe polymorpha Geo. Hypoxylon fuscum F’. Ustulina vulgaris 7%7. Kutypa flavovirens 77. Melogramma ferrugineum /Vke. Polystigma fulvum DC. BE: rubrum DC. Dothidea Ulmi 7”. Dp: Heraclei Ack. Dp; graminis Pers. Dy: Junci FA7. D: Ribesia F7. Diatrype stigma /’r. D. favacea F’r. D: disciformis 2’. D. bullata #7. Valsa suffusa Tw. iv salicina F’r. ve nivea Fr. Y. stellulata 7’. Cucurbitaria Spartii De No!. ce: Berberidis Gr. C. Laburni F7. Massaria inquinans 7ode. M. pupula 77. Stegia Llicis A’. Spheria aquila #7. SS. spermoides Hoffm. S. pulvispyrius Pers. 8. coniformis A’. S clara Awd. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. oe rubella Pers. Herbarum Pers. pilifera 7’. obducens A’. Carduorum Wadllr. vulgaris Ces. Tawthes pustula Berk. Spherella ignobilis Awd. 1 TA Wa do Spherella Cookeana Azd. 8. Populi Awd. S. microspora Awd. Venturia ditricha 7’. Rophographus filicinus A’ck/. Exoascus Populi Thum. Caly ptospora Goeppertiana Hon. G. W. Cuinton, Buffalo, N. Y. Polyporus obducens #7. P, callosus 47. P. farinellus Fr. Corticium Martianum B. & C. C. ceruleum /’7. Dacrymyces minor Pk. Perichena irregularis B. & C. - Phoma strobilinum P. & C. P. stercorarium P. & C. Spheropsis Syringe P. & C. S. Pennsylvanica B. & C. Spheronema Robinie B. & C. Diplodia thujina P. & C. Melanconium intermedium Septonema dicheenoides P. & C. Puccinia orbicula P. & C. iP Hydrophylli P. & C. Uredo Cassandree P. & C. Trichobasis Fabee Lev. AAcidium Sanicule Carm Cladosporium depressum Verticillium pulvereum P. &C. Trichoderma viride Pers. Oidium fasciculatum Berk. Polyactis cana Berk. Peziza vulpina Ck. I. maculincola Schw. Le macrospora /’ckl. Patellaria lignyota /’r. Hysterium Rimincola Schw. lal, truncatulum C. & P. Dothidea Osmunde P. & C. Valsa Juglandicola Schw. Cucurbitaria Berberidis Gr. Spheeria Clintonii PA. 8. onosmodina P. & C. S. Herbarum Pers. Spherella Impatientis P. & C C. C. Frost, Brattleborough, Vt. Marasmius erythropus A’. M. archyropus A’. Boletus viscosus “Yost. . B. salmonicolor Frost. Neematelia nucleata 77. Endobotrya elegans B. & C. Ceratium porioides A. & S. Phymatospora leucosperma Peziza Acetabulum ZL. Patellaria lignyota #7. Spheeria scoriadea 7’. K. 8. MritiER, Wading River, N. Y. (Juercus obtusiloba Max. (.). monticola Wz. Carya tomentosa /Vut?. d 30 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. H. A. WARNE, Oneida, N. Y. Viola Selkirkii Pursh. Agaricus naucinoides PA. =. personatus Ff’. 13% eruginosus /7. Paxillus porosus Berk. Polyporous medullapanis 47. Hydnum chrysodon Bb. é C Grandinia virescens PA. Stereum rugosum #7. Clavaria amethystina Bw/. Guepinia helvelloides DC Erysiphe Liriodendri Scho. Morchella bispora Sor. M. semilibera DC. M. deliciosa F’7. Verpa digitaliformis Pers. - Peziza sulcata Pers. P: Warnei Pr. Ascobolus crenulatus Aarst. Patellaria leptosperma PA. Spheria xestothele B. & C. Discosia rugulosa B. & C. W. R. GERARD, New York, N. Y. Ostropa cinerea Duby. Hysterium prelongum Schw. ick curvatum /7. : Rousselii De /Vot. Leh aquilinum Schwm. i ES sterium parvulum (Ger. australe Duby. ellipticum DC. Hypoderma nervisequum F7. Glonium simulans Ger. J. B. Evwuis, Newfield, N. J. Corticium fumigatum 7hwm. C. rubrocanum Thum. Microthyrium Smilacis JVot. Phoma consors C. & #. Spheropsis Sumachi Schw. Melanconium Ramulorum Cd. Stilbum atrocephalum Zi/is. Septosporium velutinum C.¢ £. Aspergillus pulvinatus B. & C. Chetomium elatum /£ze. Peziza raphidospora Lilis. macrospora /’ck/. i a lachnoderma Lerk. re virginella Ck. ‘ae mycogena lis. a D a Kalmize Pk. ermatea carnea C. & #. 5 8 ie Dermatea tetraspora dis. Stictis leucaspis lis. Triblidium minor Ck. Diatrype Hystrix Tode. D. fibritecta C. & Z. pp: collariata C. & #. D. dryophila Curr. Dothidea excavata C. & #. Valsa rufescens Sch. V: aculeans Schw. ibe Liquidamberis Schw. Ve albofusca C. & #. viscosa C. & #. Radicum Scehw. goniostoma Schw. Prof. J. W. CurcxEertne, Washington, D. C. Pinus mitis Y/z. | Pinus inops Aid. pheria pachyascus C. d #. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 37 W. M. Cansy, Wilmington, Del. Pinus Teeda L. F. W. Haut, New Haven, Ct. Chenopodium leptophyllum Vudd. C. DrEvot, M. D., Albany, N. Y. Laurus nobilis Z. | Rosa Indica. Specimens of wood of....... , Ulmus racemosa ? W. W. Hitt, Albany, N. Y. Specimens of wood of: Rhus venenata DC. R. typhina Z. R. glabra L. Rhus radicans J. Celastrus scandens JZ. (4.) SPECIES NOT BEFORE REPORTED. TRIFOLIUM HYBRIDUM JL. Portage. G. W. Clinton. North Greenbush. Perhaps not yet fully established. LONICERA TARTARICA JZ. I find this shrub growing on the railroad bank, one mile south of Greenbush. CREPIS AURANTIACA ZL. Well established in fields and meadows. Sandlake. July. AGARICUS (TRICHOLOMA) STRIATIFOLIUS 2. SD. Pileus dry, convex or expanded, nearly smooth, somewhat | shining, often obscurely dotted or squamulose with innate fibrils, grayish or grayish-brown, sometimes tinged with red ; lamelle rather close, rounded behind, transversely striated or venose, white; stem slightly thickened at the base, hollow, _ white ; spores subglobose or broadly elliptical, .00016'*-—.0002’ long ; odor decided and peculiar, flesh white. Plant gregarious, 2’ high, pileus 2’-2.5’ broad, stem 3’-5’ thick. * One accent signifies inch or inches ; two accents signify line or lines. 38 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Ground in woods. Mechanicsville. October. The striated appearance of the lamelle is due to the presence of small transverse vein-like elevations. The stem is almost chalky-white. The odor is quite perceptible and peculiar. AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) APERTUS 7. sp. Pileus convex, then expanded or centrally depressed, often irregular, whitish with a lilac tinge and often one or two darker zones, shining; lamelle close, adnate or slightly decurrent, whitish, often with a faint pinkish tinge; stem short, equal or narrowed toward the base, solid, whitish; odor farinaceous, taste unpleasant. Plant gregarious or ceespitose, 1’-2’ high, pileus about 1’ broad, stem 1° thick. Grassy ground in pastures and along highways. Maryland, Otsego county. September. In the dried specimens the lamellz often assume a pale cin- namon hue. AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) FLAVIDELLUS 7. Sp. . Pileus thin, convex, then expanded or centrally depressed, often irregular, hygrophanous, glabrous; lamelle narrow, crowded, adnate or subdecurrent; stem equal, glabrous, hollow. Plant gregarious, about 2’ high, pileus 1’ broad, stem 1.5’—2’ thick. . Wet swampy ground. Maryland. September. The whole plant has a uniform dirty yellowish hue when fresh. The pileus becomes whitish in drying. AGARICUS (CLITOCYBE) PELTIGERINUS 7. Sp. Pileus nearly plane, smooth, umbilicate, hygrophanous, brown, striatulate on the margin when moist, whitish or pale- eray when dry; lamelle rather distant, sometimes branched, venose-connected, decurrent, a little paler than the moist pileus; stem nearly equal, rather firm, solid, smooth, paler than the pileus, often with a minute white tomentum toward the base ; spores elliptical, .0003’ long, with a slight apiculus at the base. Plant 6’-10" high, pileus 2"-5” broad, stem less than 1” thick. On decaying Peltigera. Oneida. H. A. Warze. North Greenbush. May. A small species remarkable for its peculiar habitat. Some- times the stems of two or three plants are united at the base, thus manifesting a tendency to become cespitose. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 39 AGARICUS (COLLYBIA) CONIGENOIDES # lis. Buried pine cones. West Albany. October. The pileus in our specimens is fuscous, being darker than in the type. It seems to be near A. semiherens B. & C., if not indeed the same species. AGARICUS (COLLYBIA) DELICATELLUS %. Sp. Snowy-white throughout, smooth, subceespitose ; pileus con- vex or broadly campanulate, submembranaceous, slightly thicker on the disk ; lamelle narrow, close, emarginate ; stem slender, equal, hollow, slightly white-villous at the base. Plant 1’ high, pileus 2’-8" broad, stem .5” thick. Among fallen leaves. North Greenbush. . September. From the character of the lamelle it is evidently a Collybia but the substance is rather tender. AGARICUS (MYCENA) ODORIFER 2. Sp. Pileus thin, hemispherical, convex or expanded, smooth, white, the disk slightiy tinged with brown ; lamellz subarcu- ate, adnate or subdecurrent, somewhat crenulate on the edge, white; stem tough, equal, viscid, smooth, whitish or pale- brownish, white-villous at the base ; spores narrowly elliptical, .0002’ long ; odor strong, subalkaline, for a long time persistent. Plant 1’-1.5’ high, pileus 3’-4” broad. Mossy ground. Adirondack Mts. July. Apparently near A clavicularis Fr., but smaller and easily known by its decided and peculiar odor which is retained by the dried specimens for a long time. i AGARIOUS (PLEUROTUS) SUBAREOLATUS 7. Sp. Pileus compact, convex, marginate behind, whitish tinged’ with brown and pink, usually cracking in small maculiform areas ; lamelle rather broad and loose, decurrent, whitish, becoming tinged with yellow in drying; stem eccentric, sub- vertical, short, curved, firm, solid, sometimes compressed, white ; spores white, oblong, .0005’—.0006’ in length. Pileus 3’—4’ broad. Trunks of elm trees. Bethlehem. October. Apparently related to A. pulviiatus Pers. AGARICUS STRIATULUS FY. Decaying trunks of pine. North Greenbush. October. Buffalo. Clinton. 4() THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. AGARICUS (PLUTEUS) LONGISTRIATUS 7. Sp. Pileus thin, convex, then expanded, dry, striate to the disk, cinereous, the disk darker and minutely roughened with hairs or squamules ; lamellz broad, at length ventricose, free, white, then flesh-colored ; stem equal, glabrous, white ; spures orbicu- lar, .0003’ in diameter. Plant 2’ high, pileus 1’-1.5’ broad, stem 1” thick. Decaying wood. Albany. July. AGARICUS (PHOLIOTA) ANGUSTIPES 72. SD. Pileus hemispherical, then convex or expanded, at first brown, then fading to ochraceous-brown or subalutaceous and becoming minutely squamulose with appressed dot-like scales ; lamelle narrowed outwardly, emarginate, whitish or dull cream color; stem stuffed, tapering downward, whitish or cin- ereous, roughened with darker scales which at first form a crenate annulus at the upper part; spores brownish-ferru- ginous, subelliptical, .0003’ long, .00018’ broad ; flesh white. Plant ceespitose, 2'-3’ high, pileus 1.5'-2.5’ broad, stem 2’-3” thick. In pastures about old stumps. Schenevus, Otsego county. September. The pileus is sometimes irregular from being crowded in its growth. The taste is unpleasant and the scales of the stem are somewhat evanescent. AGARICUS (PHOLIOTA) INDECENS 7. Sp. Pileus convex, then expanded or centrally depressed, smooth, rather brittle, hygrophanous, pale-fuscous and usually striatu- late on the margin when moist, alutaceous inclining to ochrace- ous when dry; lamelle close; emarginate with a decurrent tooth, pale-brown, becoming cinnamon-brown; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, silky-fibrillose, hollow, annulate, pallid, the thin membranaceous annulus sometimes evanescent; spores unequally elliptical, .0005’-.0006’ long, .00025’—.0003’ broad. ; Plant gregarious or ceespitose, 1’-2’ high, pileus 1’-2’ broad, stem 1’—2" thick. Ground in bushy pastures. North Greenbush. September. It resembles somewhat A. Aggericola Pk., but itis smaller, paler, not viscid and has longer spores. The edge of the lamel-_ le is sometimes eroded. | REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. A] AGARIOUS (NAUCORIA) CONTRARIUS 7. SD. Pileus thin, convex, then plane or centrally depressed, some- times umbilicate and striate on the margin, glabrous, alutace- ous; lamellz loose, adnate, very broad behind, becoming ventricose and subtriangular, ochraceous; stem equal, hollow, reddish or reddish-brown, adorned with a few silky-fibrils and ~ minute fragments of the white floccose veil; spores yellow, elliptical, .0003’ long, .0002’ broad. Plant gregarious or subcespitose, about i’ high, pileus 6’-10" broad. Grassy ground in pastures. Schenevus and West Albany. ‘September. The color of the pileus fades a little with age, but the bright color of the lamelle is retained longer. There is usually an abundant white mycelium at the base of the stem. Often min- ute fragments of the floccose veil may be seen on the margin of the young pileus. AGARICUS (STROPHARIA) UMBONATESCENS 2. Sp. Pileus at first conical, subacute, then expanded and umbon- ate, smooth, viscid, yellow, the umbo inclining to reddish ; lamelle plane, broad, at length ventricose, blackish-brown with a slight olivaceous tint; stem equal, slender, hollow, generally a little paler than the pileus; spores purplish-brown, almost black, .0006’--0007' long, .0004’ broad. Plant 3’-4’ high, pileus 6’-12" broad. Dung in pastures. Schenevus. September. This is evidently closely allied to A. stercorarius and A. semiglobatus with which it has probably been confounded, but the pileus in our plant is so peculiar in form that I am con- strained to regard it as a distinct species. The viscid pellicle of the pileus is separable. -When old it sometimes cracks into areas. AGARICUS LACRYMABUNDUS FY. Bushy pastures. Bethlehem. October. Our specimens do not agree in all respects with the published description of the species. The pileus is sometimes wholly destitute of scales and sometimes densely clothed with hairy erect ones. ‘The species is manifestly variable. AGARICUS CANDOLLFANUS JAY. Ground and buried chips. North Greenbush and Greig. September and October. 49 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. AGARICUS (PSILOCYBE) LIMOPHILUS 7. Sp. Pileus thin, convex, then expanded, fragile, atomaceous, radiately rugulose, whitish, often splitting on the margin and sometimes cracking into areas; lamelle rather broad, loose, whitish or pallid, then purplish brown ; stem equal, striate and slightly mealy at the top, hollow, short, white ; spores ellip- tical, .0004’—.0005’ long, .0002~.00025’ broad. Muddy alluvial soil under willows. Green Island. Sep- tember. It is related to A. incertus Pk., but the veil is less developed, the lamella ate more distant and the spores are larger. AGARICUS (PSILOCYBE) ARENULINUS 2. sp. Pileus convex, then expanded, plane or centrally depressed, glabrous, hygrophanous, dark livid-brown and coarsely stri- atulate when moist, livid-white when dry ; lamelle close, cin- namon-brown, becoming darker with age; stem slightly taper- ing upward, hollow, whitish; spores subelliptical, .0004 long. Plant 1.5—2.5° high, pileus 6’-16”" broad, stem 1” thick. Sandy soil. West Albany. September. When moist the pileus has a peculiar radiate appearance as if distantly striate. Large individuals have the margin of the pileus uneven and irregularly striate. A mass of sand usually adheres to the base of the stem. AGARICUS (PSATHYRA) POLYTRICHOPHILUS 7. Sp. Pileus thin, convex or subcampanulate, glabrous rather fragile, sometimes with a slight umbo, hygrophanous, striatu- late and brown when moist, dull ochraceous or buff when dry, somewhat shining ; lamelle plane and adnate or slightly arcu- ate and decurrent, broad, subdistant, colored almost like the pileus; stem slender, equal, subflexuous, slightly whitish- fibrillose, especially toward the base, mealy at the top, concol- orous, containing a whitish pith ; spores purple-brown, subel- liptical, .0003' long, .0002’ broad. ( Plant gregarious, odorous, 1-2’ high, pileus 2’-5" broad. ee among Polytrichum. Oneida. Warne. West Albany. ay. AGARICUS (PSATHYRELLA) GRACILOIDES 7. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 1-4.) Pileus thin, conical or campanulate, glabrous, hygrophanous, brown and striatulate when moist, whitish and subrugulose REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 43 when dry ; lamelle ascending, rather broad, subdistant, brown, becoming blackish-brown, the edge whitish ; stem long, straight, fragile, hollow, smooth, white; spores blackish, elliptical, .0006—.00065' long, .0003—.00033' broad. Plant gregarious, 4-6 high, pileus 1’ broad, stem 1” thick. Ground in an old door yard. Maryland. September. ‘This is allied to A. gracilis Fr., but the edge of the lamelle is not rosy. When drying the moisture leaves the disk of the pileus first, the margin last. When dry the plant bears some resemblance to large forms of A. tener. Under a lens the text- ure of the surface of the pileus is seen to be composed of matted fibrils. CORTINARIUS (PHLEGMACIUM) OPHIOPUS 2. sp. Pileus firm, convex or subcampanulate, then expanded, sometimes irregular, viscid, reddish-yellow, smooth, the paler margin sometimes roughened by adhering patches of the whitish veil ; lamelle close, often eroded on the edge, brown- ish-cinnamon ; stem stout, equal, solid, usually much bent or variously curved, at first shaggy-scaly from the subconcentri- cally arranged fragments of the copious veil, white or yellow- ish ; flesh white ; spores unequally elliptical, .00045—.0005’ long, .00025—.0003' broad, usually containing a single nucleus. Plant 4’-6’ high, pileus 2—4 broad, stem 4’—6” thick. Among fallen leaves in woods. Maryland. September. The long crooked stem is a noticeable feature of the species. CORTINARIUS CRATICIUS FY. Low grounds. Center. October. | CoRTINARIUS (HYDROCYBE) REGULARIS 7. SD. Pileus convex or expanded, glabrous, hygrophanous, watery- brown when moist, reddish-ochraceous when dry, often slightly radiate-rugulose ; flesh whitish, becoming white when dry; lamellz close, slightly violaceous when young; stem long, nearly straight, stuffed, slightly tapering upward, silky-fibril- lose, white ; spores elliptical, .0004’ long, .0003’ broad. Plant gregarious, 3-5’ high, pileus 1-2’ broad, stem 1’-2’ thick. enone marsh. Center. October. e plant has a very regular symmetrical appearance, whence the specific name. 44 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. MARASMIUS PRZACUTUS Hilis. Trunks of dead alder trees. Mechanicsville. October. The lamella are sometimes quite distant and rounded behind. The stem which is remarkable for its thickness and peculiar shape and which constitutes the chief part of the young plant is pulverulent under a lens. PANUS TORULOSUS FY. Oak stumps. Greenbush. May. BoLEtus viscosus fost. : Light sandy soil about pine woods. Center. October. PoLyporus ossEus Halchor. Old stumps in woods. Guilderland. October. Very rare. The pores in our specimens are a little larger than in an authentic specimen received from Dr. Kalchbrenner. POLYPORUS (ANODERMEI) DUALIS 2. Sp. Pileus dimidiate, sessile or sometimes produced behind into a stem-like base, convex or nearly plane above, somewhat uneven, rarely with a slight zonate appearance, single or czspi- tosely imbricating, two to four inches broad, nearly as long, tawny or tawny-ferruginous, the margin sometimes paler ; flesh concolorous, the upper stratum of a soft spongy-tomentose tex- ture, the lower firm and fibrous; pores minute, unequal, more or less angular, with thin dissepiments, whitish and denticulate on the edge, about equal in length to the thickness of the flesh of the pileus, dark ferruginous with a whitish or silvery reflec- tion. Dead trunks of spruce trees. Adirondack Mts. Also at the base of pine trunks. West Albany. August and September. The species is remarkable for the twofold character of the substance of the pileus, the upper half being of a soft tomentose nature, velvety to the touch and readily impressed by the finger nail, the lower half of a much firmer fibrous texture, smooth and subshining when cut or fractured. The plants are quite variable in size, shape and thickness of the margin which in some is quite thin, in others very obtuse In the latter the pores near the margin are often much enlarged or elongated so that the dissepiments appear like lamelle. The species is related to P. cuticularis Fr., but I have not found it with any appearance of a cuticle nor of a blackish color, nor with a fim- briated margin—characters said to belong to that species. Besides, that species is attributed to deciduous trees while our plant has thus far occurred on coniferous trees only. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 45 POLYPORUS NIDULANS FY. Dead oak and birch branches lying on the ground. Sand- lake, North Greenbush and Adirondack Mts. Our specimens are not villous and are fragrant when fresh, notwhendry. This would indicate that they should be referred to P. rutilans, but the unequal pores forbid such a reference. It is surprising how few of our fungi agree accurately with the descriptions of published species. Hither we have many more species peculiar to this country than has been supposed, or else many species have been very imperfectly described. POLYPORUS (ANODERMEI) FRAGRANS 2. Sp. Fragrant ; pileus fleshy, tough, effuso-reflexed, imbricating, one to two inches long, two to four-broad, rather thin but some- times thickened at the base, velvety to the touch and clothed with a minute innate tomentum, pale reddish-grey or aluta- ceous, the thin margin concolorous and sometimes a little roughened, often sterile beneath ; flesh slightly fibrous, zonate, concolorous; pores minute, unequal angular, about one line long, the dissepiments thin, acute, toothed or lacerated, whitish, becoming darker with age and blackish-stained when bruised. Decaying trunks of elm trees. Bethlehem. October. This species is closely related to P. adustus and P. fumosus, from which it is readily separated by the unequal: pores. Its odor when fresh is very decided and quite agreeable, being not much unlike that of dry Seneca grass. The species has been collected in Vermont also by Mr. A. P. Morgan. POLYPORUS (PLACODERMEL) ALBELLUS 7%. Sp. Pileus thick, sessile, convex or subungulate, subsolitary, two to four inches broad, one to one and a half thick, fleshy, rather soft, the adnate cuticle very thin, smooth or sometimes slightly roughened by a slight strigose tomentum, especially toward the margin, whitish tinged more or less with fuscous ; flesh pure white, odor acidulous ; pores nearly plain, minute, subrotund, about two lines long, white inclining to yellowish, the dissepiments thin, acute ; spores minute, cylindrical, curved, white, .00016—.0002' long. Decaying trunks and branches of birch trees. Helderberg Mts. October. This species appears to be related to P. paradozxus, but the texture is manifestly firmer than in that and softer than in P. betulinus. 46 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. POLYPORUS CONNATUS Weinm. Trunks of maple trees, Acer saccharinum. Sandlake. October. PoLyPorus (INODERMEI) BALSAMEUS %. Sp. Pileus rather thin, corky, plain, about one inch broad, ses- sile or spuriously stipitate, slightly and unequally villose- tomentose, pale-brown marked with lighter concentric zones ; flesh white; pores short, minute, subrotund, the thin dissepi- ments acute, denticulate, white. Trunks of balsam trees, Abies balsamea. Adirondack Mts. August. The villosity is so slight that it may be easily overlooked. It is not uniformly distributed over the whole surface but occurs in zones or patches. The species is apparently allied to P. zonatus. POLYPORUS OBDUCENS Pers. Decaying wood. Buffalo. June. Clinton. \ POLYPORUS CALLOSUS FY. Decaying wood. Buffalo. December. Clinton. POLYPORUS FARINELLUS AY. | Decaying wood. Alexandria Bay. July. Clinton. Hypnum WEINMANNI AY. Decaying wood. Bethlehem. October. IRPEX sINUOSUS Fr. | 7 Dead branches lying on the ground. Wynantskill, Rens- selaer county. November. IRPEX FUSCOVIOLACEUS 77. Decaying trunks of spruce, Abies nigra. Adirondack Mts. July. ; Our specimens are not ‘‘silky,’’ as required by the descrip- tion, but villose or tomentose-villose as in Polyporus hirsutus and P. abietinus, the latter of which this species closely resem- bles. Thehymenium, however, is coarser, more highly colored and lamellated to such an extent that young specimens might easily be taken for a Lenzites. ) IRPEX OBLIQUUS F77. On dead oak and alder trees. North Greenbush, Center and Sandlake. October and November. At first it looks more like a small white orbicular resupinate Polyporus than an Irpex. Very common. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. AT RADULUM ORBICULARE FY. Decaying wood and bark of deciduous trees. Slingerlands and Mechanicsville. October. PHLEBIA MERISMOIDES /’7. Decaying wood. Indian Lake. October. This species is apparently very close to P. radiata. Our specimens are referred to it because.of their pale color and more strigose margin. GRANDINIA VIRESCENS 7. Sp. Effused, thin, separable from the matrix, soft, greenish, becoming darker with age ; granules minute, hemispherical, not crowded ; spores broadly elliptical or suborbicular, .0002' long. Decaying wood. Oneida. Warne. September. Remarkable for its beautiful color. GRANDINIA RUDIS 7. Sp. i Effused, thin, soft, pulverulent-tomentose, tawny-brown, the hymenium at length granulose ; spores globose, rough, .0003— .0004' in diameter. Decaying wood and ground in deep shaded places. North Greenbush. October. It is allied to G. coriaria Pk. in texture and in the character of the spores, but it differs in color and habit. The whole plant is of one uniform hue. THELEPHORA SPECIOSA FY’. Providence, Saratoga county. August. But a single specimen was found and in it the tips of the branches are not fimbriate; otherwise the characters are well shown. HYMENOCH ATE AGGLUTINANS ZJlis. Trunks and branches of living alder trees. Sandlake and Adirondack Mts. July and November. HYMENOCH ATE SPRETA 2. SD. Effused, adnate, somewhat uneven, thick, ferruginous, beset with rather long slender acute sete, at length cracking into frustulate-areole. Decorticated wood. Helderberg Mts. October. This quite closely resembles some forms of 4. corrugata, but its bright color and thicker substance, which shrinks more in drying so that the matrix is revealed through the chinks, and the areas become as it were frustules, indicate a distinct species. \ 48 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The sete are more slender and more sharp-pointed than in if corrugata. CoRTICIUM QUERCINUM Pers. Dead oak branches. Greenbush. Septtings The specimens are a little paler than in the type, but this is probably due to lack of age. ‘ CorTICIUM LACTEUM FY. Decaying wood. Slingerlands. October. CortTiciIum SAMBUCI FY. Dead stems of elder, Sambucus Canadensis. Mechanicsville. October. CoRTICIUM CHRULEUM FY’. Decaying wood. Buffalo. November. Clinton. CortTicium MARTIANUM B. & C. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. Mechanicsville. October. It is not without some hesitation that our specimens are referred to this species, for, though they agree very well with specimens published under this name by Wr. H. W. Ravenel and with those distributed by the late Dr. Curtis, they do not well agree with the published description of the species. In color they are bright red inclining to cinnabar, the surface often suffused with a slight bloom or pruinosity. The margin on smooth surfaces is obscurely radiately wrinkled, giving the idea of a Phlebia, and this illusion is further sustained by the hymenium in the dried specimens becoming radiately rimose. The substance when fresh is blood red within, and the mycelium is of a beautiful yellow color and penetrates the matrix. Itis_ sometimes confluent, forming patches several inches in extent. CORTICIUM SUFFOCATUM 2. SD. Effused, indeterminate ; subiculum whitish or pale tawny, composed of intricate webby filaments ; hymenium tawny- brown, of asmooth waxy appearance when moist, dusted by the spores and more or less rimose when dry, revealing the paler subiculum through the chinks; spores elliptical, colored, .0004 long, .0003' broad. Under surface of pine and hemlock wood lying on the ground. Sandlake and Bethlehem. November. CYPHELLA GRISEOPALLIDA Weinm. Bark and twigs lying onthe ground. Sandlake. November. The cups are sometimes furnished with very short stems. REPoRT OF THE BOTANIST. 49 CLAVARIA TYPHULOIDES 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 12-14.) Very small, about two lines high, rather tough, scattered or gregarious, clavate, white, the stem slightly pruinose, gradu- ally swelling into the obtuse glabrous subcompressed solid club ; spores oblong-elliptical, .0002—.0003' long, with an oblique point at the base. Dead stems of Hpilobiwm angustifolium. Adirondack. August. This belongs to the section Holocoryne, and is apparently allied to C. wnceialis, but its much smaller size and usually compressed club will serve to distinguish it. When dry the white color is well retained and the hymenium has a subpellu- pepe arene and is of a firmer texture than the center of the club. CLAVARIA AMETHYSTINA BAuw/l. Ground. Oneida. July. Warne. PISTILLARIA COCOINEA Cd. Dead leaves and petioles of tansy, Yanacetum vulgare. - Sandlake. June. TREMELLA INTUMESCENS Sow. Dead alder branches. Sandlake. November. N Z2MATELIA CEREBRIFORMIS Ellis in litt. Dead branches of water-beech, Carpinus Americana. Albany. September. Mr. Ellis sends this under the above name. It appears to differ from JV. encephala in being lighter colored and in having the nucleus of a softer texture. DACRYMYCES MINOR 2. sp. Small, subglobose, scattered or rarely a few crowded together, dingy ochraceous with a slight olivaceous tint ; spores oblong, curved, with a slight oblique apiculus at one end, simple, then uniseptate, finally triseptate, .0005—.0006' long, .0002’ broad. Decaying wood. Buffalo, Clinton. Sandlake. November. The plants are scarcely half a line in diameter. BovistTa PILA B. & C. Ground in grassy places. Oneida. Warne. Sandlake and Albany. Our specimens appear to belong to this species but I have never seen them with bits of grass adhering to the peridium, and the spores vary in color from dingy-olivaceous, at first, to purplish brown when old. 4. 50 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. LYCOPERDON SACCATUM AY. Ground. Sandlake and Center. Autumn. AMAUROCHATE ATRA A. & S.. Trunks of pine trees. Adirondack Mts. August. PHYSARUM LUTEOLUM 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 15-18.) Peridium small, closely gregarious, sessile, yellowish inclin- ing to tawny, rupturing irregularly ; flocci abundant, yellow- _ish-white ; spores globose, purplish-brown, .0004 in diameter. Living leaves of Cornus Canadensis. Adirondack Mts. July. , : PHYSARUM ALBICANS n. sp. (Plate II, figs. 5-8.) Peridium whitish, fugacious, except at the base, externally mealy with lime granules, globose, as well as the more persist- ent whitish capillitium ; stem white, tapering upwards, some- times connate at the base, slightly penetrating ; spores globose, purplish-brown, .00033' in diameter. Bark and mosses. Adirondack Mts. July. The fragments of the base of the peridium sometimes remain just below the capillitium, surrounding the stem like a calyx or collar. The stem is even and generally longer than the peridium which it penetrates. After the spores have fallen the whitish color of the capillitium becomes apparent. It then resembles a small globose tuft of wool. The plants grew on the branches and mosses of a standing dead birch tree. Didymium subrosewm is apparently the same species with.a pinkish tinge to the peridium. DIACHHA SPLENDENS 72. sp. (Plate II, figs. 1-4.) Peridium steel-blue or violaceous, delicate, globose, subper- sistent, rupturing irregularly ; flocci delicate, colored; stem white, slightly penetrating ; spores black in the mass, slob rough, .0003—.0004' in diameter. Fallen leaves and twigs. North Greenbush. October. This is a very pretty and distinct species. The globose peridia and rough spores make it easily recognized. It is near D. elegans in color, but at once HSU HIE. from it by its globose peridium. TRICHIA FALLAX Pers. Decaying wood. Oneida. Warne. Portville. September. PERICHZNA IRREGULARIS B. & C. Bark of decaying sticks. ‘‘The Plains.’’ October. Clinton. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. Al CLATHROPTYCHIUM RUGULOSUM Wallr. Trunks of poplars. Adirondack Mts. July. The young plant has a bright flesh-color or orange hue. NIDULARIA PULVINATA Schw. Old fence boards lying on the ground. Greenbush. October. LEPTOSTROMA LINEARE 7. SP. Perithecia flattened, thin, subangular, at first covered by the epidermis, striated, generally with a sharp elevation or ridge along the center, mostly seriately placed, black ; spores slen- der, oblong, curved, colorless, .0003—.0004 long. Dead stems of Actwa spicata. Helderberg Mts. May. PHOMA STROBILINUM Peck & Clinton n. sp. Perithecia minute, scattered, erumpent, black ; spores ellip- tical or subovate, colorless, .0003' long. Cones of Pinus Strobus. Buffalo. December. Clinton. PHOMA STERCORARIUM P. & C. Perithecia membranaceous, minute, scattered, black ; spores large, elliptical, .0005—.0006' long. Goose dung. Portage. November Clinton. It is highly probable that this is a nonascigerous state of some dung Spheria. Asa Phoma it is remarkable for the large size of the spores. SPH#RONEMA RoBINLE B. & CC. Dead twigs of basswood, JVilia Americana, Buffalo. Clin- ton. Catskill Mts. June. : SPHHRONEMA AURANTIACUM 7. sp. (Plate I, figs. 9-11.) Perithecia small, erumpent, hemispherical or subconical, sometimes with a slight papilliform ostiolum, orange; spores oblong-elliptical, colorless, .0003—.0004 long, oozing out and forming a whitish or pale cream-colored globule. Dead bark of Cornus alternifolia. Bethlelem. May. The species is remarkable for its orange-colored perithecia. SpH#ROPSIS PENNSYLVANICA B. & C. Dead branches of ash trees. Buffalo. February. Cdinton. SPILHROPSIS MINIMA B. & C. a Living leaves of red maple, Acer rubrwm. North Greenbush. une. Sy THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. The perithecia are epiphyllous, the spores are obovate or sub- angular and are involved in mucus. The brownish spots fre- quently have a darker border. SPH ZROPSIS SYRINGE P. & CL n. sp. Perithecia small, scattered, erumpent, black ; spores oblong or elliptical, colored, .0008—.001’ long, .0004 broad. _ Dead lilac twigs. Buffalo. January. Clinton. Perhaps this is only a form of Diplodia Syringe Awd. DIPLODIA THUJINA P. & C. Perithecia subhemispherical or elliptical, rungulose or sub- striate, black; spores oblong-elliptical, slightly constricted, colored, .0007—.0009' long. Wood and bark of Thuja occidentalis. Buffalo. May. Clinton. The form on bark has the perithecia erumpent and closely surrounded by the epidermis. In the other the perithecia are nearly free and often elliptical in shape. ACROSPERMUM GRAMINUM L720. Dead stems of grass, Calamagrostis Canadensis. West Albany. June. ; EXCIPULA LANUGINOSA 7. sp. (Plate I, figs. 14-18.) Perithecia small, yellowish or orange, numerous, almost con- cealed by the long, soft, wooly, dingy-white or .pinkish-white | hairs ; spores oblong, colorless, .0003’—.00085' long. Dead stems of melilot. Bethlehem. September. The species is remarkable for its long, pale, wooly hairs and its light-colored perithecia. These are sometimes so crowded together that they appear to form a continuous fleecy stratum. A relationship with the genus Trichoderma is indicated. DISCELLA CANADENSIS %. Sp. ; Pustules very small, perithecia obsolete or wholly wanting ; spores oozing out in a black mass or in tendrils, oblong or oblong-ovate, .0008—.001’ long, at first pale, then colored, some of them becoming uniseptate. | Dead branches of Amelanchier Canadensis. Center. June. The subequal hyaline sporophores sometimes remain attached to the young spores. The species approaches the genus Melanconium. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 53 DISCELLA ARIDA 7%. Sp. ; Perithecia seated on rather large arid grayish spots, minute, flattened, pezizeeform, black, at first covered by the epidermis, then forming a ring by the falling away of the center; spores oblong or lanceolate, simple, then uniseptate, colorless, .00035— .0005' long. Living or languishing leaves of Cassandra calyculata. Adi- rondack Mts. August. The plant might at first sight be taken for a minute black Peziza. The spots usually occur on the apical half or on the margin of the leaf, but sometimes the whole leaf is discolored. MELANCONIUM INTERMEDIUM 2. SD. _ Spores very irregular, subglobose, ovate, elliptical or oblong, black, about .001’ long. Dead hickory branches. Buffalo. Clinton. Greenbush. This species is intermediate between J. oblongum and J. magnum, the spores being larger than in the former, smaller than in the latter. TORULA CURVATA 7%. SD. . Flocci tufted, elongated, curved or flexuous, here and there slightly constricted, multiseptate, the cells mostly broader than long, the tufts forming an effused black patch. Dead branches of Myrica Gale. Adirondack Mts. August. SEPTONEMA DICHEZNOIDES P. & C. n. sp. Tufts of flocci minute, clustered in small suborbicular or elliptical patches, black; flocci .0003-.0004 thick, at length breaking up into simple or one to two-septate oblong-elliptical spores. Living alder bark. Olean. May. Clinton. The patches resemble those of Dichena faginea. The Species appears to be intermediate between Septonema and Torula. PUCCINIA ORBICULA P. & C. Uredo form. Spots small, orbicular, yellowish, sometimes tinged with purple ; sori circinating, tawny-ochraceous ; spores subglobose, .0008—.001' in diameter. Puccinia form. Sori blackish-brown, circinating, often arranged in a single circle on the margin of the spot; spores broadly elliptical, rough, .0013~.0015' long, .0008—.001' broad. 5A THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Petioles and under surface of leaves of Nabalus. Buffalo. . Clinton. Also on Solidago leaves. Center. May. The beautiful tawny-ochraceous color of the Uredo form and the circinating sori are noticeable features. PucciniA HYDROPHYLLI P. & C. n. sp. Spots yellow or greenish-yellow ; sori small, clustered, some- times confluent, blackish-brown ; spores loose, elliptical, rough, slightly constricted, .001’ long, .0007—.0008' broad ; pedicel very short, hyaline. Lower surface of living leaves of Hydrophyllum Virgini- anum. Buffalo. May. Clinton. Related to P. Menthe from which the different habit and very short pedicel will separate it. UREDO CASSANDRE P. & C. 1. sp. Spots small, irregular, yellowish or chestnut ; sori generally crowded together in small clusters, somewhat angular or irre- cular, surrounded by the remains of the ruptured epidermis ; spores yellow, elliptical ovate or subglobose, roughened, .0008— .001' long. Lower surface of living leaves of Cassandra calyculata. Center and Sandlake. June. Machias. Clinton. MELAMPSORA EPtLobnit FA'ckl. Leaves of Epilobium angustifolium.. Newcomb, Essex county. August. : JECIDIUM SANICULH Carm. Leaves of Sanicle. Buffalo. Clinten. CLADOSPORIUM DEPRESSUM B. & Br. (Plate I, figs. 22-24.) - Living leaves of Archangelica atropurpurea. Buffalo. June. Clinton. . The spores bear some resemblance to Puccinia spores. HELMINTHOSPORIUM ABSINTHII 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 28-30.) Flocci forming effused dark-olivaceous or brown patches or minute tufts, simple, septate, colored, subflexuous, irregular or knotty above ; spores oblong-clavate, very unequal in length, .001-.004 long, one to five-septate, paler than the flocci. Living leaves of wormwood, Artemisia Absinthium. Adiron-— dack, Essex county. August. Pr REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. ay} On the upper surface of the leaves the flocci form minute tufts, so small as to be easily overlooked. On the lower surface they are more abundant and form effused velvety patches which are quite conspicuous. The spores are extremely abundant, but they fall away so easily that it is difficult to find them in place. MACROSPORIUM SARCINULA Berk. Decaying squashes. Buffalo. December. Clinton. CLADOSPORIUM NODULOSUM Cd. Dead leaves of sedges. Albany. June. RAMULARIA BRUNNEA 2. SD. Spots brown, unequal, suborbicular, sometimes confluent ; flocci occupying the larger spots and giving them an ashy tint, epiphyllous, fasciculate, short, delicate ; spores cylindrical, colorless, very unequal in length, .0005—.6015' long, .00016 broad. Living leaves of colts-foot, Tussilago Farfara. The large fertile spots are intermingled with smaller irregular sterile darker-colored ones. CERCOSPORA SymMPLOcARPI Pk. (Thumen’s Myc. Univ. No. 669.) Spots definite, brown, suborbicular ; flocci very short, colored, tufted ; spores very long, narrow, three to-five-septate, paler than the flocci, .003—.005' long. : Living leaves of Skunk Cabbage, Symplocarpus felidus. West Albany and Center. June and July. CERCOSPORA LEPTOSPERMA 7. SP. Flocci tufted, short, hyaline, seated on pale-greenish angular spots; spores colorless, very slender, subfiliform, slightly thicker toward the base where there are usually one or two obscure septa, .003' long. Living leaves of sarsaparilla, Aralia nudicaulis. Albany. CERCOSPORA AMPELOPSIDIS 7. Sp. Spots suborbicular, reddish-brown with a darker margin ; flocci hypophyllous, rather long, flexuous, colored, septate ; spores slightly colored, subcylindrical, at first simple, then one to three-septate, .001’—.0013' long. Living leaves of woodbine, Ampelopsis quinguefolia. Beth- lehem. July. 56 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. CERCOSPORA CHENOPODII F'ckl. Living leaves of Chenopodium album. West Albany. July. PERONOSPORA ALTA ck. Living leaves of plantain, Plantago major. Albany. July. This is sometimes regarded as a form of P. effusa. PERONOSPORA INFESTANS De By. Living leaves of potato vines. Adirondack. August. This fungus, for a long time considered the cause of the potato disease, has, until recently, baffled all efforts to trace its life-history. But at last Mr. W. G. Smith, an earnest botanist, a most careful observer and skillful experimenter, has succeeded in tracing this history through the yearly cycle. He has found and kept alive through the winter, the hiber- nating or resting spores of the fungus and caused these to reproduce the pestilent potato fungus. His discovery is so important that pean do better than to quote his concluding remarks on the subject, a full account of which is given in the Gardeners’ Chronicle: ‘‘For more than thirty years our potato crops have been systematically destroyed. by two virulent fungi, viz., Peronos- ' pora infestans and Fusisporium Solani; these two parasites almost invariably work in company with each other, they suddenly appear for a few weeks, destroy our crops and vanish for ten or twelve months then reappear and repeat the work of destruction. I claim for my work that itis new, and that it has proved how both these fungi hide and sleep through eleven months of the year. As I have kept the resting-spores of both parasites alive artificially in decayed potato leaves in water, in moist air, and in expressed diluted juice of horse dung, it con- clusively proves to me that the resting-spores hibernate natur- ally in the same manner. The seat of danger from both para- sites is clearly in dung heaps, ditch sides and decaying potato plants. ‘‘Any method of destroying the resting-spores of these pests, or of warding off or mitigating their attacks, obviously depends in a great measure upon a full knowledge of their life-history. That life-history I have endeavored, to the best of my ability, to watch and describe for the Gardeners’ Chronicle, and 1 am content to let the observations stand on their own merits. Sensibly conducted and extensive field experiments might probably teach some valuable lessens, but it is difficult, if not impossible, for any single individual, whether farmer or botan- ist, to institute and carry out such experiments.”’ VERTICILLIUM PULVEREUM P. & C. 7. sp. : Effused, pulverent, dark or snuff-brown ; flocci colored, the lower branches alternate, the upper opposite or verticillate, REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. rl ultimate branchlets short, cylindrical, obtuse; spores abund- ant, broadly elliptical or subglobose, colored, .00025'—.0003 long, .0002—.00025’ broad. | Decaying wood. Alden. November. Clinton. It forms thin dusty patches on the surface of the wood. POLYACTIS CANA Berk. | Decaying cabbage leaves. Buffalo. March. Clinton. TRICHODERMA VIRIDE Pers. Decaying wood. Alden. November. Clinton. DACTYLIUM SUBLUTESCENS 7. Sp. _ Tufts pulvinate, sometimes confluent, pinkish-yellow or cream- colored ; flocci erect, simple or sparingly and obscurely septate ; spores apical, oblong or obovate, uniseptate, .0008—.0014’ long, sometimes with a blunt point at the base. Dead branches of alder and poplar trees. Albany and North Greenbush. September. The species is apparently related to D. obovatum Berk. At first sight the tufts appear to be erumpent, but upon closer inspection they are seen to grow upon some effete erumpent Spheria. In some instances white tufts of more slender branched flocci were associated with the others. Perhaps these are sterile flocci of the same plant. OIDIUM FASCICULATUM Berk. Decaying oranges and lemons. Buffalo. December. Clinton. Albany. July. OIDIUM ALBIPES 7. Sp. Flocci forming short white stems supporting subglobose heads of a grayish-brown color, sometimes tinged with green ; spores oblong-ovate or lanceolate, pale, .00033' long, with a slight apiculus at the smaller end. Decaying wood. Bethlehem. June. CAPILLARIA SPH ARI A-TYPHIN & Cd. Parasitic on Hpichloe typhina. Greenbush. July. MENISPORA CILIATA Cd. Our specimens do not agree well with the description of this species. The flocci are not ‘‘olive-brown’’ and the spores are cylindrical rather than ‘‘fusiform,’’ but as they exhibit the bristle at the extremities of the spores, and agree essentially 58 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. with European specimens distributed under this name, it seems best thus to refer them. ZYGODESMUS PANNOSUS B. & C. Decaying wood lying on the ground. North Greenbush. October. ZYGODESMUS RUBIGINOSUS 2. SP. Effused, indeterminate, bright-rubiginous, not granulated, the patches paler toward the margin; spores globose, rough, .0003' in diameter. Decaying wood. Greenbush. October. This resembles Z. hydnoideus B. & C. in color, but the absence of a granulated surface and the smaller spores will separate it. | FUSISPORIUM RIMOSUM 2%. Sp. Effused, bright orange or red, at length cracking and reveal- ing through the chinks the white substratum ; flocci slender, simple or sparingly branched ; spores long, acute at each end, one to three-septate, .0008—.0018' long. Cut ends of corn stalks. Center. October. The bright color is retained in the dried specimens. In this respect and in the firmer substance and rimose character it differs from its allies. ERYSIPHE LIRIODENDRI Schw. Leaves of the tulip tree, Liriodendron Tulipifera. Oneida. September. Warne. MorRcHELLA BISPORA Sor. Ground among fallen leaves in ravines. Oneida. Warne. The remarkable feature about this species is that there are but two spores in an ascus. MoRCHELLA SEMILIBERA DC. Ground. Oneida. May. Warne. MorRCHELLA DELICIOSA F’’. Ground in open fields. Oneida. Warne. West Albany. May and June. This species has a firmer substance, paler color, smoother stem and smaller spores than J. esculenta. It is also gener- ally smaller in size and has a more cylindrical pileus, which is sometimes curved. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 59 VERPA DIGITALIFORMIS Pers. Ground. Oneida. May. Warne. PEZIZA SULCATA Pers. Ground. Oneida. Warne. The spores in the specimens are smooth and uninucleate but this may be due to the immaturity of the specimens. Prziza (COCHLEATE) WARNEI n. sp. (Plate I, figs. 19-21.) Cups large, 1—1.5’ broad, at length expanded with the margin often wavy or irregular, externally whitish or pallid, usually lacunose at the narrowed stem-like base ; disk brown or ochra- ceous-brown ; asci cylindrical ; spores uniseriate, oblong-ellip- tical, with a short acute point at each end and slightly rough when mature, .001—.0014 long, mostly trinucleate, the central nucleus largest. Hemlock stumps. Oneida. Warne. Helderberg Mts. May. This seems to approach P. semitosta B. & C., in some respects, but it differs in its external characters, habitat and spores. Dedicated to Wr. H. A. Warne. PEZIZA BICOLOR Budd. Dead branches of Wyrica Gale. Adirondack Mts. August. PEZIZA (DASYSCYPH#) MYRICACEA 7. Sp. Cups small, .02~—.03' broad when dry, sessile or with a very short stem, tawny-brown or subcervine, densely hairy, expanded when moist and revealing the whitish disk ; asci subcylindrical, about .0016 long ; paraphyses as broad as the asci and much longer, tapering above to a sharp point; spores minute, spermatoid. Dead stems and branches of Wyrica Gale. Adirondack Mts. August. The species is related to P. brunneola Desm., but is larger and has different hairs. These are very long, not septate nor thickened at the tips. They appear minutely rough under the microscope. When dry, they, with the incurved margin, wholly conceal the disk from view. The spores in our speci- mens_do not seem to be well developed. PEZIZA (DASYSCYPH&®) SULPHURELLA 7. SD. Pale yellow throughout ; cups minute, numerous, stipitate, closed when dry, hairy, the hairs septate, rough, capitate ; 60 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. asci cylindrical; spores oblong or cylindrical, .0003' long; paraphyses longer than the asci, tapering above to a point. Dead stems of Myrica Gale. Adirondack Mts. August. This differs from P. dbrwnneola in color and in having a hairy stem. The plant is much smaller than P. myricacea. PEzIZA (DASYSCYPHZ) CAPITATA Pk. (Thumen’s Myc. Univ. No. 813.) Cups minute, sessile, subglobose and usually closed when dry, open when moist, white, clothed with septate capitate white hairs, hymenium whitish inclining to yellow; asci cylin- drical, .0012’ long ; spores straight, acicular, .0002~.0003' long ; paraphyses longer than the asci, pointed at the extremities. Fallen oak leaves. Bethlehem. June. The specific name has reference to the capitate hairs. These spring directly from the cellular substance of the cup. The base of the hairs is enlarged and distinctly septate. The ses- sile cups and white color separate this from the next preceding species. PEz1IzA (DASYSCYPHZ) DISTINCTA n. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 9-13.) Cups small, .038—.05’ broad, sessile or attached by a mere point, externally blackish, the margin tomentose-hairy, pale- tawny, or olivaceous, the disk pinkish-red when moist, orange when dry ; asci clavate, often containing but four spores ; spores oblong-fusiform, straight or curved, .0008—.001' long. Dead stems of Andropogon furcatus. Center. October. When dry the margin is inflexed and the cups are then often hysteriiform, the tomentose hairs of the margin concealing the disk and giving the chink an olivaceous or tawny hue. - PEZIZA MACULINCOLA Schw. Decorticated wood. Buffalo. March. Clinton. This is regarded by some as synonymous with P. flammea A. &S8. Mr. W.C. Stevenson, Jr., to whom I am indebted for many acts of kindness in comparing specimens with the types in Schweinitz’s Herbarium, considers the two, as therein repre- sented, to be distinct. PEZIZA VULPINA Ch. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. PEzIZA (DASYSCYPH#) CHAMHLEONTINA 2. SD. Cups minute, .006—.015’ broad, at first globose, then expanded with the disk nearly plane, scarcely furfuraceous, white, chang- . 4 ‘ ——_————_ REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 61 ing to yellow when bruised, then to pinkish or red, stem short ; asci clavate, .001—.0014’ long; spores crowded, oblong-ovate or subclavate, .0002' long. Under surface of hemlock wood lying on the ground. Sand- lake. November. The changes in color, when bruised, is an interesting charac- ter. The species is related to P. hyalina and perhaps more closely to P. aspidiicola, and is therefore placed among the Dasyscyphe, although there is scarcely any HppeAr any of hairiness on the cups. PEzIzZA (HUMARIA) DELIGATA 2. Sp. Cups minute, gregarious, sessile, with radiating hyaline fibrils at the base, at first subglobose, then open with the disk nearly plane, brick-red ; asci broad, oblong or subcylindrical ; spores biseriate, elliptical, smooth, .0006—.00075' long. Dead stems of herbs lying on the ground. Bethlehem. September. The cups sometimes have a thick tumid margin. In some respects the species resembles P. hemastigma. It appears to belong to the subgenus Humaria, but the habitat is unusual. PEz1zZA PoLtyGont Rehm. Dead stems of Polygonum. Albany. July. PEZIZA MACROSPORA F'ckl. Decaying wood. Buffalo. November. Clinton. HELOTIUM CARICINELLUM 7. sp. (Plate 1, figs. 5-8.) Small, .02—.03' broad, scattered, sessile, reddish or ochraceous- brown when moist, black or blackish when dry, the disk plane or slightly concave ; asci clavate; spores crowded, oblong, obtuse, uniseptate, colorless, .0008—.001’ long. Dead leaves of Carex utriculata. Adirondack. August. This is a true Helotium as is shown by the cups being open from the first, and yet it is apparently related to Peziza lacustris. HELOTIUM BRYOGENUM “%. Sp. Cups minute, substipitate, scattered, pallid or yellowish- white and expanded when moist, livid-red or subviolaceous and concave with a tumid margin when dry ; spores subfusiform, sometimes curved, .0006-.0007 long. Mosses, Hypnum delicatulum. Maryland. September. 62 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. DERMATEA CARPINEA FY. Dead branches of Carpinns. Buffalo. Clinton. Albany. October. DERMATEA INCLUSA 2. Sp. Minute, scattered, erumpent, sessile, closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, margined, the margin mealy or furfur- aceous, the disk plane or concave, subochraceous ; asci broad, oblong-cylindrical ; spores large, biseriate or crowded, oblong- elliptical, sometimes slightly curved, simple, colorless, .0011— 0014’ long. Dead trunks of willows. Maryland. September. The cups scarcely rise above the ruptured epidermis that invests them. When moistened or crushed on the slide of the microscope the substance appears to be of a rhubarb color. The species therefore has some little relationship to Patellaria rhabarbarina. The spores sometimes contain a single large nucleus, sometimes three or four small ones and sometimes a mass of granular endochrome. PATELLARIA LEPTOSPERMA 7. SP. Black, stipitate; receptacle plane, the margin narrow or obliterated, about one line broad, externally subscabrous ; stem about one line high, scabrous, often longitudinally wrinkled when dry ; asci cylindrical or clavate ; spores biseri- — ate, slender, elongated, cylindrical, multinucleate or obscurely multiseptate, .0016—.003' long; paraphyses very slender, fili- form, capitate. Dead bark of maple, Acer saccharinum. Oneida. Warne. Buffalo. Clinton. The number of the nuclei is from ten to sixteen. PATELLARIA LIGNYOTA JF’. Decaying wood. Angola. May. Clinton. TYMPANIS TURBINATA Schw. Dead stems of bush honeysuckle, Diervilla (rifida. Center. May. ASCOBOLUS VIRIDIS Curr. Alluvial soil. Albany. June. ASCOBOLUS CRENULATUS Karst. Cow dung. Oneida. Warne. Helderberg Mts. May. —= or REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. : 63° STIOTIS (PROPOLIS) CYLINDRICARPA 7. SD. Immersed, minute, erumpent, closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, the whitish margin toothed or laciniated, the disk plane, greenish-olivaceous ; spores crowded, cylindri- cal, straight or curved, obtuse, colorless, .0007—.0008' long, .00015’ broad, sometimes obscurely two to three septate. Dead bark of willows. Maryland. September. This occurred in company with Dermatea inclusa. Its relationship is with Stictis versicolor, of which it may yet prove to be a minute variety. HYSTERIUM AUSTRALE Duby. Dead grape-vines. Poughkeepsie. W. &. Gerard. HYSTERIUM TRUNCATULUM C. & P. Decaying wood. Buffalo. Clinton. The spores are of the same character as those of Hysteriwm pulicare, differing only in their larger size. HYSTERIUM ELLIPTICUM DC. Hickory bark. Poughkeepsie. Gerard. HystERium THuIARUM C. & P. Bark of Thuja occidentalis. New Baltimore. . C. Howe, MESO, HyYsTERIUM (GLONIUM) PARVULUM Geer. Decaying wood. Poughkeepsie. Gerard. HYSTERIUM (GLONIUM) SIMULANS Ger. Decaying wood. Poughkeepsie. Gerard. North Green- bush. | HyPoDERMA DESMAZIERII Duby. Fallen pine leaves. Poughkeepsie. Gerard. Sandlake. July. HYPOMYCES OCHRACEUS Tul. Decaying Polyporus. Helderberg Mts. May. HyYyPOXYLON SUBORBICULARE 7. Sp. Stroma thin, flattened, erumpent, suborbicular, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, growing from the inner bark, purplish-brown, then black, the surface slightly uneven as if areolate-rimose ; perithecia monostichous, subglobose ; ostiola 64. THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. sunken, perforate, sometimes whitish ; spores unequally ellipti- cal, colored, .0004—.0005' long. Maple bark, Acer saccharinuwm. Sandlake. November. This species is apparently allied to H. Laschii Nke., and approaches in some respects species of Nummularia. DOTHIDEA RIMINCOLA Schw. Dead twigs of Diervilla trifida. Buffalo. Clinton. I fail to see why Schweinitz referred this fungus to the genus Hysterium since there is no chink or linear opening in any of the specimens that have come under my inspection. DOTHIDEA EPISPH ARIA 2. Sp. Stroma small, slightly prominent, scattered or subconfluent, often irregular, carbonaceous, black ; nuclei numerous, white within ; spores crowded or biseriate, lanceolate or subfusiform, colorless, .0006—.0007' long. Kffete Diatrype stigma. Maryland. September. The spores may possibly be uniseptate when fully mature. Those examined are not clearly septate. DoTHIDEA CARICIS A’. Dead leaves of Carex Pennsyloanica. West Albany. June. DoTHIDEA OsMUND& P. & C. 1. Sp.. Minute, linear, innate, erumpent through a narrow chink, scarcely emergent, black, nuclei whitish ; asci subcylindrical ; spores narrow, oblong, uniseptate, slightly constricted, color- less, .00065' long, one cell usually a little swollen at the septum. Dead stems of Osmunda. Buffalo. Clinton. Sandlake. June. Authors do not all agree in the characters they ascribe to the spores of Dothidea filicina, one descr ibing them as “ elliptical uniseptate,”’ another as ‘‘triseptate.’’ Neither of these descrip- tions will apply to the spores of the species just characterized. The Dothidea which I find on Pteris aquilina, the habitat assigned to D. jilicina, has the spores triseptate. DIATRYPE FERRUGINEA FY. Dead branches of birch, Betula lutea. Sandlake. August. VALSA JUGLANDICOLA Schw. Dead hickory branches. Buffalo. ‘December. Clinton. West Troy. June. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST? 65 VaALsA (OBVALLATA) INNUMERABILIS 7. Sp. _ Pustules small, very numerous, generally crowded and seri- ately placed ; perithecia four to ten, nestling in the inner bark ; ostiola short, crowded, quadrisulcate, black ; spores crowded, cylindrical, curved, obtuse, slightly colored, .0004 long. Dead elm branches. Greenbush. May. On the smaller twigs the pustules are more scattered and not arranged in lines. CUCURBITARIA BERBERIDIS G7. Dead stems of barberry, Berberis vulgaris. Buffalo. Decem- ber. Clinton. LOPHIOSTOMA OBTECTUM 7. Sp. Perithecia numerous, immersed, slightly elevated, covered by the epidermis which is pierced by the narrow compressed ostiola ; asci cylindrical or clavate; spores variable, crowded or biseriate, rarely uniseriate, at first pale, subacute and one to three-septate, then obtuse, oblong or subfusiform, five or six- septate, colored, .001’-.0014 long, usually constricted at the septa and occasionally with longitudinal septa. Dead branches of prickly ash, Xanthozylum Americanwm. Bethlehem. July. - Apparently allied to L. bicuspidata Ck., but I can detect no hyaline beaks at the extremities of the young spores. SPHZRIA (VILLOS#) CLINTONII n. sp. (Plate II, figs. 19-23.) Perithecia very small, .005~—.006' broad, subglobose, gregari- ous, black, clothed with erect, black, bristly hairs ; spores fusi- form, multinucleate, then five to seven-septate, colorless, .0016~.0018' long. | Decaying wood. Alden. November. Olinton. Related to S. scopula C. & P., trom which it differs in its smaller perithecia, and broader spores with fewer septa. SPHARIA XESTOTHELE B. &:C. Birch bark. Oneida. Warne. SPHERIA (DENUDATA) EXIGUA C. & P. Perithecia subgregarious, small, .013’ broad, globose, some- times collapsed, smooth, shining, black, papillate ; asci clavate or cylindrical ; spores elliptical, binucleate, then one to three- septate, hyaline, .0006—.0007 long, .0003' broad. Decaying wood. Richfield Springs. July. Clintcn. 5 - 66 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. SPH ZRIA CLASTERIUM JB: & C. Bark of Spirea opulifolia. West Albany. October. The spores in our specimens as well as in those received from Dr. Curtis are colored, .0005—.0006' long, with a long ‘colorless appendage at each end. A non-ascigerous state occurred in May in the same locality. The perithecia and spores were the same, but I could detect no ascl. SPH ZRIA (OBTECT#) SPH ZRELLULA 7%. Sp. Perithecia minute, scattered or seriately placed, covered by the epidermis which is at length ruptured ; asci broad, obtuse, gradually narrowed above, suddenly contracted at the base; spores crowded, fusiform, uniseptate, hyaline, .0005'—.0006’ long. Dead bleached twigs of striped maple, Acer Pennsylvanicum. Catskill Mts. June. The asci imitate in form those of some species of Spheerella. SPHZRIA (CAULICOL) EXERCITALIS 2. Sp. Perithecia minute, crowded, arranged in long lines, at first covered by the epidermis which at length is ruptured in long chinks ; ostiola prominent, subcylindrical, blunt or subacute ; asci-subcylindrical ; spores oblong or subfusiform, quadrinu- cleate, colorless, .0005’ long. Dead stems of herbs. Catskill Mts. June. The species is remarkable for the long lines of perithecia and the prominent ostiola which are sug ooestive of lines of armed men. SPH RIA (CAULICOL#) VIRIDELLA 2. Sp. : Perithecia small, gregarious, seated on a greenish spot, cov- ered by the epidermis which is ruptured by the minute ostiola ; asci cylindrical ; spores oblong-fusiform, sometimes curved, triseptate, greenish, .001’ long, the third cell from the base swollen. Dead stems of melilot. Bethlehem. September. The marked feature of the species is the greenish color of the spot and of the spores. The latter resemble those of S. sud- conica ©. & P., except in color. SPHARIA (CAULICULZ) SCAPOPHILA 7. sp. (Plate II, figs. 24-27.) Perithecia minute, subglobose, scattered, covered by the epidermis which is ruptured by the minute perforated ostiola ; REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 67 asci cylindrical; spores crowded or biseriate, subcylindrical, yellowish, .001—.0012’ long, seven-septate, one apical and three basal cells longer than the others. Dead scapes of the pitcher plant, Sarracenia purpurea. Adirondack Mts. August. SPHARIA (CAULICOLA) ONOSMODINA P. & C. n. sp. Perithecia numerous, minute, at first covered by the epider- mis, then exposed, depressed, black; ostiola pierced; asci cylindrical ; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong-elliptical, uni- septate, colorless, .0006’—.0007’ long, the cells usually unequal. Dead stems of Onosmodiwm OULU Buffalo. June. Clinton. SPHARIA HERBARUM Pers. Dead stems of Scirpus validus. Buffalo. June. Clinton. SPHHRELLA VACOINII Ch. Fallen leaves of Vacciniwm corymbosum. Center. May. SPH #RELLA IMPATIENTIS P. & C. 1. sp. Perithecia abundant, minute, black ; asci subcylindrical ; spores crowded, oblong or lanceolate, uniseptate, usually quad- rinucleate, .0005’ long. Living or languishing leaves of touch-me-not, Teper. Fuloa. Buffalo. Clinton. Adirondack Mts. June to August. PYRENOPHORA PH Z0CoMES FY. Dead grass. Sandlake. June. 68 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. (5. ) REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS. VIOLA SELKIREII Pursh. Oneida. According to Mr. Warne’s observations the flower- ing period of this plant continues considerably longer than the time CEE Bee in Paine’s Catalogue. DROSERA LONGIFOLIA J. A dwarf form, bearing but a single terminal flower, occurs at Calamity Pond, ’ Adirondack Mts. RHAUS COPALLINA J. Green Island and Center. RHUS VENENATA DC. Not uncommon in swampy places about Albany. It is gene- rally supposed that the poisonous properties of this plant are to be dreaded only while the tree is living, but several cases have been reported to me in which persons were seve poisoned from using the wood as fuel. UTRICULARIA RESUPINATA G'7een. Shallow water along the shores of Lake Jimmy and Lake Sallie, Adirondack Mts. August. } ATRIPLEX PATULA JL. This is evidently spreading and becoming quite common about Albany. PINUS RESINOSA Ai7z. Portage. Clinton. A beautiful grove of young trees of this species occurs at Long Lake, Hamilton county. I have seen it at Center, in Sandlake, on the Catskill and the Helderberg mountains and in several piaces in the northern counties where it is by:no means rare. The cones, so far as I have observed, are not always deciduous after the falling of the seed, nor are they terminal except when quite young, the prolongation of the branch soon rendering them lateral. Frequently two and sometimes three generations of fully developed cones may be seen ona branch at one time. The species may be separated from Pinus mitis by the absence of prickles on the cone scales and by the longer leaves which occur only in pairs. Pinus BANKSIANA Lambert. Having compared southern specimens of Pinus inops Alt. with the New York specimens formerly reported as P. inops, Tam satisfied that the fatten should be referred to P. Banksiana, REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. Te notwithstanding the presence of prickles on thecones. In these specimens the cones are one to one inch and a half in length, and the prickles are very short, weak and obscure, and on. some of the scales are wanting. In the southern specimens the cones are two inches in length and the prickles are stout and very distinct on all the scales. The leaves in both are of the same length, but less dense in the southern specimens. ~ It is possible that P. inops and also P. mitis, which Dr. Torrey reported, on the authority. of Michaux, as occurring near Albany, may occur in the southern part of the State or on Long Island. At present we can claim positively only the four species, P. Strobus, P. rigida, P. resinosa and P. Banksiana. The last one is not Known to me to occur anywhere in the State except in Essex county where it was first detected by Dr. G. 7’. SLEVENS. The four New York species may be tabulated in such a way as to be easily identified by any one possessing a branch bear- ing either leaves or cones ; thus, LEAVES. ‘Five leaves in a cluster...... White Pine, Pinus Strobus ZL. Three leaves in a cluster..... Pitch Pine.. Pinus rigida i7/. Two leaves in a cluster, 3-6 memes: ONS 2. once et ee Red Pine... Pinus resinosa Aid. Two leaves in a cluster, 1-2 MMCINES LONG. a se ee se Scrub Pine.. Pinus Banksiana Lamb. ConzEs. phan as Cones cylindrical, scales unarmed ... Pinus Strobus Z. Cones ovate conical, scales tipped with PRSPOMUOTUCKI Cs . sae 8 oh oars week ares Pinus rigida A771. Cones ovate-conical, scales unarmed.. Pinus resinosa A7é. Cones oblong-conical, usually curved, prickleg none or weak............. Pinus Banksiana Lamb. SPARGANIUM MINIMUM Bawhin. This rare species occurs in a pond near Newcomb, Essex county. POTAMOGETON NATANS JZ. VAR. PROLIXUS Aoch. Lake Sanford, Essex county, with the normal form. The stem is much prolonged beyond the insertion of the peduncle which thus becomes lateral. SMILAX HISPIDA MWuhl. In a large swamp south of Catskill. No fertile plants were found. 70 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ELEOCHARIS ROBBINSII Oakes. Lake Harris and Lake Jimmy, Essex county. At the latter lake it is associated with Uéricularia resupinate and Myriop- hyllwm tenellum. I have recently received these three species from Long Island. SCIRPUS SUBTERMINALIS 7Zo77. Lake Harris and Lake Jimmy. The former lake affords a variety of water plants, including Lrasenia peltata, Nymphea odorata, Nuphar advena, VV. Kalmiana, Potamogeton natans, P. Claytonii, P. perfoliatus and P. pectinatus. ScIRPUS PAUCIFLORUS Light. Newcomb. July. ERIOPHORUM GRACILE Foch. Mud Pond near Long Lake. July. AGARICUS DETERSIBILIS Ph. I find that this name is preoccupied and must therefore be - changed. I would substitute for it Agaricus erinaceéilus Pk. AGARICUS JOHNSONIANUS PA. This species occurred the past season in the original locality. I had not seen it till then since its discovery in 1869. AGARICUS (CREPIDOTUS) VERSUTUS 7. Sp. Pileus at first resupinate, then reflexed, sessile, thin, pure white, covered by a soft downy villosity, the margin incurved ; lamellee rather broad and subdistant, terminating in an eccen- tric point, rounded behind, pale, then ferruginous ; stem none ; spores ferruginous-brown, subelliptical, .0004 long. Plant gregarious, 4’-10" broad. Much decayed half-buried wood, vegetable mold and even rocks. This plant was reported under the name A. chimonophilus B. & Br., but it is evidently a distinct species. It loves very damp shaded places, frequently growing in cavities and on half buried wood, as if avoiding the light. The villosity is of a peculiar soft and delicate character and is easily destroyed by handling the specimens. CoRTINARIUS COMMUNIS PA. The spores of this plant have a dull brownish tinge, unlike those of true Cortinarii and much like those of some species of Pholiota. I have also found it growing from buried pine chips, Oe —s REPORT OF FHE BOTANIST. 71 another point of affinity with Pholiota. Still, the absence of an annulus and the arachnoid character of the veil seem to forbid its-reference to this subgenus. PANUS DORSALIS Pose. The form that occurs here does not well agree with the description of the species. It has no stem and is of a buff or pale-yellow color. The cuticle does not break up into ‘‘floccose scales,’’ but the pileus is strigose-hairy, especially toward the margin. The spores are of a beautiful fleshy-pink color like the lamelle of young Agaricus campestris. It grows on beech and birch. I have not found it on pine. If the type is accu- rately described, our plant ought at least to be considered a distinct variety. PANUS OPERCULATUS B. & C. It is not rare on alder trunks and branches, but the veil or operculum is generally very fugacious, so that it is rarely seen except in very young plants. LENZITES SEPIARIA VAR. POROSA. This remarkable variety was detected at Long Lake, in Ham- ilton county. The whole hymenium is porous so that the plant might easily be taken for a species of Polyporus. All the spe- cimens found on a single pine trunk were of this character. LENZITES CooKE! Berk. The opinion has somewhere been expressed that Dadalea confragosa and Trametes rubescens are one species. I am dis- posed not only to adopt this opinion, but also to add to these synonyms Lenzites Cookei, L. Crategi, L. proxima and pos- slbly L. Klotzschii. Excepting the last one, of which I have seen no diagnosis, the descriptions of these so-called species are all applicable toa single fungus common with us. Neither description covers all the forms of the fungus, each is applica- ble to one or another of its forms. Indeed, so wondertully variable and comprehensive is this Z. Cookei, of which scarcely more than a two-line description was given, that not only does it exhibit all the essential characters of the five species named, but its hymenium, utterly regardless of the generic limitations of the books, assumes the hymenial characters of four genera even, viz.: Lenzites, Deedalea, Trametes and Polyporus. A Species so comprehensive in its characters certainly deserves a more extended notice than any yet given to it. It generally grows singly and stemless, but 1n rare instances I have seen it clustered and with a stem-like base. When erowing upon large trunks, the pileus is nearly semiorbicular ; 72 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. but when growing upon small trunks or branches, which seem to be a favorite habitat, and which it partly surrounds or clasps by its base, it becomes somewhat reniform. Sometimes it is quite orbicular, in which case it usually occurs on the under side of a branch to which it is attached by its vertex, or on the upper side to which it is attached by an eccentric or the central point of the hymenium. It is normally and repeatedly zonate and more or less sulcate, with the zones usually quite narrow and not differing very much in color from the general hue of the pileus. Slight radiating ruge or elevations are generally present, and these, in passing over the furrows, sometimes ren- der the surface rough or scabrous. This roughness is occasion- ally increased to such an extent that the surface becomes very uneven, especially toward the base. Not very rarely a kind of tough appressed and at length hardened and glabrated tomen- tum overspreads a part or the whole of the pileus and thus con- ceals to a greater or less extent the zones and radiations. This coating can sometimes be separated from the pileus in scales or flakes like a kind of crust. It is most often limited to the basal or central portions of the pileus. Its unequal distribution gives a rough and unnatural appearance to the plant. In some speci- mens the pileus is dull and opaque, in others it is smooth and shining. In size.it occurs from half an inch to three and a half inches in diameter. The substance is usually rather thin, sometimes much thinner than the hymenium. The upper surface is plane or slightly convex, though specimens are not wanting in which the pileus is much thickened behind so that it approaches an ungulate form. I have seen it in different individuals both umbonate and depressed at the base, but these are rare and exceptional forms. In color there is considerable diversity, some specimens being whitish, or gray, others having a dark reddish-brown or chestnut color. Between. these ex- tremes there is a great variety of intermediate hues, but a kind of pallid wood-color, more or less tinged with rufous or cervine hues, prevails. The thin margin is usually concolorous, but sometimes in pale specimens it is more highly colored than the rest. Occasionally the whole plant assumes a ruddy hue in drying. The substance has a color similar to that of the surface of the pileus, but in dark specimens it is a little paler. The hymenium varies if possible more than the hymenophore. There are four typical forms which for convenience may be called lenzitoid, dedaleoid, trametoid and polyporoid. In the first the dissepiments are lamelle, here and there forked or dichotomously branched and sometithes slightly anastomosing, especially at the base. Such specimens would be referred to Lenzites. Inthe second the pores are unequal, some of them elongated and flexuous or labyrinthiform. Such specimens belong to Dedalea. In the third, rotund and straight elongated pores are intermingled and generally arranged in a radiating manner. These belong to Zrametes. In the fourth the pores - ele tebe gee REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. 73 are equal, or nearly so, and rotund or subrotund. So far as the external characters are concerned, these would be referred. to the genus Polyporus. Specimens representing all these forms are before me as I write, and yet I can only believe that they are all forms of one species. For besides these marked types all kinds of intermediate connecting links occur among the scores of specimens that I have collected from various localities. What shall we say of the generic distinctions that are thus swept away by a single species? In which genus shall we place our protean plant? But its characters are not yet fully recorded. In the fresh growing state the dissepiments are thick obtuse and covered with a whitish pruinosity which gives the hymenium a whitish or cinereous appearance, but with advancing age this pruinosity disappears, the dissepiments become thinner and the color becomes darker, sometimes even darker than the surface of the pileus. They at last become toothed or lacerated and lamellated, so that what at first was trametoid often in old age becomes lenzitoid. If a horizontal section of such a lenzitoid hymenium be made it will be found that near the hymenophore the hymenium is still trametoid, and that there the dissepiments are still thick and firm and the pores distinct. The surface of the hymenium varies from slightly concave to very convex. Most often it is nearly plane or somewhat sloping or deepened toward the base. Not infre- quently it is slightly decurrent at the base. ; I have found the plant growing on oak, willow, birches and alders. It matures in autumn. Such are the prominent characters of this remarkable fungus, which probably includes at least five so-called species. Three of these are described as being, sometimes at least, radiate- rugulose or radiate-striate, and always zonate. Another is described as scabrous and subzonate. These characters are present in our plant. So also are the various modifications of the hymenium which determine the three genera to which these five supposed species have been referred. The texture ascribed to them all is essentially the same and the special features of each are exhibited in one or another of the various forms of our plant. I would therefore group the following as forms of one species so far as can be ascertained from the published descriptions : Dedalea confragosa Pers. which is represented by forms of our plant having a scabrous somewhat zoned pileus of a red- dish-brown color and a dedaleoid hymenium. Our specimens exhibit these characters combined, except the color which is paler. Trametes rubescens A. & 8. which is represented by forms that assume the ruddy color and have the trametoid hymenium. We have such specimens. Lenzites Crategi Berk. which is represented by forms having a shining pileus attached by the vertex and having a trameto- lenzitoid hymenium. 74 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Our specimens illustrate this also with the bare exception that the pileus is not shining. Lenzites Cookei Berk. which is represented by forms with the pileus of a cervine hue and with a trameto-lenzitoid hymenium. Our specimens of course accord with this since we have those from which the types were taken. Lenzites proxima Berk. should also be added to this list of supposed synonyms. I havea single specimen which accords very well with the description of that plant, but it is really only a form of the same protean fungus with the thin flattened pileus completely overspread by the peculiar tomentum previously described. Also the form with the polyporoid hymenium agrees remark- ably well with a specimen received from Dr. Curtis and labeled by him ‘‘ Lenzites HK lotzschit Berk.’’ Of this species I have seen no description. | The form with the purely lenzitoid hymenium coincides to a great extent with the description of Lenzites tricolor Fr., but the pileus is not ‘‘gibbous at the base”’ nor ‘‘ scabrous-tomen- tose,’’ neither does it agree in color, so that the two are perhaps distinct, though my Curtisian specimens of L. tricolor are clearly a form of this protean fungus. Another remarkable form which corresponds to no descrip- tion that I have seen has the pileus plane or depressed above with the hymenium very decurrent and wholly porous. The pileus is sometimes so much reduced that the whole plant appears like a pulvinate mass of pores. The pores are much smaller in this than in any other form that I have seen. The whole plant has a singular deformed appearance utterly unlike any of the other forms, and yet no one familiar with the various aspects of the species ‘would think of separating this from the others. That my views of the synonymy of the various forms of this plant will prove to be well founded I have no doubt, and that they will in that case render necessary the application of some single name to the species and a recasting or modification of the present characters of the genera Lenzites, Deedalea and Trametes is evident. Doubtless the oldest specific name ‘‘ con- Jragosa’’ should be retained, no matter in what genus the plant may ultimately be placed, although some such name as *‘ vart- abilis’’ might be more appropriate and expressive. The other specific names might be retained to designate their respective forms as varieties. Thus the form known as Trametes rubes- cens would become Daedalea confragosa var. rubescens. BOLETUS CLINTONIANUS PA. This rare species, heretofore found in one locality only, was detected the past season at Center, near Albany, where it was growing in company with Boletus ampliporus. The recur- rence of fungi after long intervals and especially in widely REPORT OF THE BoTANIST. ~ (h) separated localities is an interesting and remarkable feature in these singular plants. POLYPORUS NIGROPURPURASCENS Schw. A resupinate form was found on elm in Bethlehem. In some of these specimens the hymenium was much paler than is usual in this species. The pores are seated on a thin but tough elas- He membrane which is separable from the substance of the pileus. STEREUM BALSAMEUM PA. The hymenium in this becomes red or blood-stained where wounded as in S. sanguinolentum. Its general color is darker than in that species. STEREUM PURPUREUM FAY. | I find this a very variable plant. One form has the hymenium very pale with only a slight purplish tint. Another has the pileus zoneless and when moist it is darker than when dry. CoRYNEUM CLAV ZSPORUM PA. This proves to be the same as Hzosporiwm Tilie Lk. I have never been able to find it with flocci and therefore doubt if it should be referred to the genus Helminthosporium as some authors think. PucotniA HrERAcI Mart. | Mr. M. Ruger sends specimens of a Puccinia found on leaves of hawkweed, at Woodhaven, L. I., which should perhaps be referred to this species, but I fail to find any good mark of distinction between it and P. variabilis. PucctniA AMPHIBII /'ckl. This is now regarded as distinct from P. Polygonorum, and our specimens of Puccinia on leaves of P. amphibiwm should be referred to it. USTILAGO URCEOLORUM Tl. This occurs in the Adirondack region on Carex stricta, C. stellulata, C. crinita, C. utriculata and C. oligosperma. TRIGHOBASIS Howntr Ph. I would change this name to Uromyces Howei Pk. since I find that the pedicels, though very short and obscure, are permanent. 76 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. ANCIDIUM PYROLATUM Schw. This seems to be one of the connecting links between Aicidium and Uredo. Leaves affected by it are more erect than the others and have a pale sickly appearance, so that it is not difficult, in looking ata patch of the round leaved Pyrola, to tell at a glance what leaves are affected by the fungus. ; AXCIDIUM EKUPHORBIE Pers. This species occurs quite commonly some seasons on Huphor- bia maculata in company with Uromyces Huphorbie. The branches whose leaves are affected by it are more erect than the others and more slender in their mode of growth. NECTRIA PULICARIS 7. The spores in this species are described in the Handbook of British Fungi as ‘‘elliptical or pyriform.’’ In the fungus inhabiting old corn-stalks and referred by some botanists to this species, the spores are oblong-fusiform. XYLARIA DIGITATA Geo. A Xylaria occurs quite frequently in our woods which has the smooth stem of this species and the short spores of X. Hypoxylon, thus ranking intermediate between the two. Lam not fully satisfied whether it should be considered a distinct species or a variety of one or the other. The true X. digitata is quite rare in our State. | | RHYTISMA LINEARE Pk. This should be referred to the genus Hypoderma. It is, however, quite distinct from A. nervisegquum to which one writer has referred it. HYSTERIUM CLAVISPORUM C. & P. I have never been able to detect the narrow linear orifice of the genus Hysterium in this species. In my opinion it belongs rather to the genus Dothidea. The same may also be said of Hyster:um Rimincola Schw. DOTHIDEA DALIBARDE PA. This rare species has occurred near Mud Pond in Hamilton county. VALSA RUFESCENS Schw. Mr. J. B. Ellis informs me that the specimens of this plant in the Schweinitzian Herbarium have simple cylindrical spores, .0003—.0004 long. This would make it distinct from V. acu- leans Schw. with which it has sometimes been confused. REPORT OF THE BOTANIST. Fil SPH ERIA COLLINSII Schw. This occurs in the Adirondack region on leaves of Spireca salicifolia. The branches in this as in Amelanchier Canaden- sis are swollen and distorted by the fungus. VENTURIA MACULANS PA. I am satisfied that this is only a form of Spheria ditricha Fr., a species which has been referred to Spherella, though in my opinion it is a good Venturia. The following list of parasitic fungi and their host plants is additional to the one given in the preceding report : Puccinia orbicula P. & C. inhabits Solidago arguta Ait. P. Hydrophylli P. éC. ‘¢ Hydrophyllum Ree P. Hieracii Mart. ‘¢ Hieracium Canadense Wz. Urocystis pompholygodes Schl.‘* Anemone nemorosa L. ; ( Carex stricta Lam. ine? stellulata Z. . Ustilago urceolorum 7’. ro: crinita Lam. | Ge utriculata Boott. LC. oligosperma Mz. Melampsora Epilobil Ack. ‘‘ Epilobium angustifolium Z. Uredo Cassandre P. & C. ‘¢ Cassandra calyculata Don. Discella arida Ph. ‘¢ Cassandra calyculata Don. Spheropsis minima 6. @C. ‘ Acerrubrum ZL. Helminthosporium Absinthii Artemisia Absinthium Z. Pk. 66 Cladosporium depressum ‘¢ Archangelica atropurpurea B. & Br. floff'm. Ramularia brunnea Pk. ‘¢ Tussilago Farfara L. Cystopus cubicus Mart. ‘¢ Ambrosia artemisizfolia Z1 Cercospora Symplocarpi Px&. ‘* Symplocarpus foetidus Saliso. C. leptosperma Px. ‘¢- Aralia nudicaulis ZL. C. Ampelopsidis Px. ‘¢ Ampelopsis quinquefolia Mz. C. Chenopodii &ckl. ‘¢ Chenopodium album. Z. Anemone nemorosa J. a, be vem Ung Hepatica triloba Chaiz. —_"— P. infestans De By. ‘¢ Solanum tuberosum LZ, P. alta &ckl. ‘¢ Plantago major Z. P. effusa Grev. ‘¢ (snothera biennis ZL. Erysiphe Liriodendri Schw. ‘* Liriodendron Tulipifera Z. Spherotheca Castagnei Lev. ‘‘ Geranium maculatum Z. Kpichloe typhina Berk. ‘¢ Glyceria nervata Trin. Spheeria Collinsii Schv. ‘¢ Spireea salicifolia Z. Spherella Impatientis P. G C. ‘‘ Impatiens fulva Vutt. 78 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. In closing this report, grateful acknowledgments are rendered to those botanists whose names already appear in the preceding pages for their kind codperation in the investigation of our flora, and for their generous contributions of specimens. When no name is added to the station or stations herein given the plant has been found therein by the writer. Dates ~ signify the time when the specimens were collected. Respectfully submitted. CHAS. H. PECK. ALBANY, January 6, 1877. NOTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. By ALBERT R. LEEDS. It is not the object of the present paper to present a complete lithology of the Adirondacks. This is not possible, during the present very partial state of our knowledge concerning the rocks of this region. A large portion of it still deserves its popular name of ‘‘The Wilderness,’’ and the surface rocks of this vast area have not even been carefully collected, while a beginning only has been made in the critical study of those which have. The geological map of this district covers with a uniform expanse of color, and aggregates together under one common name, rocks of many varieties, occurring under many different relationships to one another, and of whose past history and transformations, probably far more diversified and complex than we have hitherto imagined, we know but very little and that imperfectly. It will be a labor of some years, upon the sound basis of an exhaustive topographical survey, to lay down the stratigraphy of this region, to analyze chemically and opti- cally its various rock-formations and assign them their relative place and importance as chapters in the primeval geological history. We shall attempt therefore nothing more than to give: 1st. An outline of what has been done hitherto in this field. 2d. A description of the rocks so far collected by the writer, and whose physical and pyrognostic characters have to a cer- tain extent been determined. 3d. The analyses of some of the most important typical rocks and minerals. 4th. Results of the microscopic study of their rock-sections. 5th. Inferences drawn from the limited range of studies detailed above. I. Previous LITERATURE. The principal portion of our previously-acquired knowledge is contained in the Report upon the Geology of the Second Dis- trict of New York, published by Prof. HE. Emmons in the year 1842. He devotes more especial attention to this subject, 80 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. because, as he states, the hypersthene rock and its varieties, had not been regarded as an American rock, until after the sur- vey of New York was in progress. In using the term Hyper- sthene Rock, he follows MacCulloch, who had previously applied this name, he says, to the same mass in Scotland. His classification of the varieties of hypersthene rock is as follows: 1. The most common of the varieties is composed wholly of labradorite, though to the eye it appears like a mixed or com- pound mass, as it has the aspect of being made up of two distinct minerals. 2. Labradorite and hornblende. The hornblende appears usually to take the place of the hypersthene, though not always ; for sometimes the latter is still present. 3. Labradorite, hornblende and epidote ; the latter, homens never is in sufficient quantity to give character to the rock. 4. Granular labradorite and mica, a variety which is quite dark, and has much the aspect of trap. In this classification the variety composed of labradorite and hypersthene, from which the whole formation derives its name, has been accidentally omitted. To this should be added as distinguishing characteristics : 5. That magnetic oxide is also disseminated very frequently through the mass, making it eminently an iron-bearing rock ; also garnet in grains, or small masses, scarcely ever in crystals ; it is common near the junction of the rock with the ore beds. The rock has a jointed structure; in addition to which, it is often traversed by segregated veins and cracks or false joints ; the latter serving to divide the mass into wedge-form pieces, are finally detached, and form the talus at the base of the cliffs. The predominant color of the rock is smoke-grey, light or ‘dark, weathering to ash-grey. The color most constantly asso- ciated with this is a dingy-green, which belongs, according to Emmons, to the labradorite, and not to the other minerals which happen to be present. It is traversed by a double sys- tem of joints, or divisional seams, which run 8. 5° W. and N. 85° K., with a variation in this direction, amounting to from 5° to 10°, when observed at different places. Quartz is seldom found in this rock, occurring only in seams or thin irregular veins. The associated rocks are those allied to trap, of which the most constant in its occurrence is a compound of hornblende and NOTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 8] feldspar, forming a granular mass quite friable in its texture, and of a dirty grey color. It is generally found in layers in the veins of iron ore, or in the vicinity of ore beds ; it often forms, also, dykes traversing the rock in the manner of the com- mon green-stone trap, as may be seen on Mt. McMartin, by Avalanche Lake. The hypersthene rock also contains two varieties of porphyry: 1. With a base of light green compact feldspar, spotted with small masses of a deep bluish-green feld- spar. 2. With a white or flesh-red compact base, in which there are angular masses of greenish compact feldspar. Con- nected with these porphyries is prehnite, in mammillary masses of a pale green color, with a few indistinct. crystals. ‘‘The porphyries or breccias, which have been found neon in loose masses upon the beaches of the East river, are undoubt- edly all of them in veins like the ordinary trap of this region, One locality is known on this river, which it crosses one or one mile and a half below the Great Falls. It is an extremely - tough mass, being composed of chalcedony and feldspar, and a decomposable green substance. Rolled masses of the common flesh-colored feldspar or granite, and handsome specimens of graphic granite, are also found. A variety of feldspar is not unfrequent in veins in the hypersthene, which resembles albite ; and it seems to take the place of this mineral, or to hold the same relation to the hypersthene rock that the common albite does to the coarse granites of New England. It is in laminated and stellar masses, like the albite of Chesterfield, but not so distinct, or handsome. ‘There is also a labradorite, of a dark bottle-green color, in cleavage masses, two or three inches in length, with striated surfaces and more feeble opalescence than the blue variety. This rock, above Russell Falls on the Ausa- ble, passes into a light green and nearly compact feldspar. When wet, it is a pale apple-green ; but when dry, it is dull, and weathers rapidly into a putty-like clay.”’ Tt will be seen from the above rather full abstract, that valu- able as were the observations of Emmons, but little was done, or was possible at that time, towards forming a systematic lithology of the Adirondacks. That lithology has its foundation in the extensive researches of Sir Wm. Logan, Prof. T. Sterry Hunt and their colleagues upon the azoic formation of Canada, and many valuable contributions 6 82 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. towards it are embodied in the Canadian Geological Reports. Prior to their researches, the rocks underlying the fossiliferous strata had not been subdivided into well-characterized groups with distinctive local names. The first broadly defined group of rocks which were so divided off, were those which are largely developed in the rock-masses of the Laurentian Mts., and which were accordingly named by the Canadian Survey in 1846, the Laurentian System. Then, and in subsequent publications of the Survey, this name was applied to a vast thickness of highly — altered metamorphic strata, consisting of feldspathic rocks interstratified with limestones and quartzites. The feldspath- ides included both the gneisses, which contained orthoclase and other rocks, more or less gneissoid in structure, but composed mainly of some variety of triclinic feldspar. The latter were further distinguished by a comparative absence of quartz, and the association with hypersthene, pyroxene or similar con- stituent. At that time they were not put in a separate group, but were merely classed together under the general term, anorthosites. The orthoclase gneisses of the Laurentian system are charac- terized by their color, which, owing to the potash-feldspar, is generally reddish, though sometimes white to bluish-grey, by the presence of quartz, and by the frequent occurrence of horn- blende and mica. They are both fine- and coarse-grained, in the latter case sometimes to such an extent as to present the appearance of a granitoid gneiss. The accompanying minerals are so disposed about the large cleavable masses of feldspar as to give a more or less reticulated appearance to the rock. But, in both coarse and fine, the metamorphic character of these gneisses, is manifested in the never-failing parallelism of the layers, in which the constituent minerals are arranged. These two varieties of orthoclase-gneiss, of which the granitoid con- stitutes the main peaks and ridges of the orthoclase region and. is sometimes several thousand feet in thickness, are interstrati- fied with bands of limestone and associated with quartzite and beds of hornblende and micaceous schist. Masses of pyrox- enite are met with near the limestones, and the schists are — frequently highly garnetiferous. The garnets are sometimes disseminated through a pure white orthoclase, or, associated with quartz, characterize many varieties of garnetiferous NOTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 83 gneisses and quartzites. The limestones are both calcites and dolomites, the latter interstratified with the former, or more or less mechanically mingled with them. They also occur sepa- rately, as rock-masses of greatextent. Serpentine, hornblende, tremolite, mica and graphite, are imbedded in these rocks, frequently in bands plainly or obscurely parallel with the beds ; also pyroxene, wollastonite, apatite, chondrodite, quartz, scapolite, pyrite, and more rarely, zireon, spinel, fluor spar, - idocrase, tourmaline, corundum and chalcopyrite.* At the time of the publication of the Canadian Geol. Report of 18638, the identity of the Laurentian gneisses with the ‘‘ Fun- damental Gneiss’’ of the Western Isles of Scotland, had been recognized by Sir Roderick Murchison, and the term Laurentian correspondingly extended.t EHEmmons had previously given the name of Hypersthene Rock, rather than that of Labradorite Rock, which latter he appears to have preferred, to the mixtures of labradorite and hypersthene, occurring in the Adirondacks, for two reasons; Ist, on the ground of identity of these rocks with those occurring in Scotland, and 2ndly, the priority of MacCulloch’s name of hypersthene rock as applied to them in the isle of Skye and elsewhere.{ In the Canada Report above quoted, these hypersthene rocks, were referred under the appellation of anorthosites, to the Laurentian system. The rocks of the Adirondack Mts., were stratigraphically connected with the main body of the Laurentian range, through the exposure of azoic rocks, which crosses the St. Lawrence at the outlet of Lake Ontario. Subsequently, these anorthosites were shown by Sir Wm. Logan to be unconformable with the ortho- clase-gneisses, limestones and quartzites, with which in certain portions of Canada they were interstratified, and were separated from them under the name of Upper Laurentian. This term was preferable to the ‘‘ Labradorian System,’’ a name which Sir Wm. Logan also used, on account of the extensive develop- ment of these anorthosites in Labrador, and the predominance of labradorite among their feldspathic constituents. In one of the most recent of his very valuable contributions to American lithology, Dr. T. Sterry Hunt has urged the adop- tion of the title of Norian, instead of Labradorian or Upper * Geolog.. Report of Canada, 1863, p. 24-31. + Geol. of Canada, 1863, pp. 22. t Geol. 2nd. District New York, pp. 27, 28. 84 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. Laurentian system,* on the ground of the identity of these anorthosites, with a vast extent of similar rocks found in Nor- way, and to which the name of Norite has long since been applied by Esmark. The great value of this creation of the title ‘‘ Norian System ”’ is two-fold:— 1st, In distinguishing a widely-spread and strongly-characterized subdivision of the eozoic rocks, by a name applicable to their most important constituent rock, and by a local name moreover, which had been previously applied to these rocks, from a locality where they had been carefully studied. 2nd. In fixing the precise meaning of the term Norite, and establishing thereby an exact nomenclature for certain rocks, which had been very differently classified by preceding authors. The name of Norite was originally applied by Esmark to_ certain Norwegian rocks, which are composed principally of a feldspar and hornblende, and which he regarded as a variety of diorite. They resembled diorite, moreover, in containing quartz and mica. With these diorite-norites, he also included some varieties of gabbro.+ In this he was followed by Scheerer, who called the gabbro of the islands of Anabelée and Hitterée, norite. It is a mixture of diallage or hypersthene, labradorite, soda-orthoclase, and usually some quartz. Both these latter minerals are so infrequent in mixtures of hypersthene and - labradorite, that such a gabbre would have to be regarded as an unusual mineral combination. According to Kjerulf,t the composition of I, a violet norite, consisting of labradorite and green diallage, from Tronfjeld, and II, a yellowish-grey norite, composed of labradorite, black augite, some tombac-brown mica and menaccanite, from Solvsberg, is as follows: i II mmc Slit He Ee oie Pe OY ee Re SA 50.06 51.47 Padbaeeavi riers ie i aR ee ee ee eee Be 16.44 15.62 Been xide sl 1423053 sittin Re eee Lie TTt 12.17 Mn. eS eS ad Ee eS td: 14.66 11.69 Perm eia)) . ehk e e s ee a Bhe 4.88 4.10 Meateeer Sis OE PEELE a ted etc Tr: 0.20 Bidar ee ok 2 i ee Ree ete 2.38 0.55 * Amer. Jour. Sci., 1870 ( [2] xlix, p. 180.) + Zirkel, Lehr. der Petrographie, Vol. ii, p. 15. t Kjerulf, N. Jahrb. f. Min. 1863— quoted by Zirkel, ib. p. 181. ee NorTEs UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. Q5 I II Rete te PAWL CL 2/505 haseay yet OR WE OGIO ARATE Gu ne eg re 5.73 0.75 | SDN OUD amen ny cicab in MNT REMReMe Soko inc 4 1.22 100.86 97.77 The gabbro-norite of Scheerer is characterized by the pre- dominance of its feldspathic constituent, which is aggregated into concretionary masses, the augite being very subordinate. This description recalls the structure of the orbicular-diorite, or napoleonite, of Corsica, which consists of concretions of anorthite and hornblende, together with some quartz. In a general inspection of the suite of Adirondack rocks, whose particular description is to be given later, the most striking peculiarity of their structure is a similar.aggregation of the feldspar, and sometimes though more rarely of the hyper- sthenic element, into masses which have a stratified appearance, arising from the parallel arrangement of the constituent minerals. Moreover, the Canadian norites, according to Dr. Hunt, are undoubtedly a bedded rock, and also the mixtures of labradorite, pyroxene and menaccanite, described by Haughton as occurring at Loch Scavig,* and whose similarity in lithological characters to the Canadian norites, had pre- viously been noted.t The identity of these rocks with those of Norway, was further established by Dr. Hunt in a personal examination of the rocks, sent by the Royal University of Christiania to the Universal Exhibition at Paris, as a part of its geological display, and exhibited under the name of norites. In a printed note accompanying this collection from the Uni- versity, it is said that the numerous varieties of rocks consisting of labradorite with hypersthene, diallage and bronzite, have, in the geological map of Southern Norway, published at Christiania in 1866, been designated by the common name of gabbro. ‘This note at the same time suggests that ‘‘the name of norite should be preserved for certain varieties of gabbro rich in labradorite, which varieties may in great part with justice be called labradorite rock, since labrador feldspar is their predominant element.’’ If along with labradorite, the other related triclinic feldspars from anorthite to andesine be included, the term norite becomes generically descriptive of * Dublin Quarterly Journal, 1865, Haughton, tIb., July, 1863, T. S. Hunt, quoted in Amer. Jour. Sci., 1870, loc. cit. 86 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. the anorthosite rocks composing the Norian System in Canada, northern New York, and elsewhere. It'will be so employed in the subsequent portions of this article, the names hypersthenic- hornblendic, or pyroxenic-norite, being applied to rocks in which these secondary ingredients occur, rather than hyperite, diorite or dolerite into which such rock combinations may pass, but from which they are to be distinguished by the stratified and concretionary structure of the constituent minerals. II. DESCRIPTIVE LITHOLOGY. The rocks, 69 in number, were all collected in the county of Essex, and most in the valley and township of Keene. Very many others, presenting nothing in their characters distinctive from the 69 mentioned, were excluded from this description. The design was not to attempt the study of the stratigraphy of the Adirondacks at the present time. It was rather, as prelim- inary to such an undertaking, to analyze and classify with pre- cision aS many varieties of Adirondack rock-masses as possible, in order to compare the rocks of one and different localities, and, in case of erratic boulders, to ascertain their origin and mode of distribution. During the course of last summer, the specific gravities of 44 of these specimens were determined by Mr. Brown Ayres, one of the students of the Stevens Institute of Technology, who was also my field-assistant. It will be most convenient, to study these varieties in the ascending order of their specific gravities, as they are presented in the following - table: Table of Specific Gravities of Noriies. WN aes DOOM, |i glteat ease ose 228k | Bih.t2 Baeeoee 3.09 2p shane Veen A PJ 8) 0 Jen Re ALP ee, ee BAO | OS was 3.097 =e eo pee ae 2m GS Mt: Uc pe a i ee O02 | OD, 22 see eee 3.097 AA OA a RR TEE Set Oe eA Ae 2.00] OF... Soe 3.10 BIR. SIS Gk wth: STV ROe hs Lean ee 228901 bs ieee 3.11 Ce eee 2 UNA gd er cia ane ee gai 2.80")! 30. s..c. cee 3.11 7 ee sd Ae eieh eee 2209, | Ol. ssh ee eee 3.13 a Oy be die: tsk enone Pook | 30. 2k eee 3.4 2 4 ee Ga a, ee 2596") 39. oeee eee 3.17 MP isk wits « 2 IAA 2B Sie. RE 206 | 40:....23eRee 3.21 Ths 25 240 4:22 ie als, Sanee 22 SM epee 3.23 he a 2.44 whe eee 2.99. | 420 ot ee 3.24 Teed oe eee 9.77 |} aS es B00 | 4320 eee 3.386 + EN Gane 2.977) Bonny, hee 3.04 | 44 (020) ae 3.459 t Res a ees 2.79 | BOs ce besas 3.062 * Analyzed. + Diallage. t Hypersthene. 4 Die Bn NoTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 87 These gravities were determined upon masses weighing from 5 to 15 grammes, and are all reduced to 0°C. They vary from 2.67, a figure agreeing with the lowest limit of the numbers, which have been obtained in determinations of the specific gravities of any labradorites, to 3.459, the specific gravity of diallage. These figures may be taken as the extremes, within which the specific gravities of norian rocks, composed of mix- tures of labradorite and pyroxene in all proportions whatsoever, willvary. A lower specific gravity will be attributable to some other variety of feldspar, or an admixture of quartz: a higher, to an unusual percentage of garnet, menaccanite or magnetite. As an instance of the former, a specimen (a), analyzed in Part III, and microscopically examined in Part IV, may be men- tioned, which strikingly differs in its characters from any of those contained in the above table. It resembles, in appear- ance, a vitreous ferruginous quartzite of a dark red color, for , which at first sight it was mistaken. Itis readily distinguished, however, by the finely striated surfaces of the minute crystal- line masses, of which it is composed. The specific gravity of the powdered rock, such as was used in its chemical analysis, is 2.635, while that of the original mass is 2.65. The difference is due to the crystals of magnetite and menaccanite, picked out by the magnet prior to analysis, many being large enough to be visible to the naked eye. It fused more difficultly than labradorite, with the formation of a clear white glass, the red color disappearing, and the metallic constituent rendering the remaining partially fused portion black. It gives a strong flame-reaction, indicative of the presence of sodium. In these respects it resembles oligoclase, which is sometimes reddish, has a fusibility of 3.5, a specific gravity of 2.56-2.72, and con- tains much more soda than lime. Nos. 1, 4, 8 and 39 are similar to one another in composition, and somewhat, though less so, in appearance. They consist of labradorite chiefly, and hornblende, disposed in parallel masses, the latter mineral increasing with the specific gravity. The gravity of No. 1 is 2.67, while that of labradorite itself varies between 2.67 and 2.76. This extremely low result is due to the mineral having lost some of its earthy bases by weathering, a change also shown by the iron stains on a fresh fracture of the decomposing rock, and by the white flinty exterior, from which 88 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. the labradorite has disappeared leaving angular fragments of quartz projecting ; 42 is similar to the three preceding, but owes its exceptionally high gravity to many included iron-lime garnets, which, in conjunction with hornblende and weathered labradorite, account for its dark reddish-yellow appearance. The above, on account of the strikingly stratified arrange- ment of their constituents, might be termed Gneissoid Norites. Along with them, should be included specimens 9, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 29, 31, 37, 57 and 63. The labradorite of Nos. 9, 14 and 15, is almost as white as milky quartz— an appearance due to partial alteration, and the segregation of minute amorphous particles parallel to the stratification. These impart a milky aspect to the mass, and obscure the limpidity of thin sections. No. 14 also includes large masses closely striated, but of a white vitreo-waxy appearance, in this respect differing from _ the more highly vitreous smoky-grey crystalline aggregates, presently to be described. The interstratified black portions are, in part, diallage. Their metallic, in some specimens, even bronze-like lustre, has caused the names hypersthene and bronzite to be applied to them. They are associated with horn- blende, derived from alteration of the diallage. The alteration — in some cases is nearly complete. Besides diallage and horn- blende, specimens 16, 17, 24 and 31, include almandite and 20 essonite, mostly distributed through the feldspathic base. Nos. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 19, 25, 28, 31, 59, 60, 62 and 65, may be grouped together and classified under the title of Porphyritic Norites, inasmuch as they consist of highly twinned and finely striated polysynthetic macles of labradorite, in a coarse or finely-granular crypto-crystalline labradorite paste. Although this matrix in external aspect, differs so widely from the included labradorite crystals, that it is often mistaken by mineralogists for some other species, yet, as will be seen in Part LI of the present article, in specific gravity, composition, pyrognostic and physical characters, it is almost identical. In some varieties, no other mineral is present in separately visible masses, and this species of norites, passes into Porphyritic Labradorite. The crypto-crystalline paste, as in No. 5, the specimen whose complete analysis is given beyond (A), is some- times in color and lustre not unlike common yellow wax, thus contrasting strongly with the more vitreous bluish-smoky NovTEeESs UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 89 crystals imbedded in it. Or the paste may be granular or compact, or dirty-white or light or dark-green in color. Some- times, when diallage is present, it may be segregated into minute separate masses, or distributed through the paste, may communicate to it a color. In specimen 2, almandite, in Nos. 19, 25 and 31, diallage and hornblende as well, are present in these porphyritic norites, the garnets being in these cases more especially associated with the non-feldspathic portion. Garnet is not unfrequently dis- posed as a red border around the greenish masses of diallage, along the bounding surfaces; between it and the labradorite. The included crystals are sometimes magnificently opalescent, as in No. 65 (a specimen not tabulated), which was obtained from a large boulder, probably derived from the adjacent mountain, lying in the Uba trail. When opalescence is not evident upon a natural or fresh fracture, it may be developed by grinding and polishing. This is beautifully shown in a large mass, weighing about 20 pounds, brought from the sum- mit of Mt. Marcy, and polished, by kindness of Mr. John Matthews, at his manufactory in New York. It is of a mottled smoky-grey color, opalescent in the more highly crystalline portions. Unfortunately, the pyroxenic ingredient wears away irregularly and does not admit of polishing, while the feldspar is opalescent only where the incident light falls at particular angles — properties which must seriously militate against the introduction of any, but the most homogeneous of these por- phyritic norites, as an ornamental stone. In Nos. 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 (see its microscopic characters, Part IV) and 41, the labradorite is represented by a very dark green variety. It appears to have undergone great alteration, having lost its crystalline character and become translucent, acquiring at the same time a greenish color. It is intermixed with much finely-granular quartz, visible only under the microscope. With these, reddish-brown hornblende is asso- ciated, having been derived from an alteration of the diallage so extensive, that the latter mineral is represented only by some scattered green particles, invisible to the naked eye. In Specimen 63, the pyroxene is not foliated or bladed, but is the green granular variety called coccolite. It was obtained on the road from Lake Placid to Wilmington. 90 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. There are several varieties of labradorite rock, occurring in the Norian System of the Adirondacks, which are not porphy- ritic, as in specimen 33, which is apparently massive though in reality crypto-crystalline. On a fresh surface of fracture it is green, no diallage in separate masses being visible, but on a weathered surface it is white with green spots, showing that in fact the constituent minerals are partially segregated. A very common variety in certain localities, as on the East Braneh of the Ausable River, where it forms hemlock-covered cliffs, is a greasy green compact labradorite, with some admixed diallage and garnet. In some of the norian porphyries, the smoky-grey crystalline portion predominates to the almost entire exclusion of the feldspathic matrix. There are also Pyroxenites, with but little feldspar admixed, and in which the pyroxene is sometimes the broadly foliated deep green variety of diallage, and at others is faintly or strikingly metallic in appearance. In a few localities, rocks composed mostly of iron-garnet with some hornblende, have been encountered, showing a pass- age, by diminution of the feldspathide, of norite into grenatite. Besides these norites proper, there are many intrusive masses composed of similar materials, but in which the constituents are not stratified, and are too finely divided to be visible to the naked eye. ‘They consist chiefly of labradorite, quartz, pyrox- ene and to some extent hornblende, magnetite and menaccanite. Their specific gravity is about 2.9, in which respect they stand midway between the extremes of the Norian series. They have a dark grey or black color, with a smooth and sometimes large conchoidal fracture, and in some localities, as in specimen 66, obtained from the summit of Mt. Marcy, weather unequally into a pitted surface stained by yellow oxide of iron. The pyroxenic constituent in these norites contains so large a percentage of iron, that fusion takes place very readily (F=3 to. 3) with a production of a black globule, generally very magnetic. In some cases, it is itself magnetic, from included magnetite. : } NOTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 9] Ill. ANALYSES OF THE Most IMPORTANT MINERALS AND Rocks. The first point to be definitely established, was the constitu- tion of the feldspars, which occur in this suite of Adirondack norites. Their specific gravities, degrees of fusibility, and flame-reactions, together with their optical characters, readily permitted their reference to that group of feldspars, which on account of its crystallographic relationships, has been termed Plagioclase, and with a single exception to that species of plagioclase, known as Labradorite. But to determine the for- mule of these particular labradorites, together with any important variations in their constitution, if such variations - exist, as numerous quantitative analyses as time would permit, were requisite. With this object in view, the two varieties of Norian labradorite, which were found to be most widely diver- gent in physical characters, were selected. The one, was that which occurs in crystalline masses, with faces sometimes seve- ral inches in breadth and length. The faces are finely ruled with lines, significant of the multitude of: individuals com- posing these polysynthetic aggregates. This variety is usually dark-grey or smoky, sometimes approaching to bluish in tint, and frequently opalescent. Such is the case with the material picked out for analysis, from the norite forming the mass and summit of Mount Marcy, the highest peak into which the Norian System of Northern New York rises, its altitude being 5,400 feet. The results are given under A. The other variety is less vitreous in lustre, approaching often to waxy. This aspect especially characterizes the specimen analyzed, which also resembles common wax in color. It is crypto-crystalline, forming the ‘matrix, however, of smoke-col- ored crystals analogous to the above. Its microscopic charac- ters will be found in Part IV. The plagioclase base, forming similar porphyries and probably not differing essentially in composition from this type specimen, is also white to grey, and light- to dark-green in color, varying from compact (in reality crypto-crystalline) to fine- and coarse-granular, and even minutely phanero-crystalline in structure. In the latter case, the imbedded crystalline masses, are only distinguished by their greater size, their darker color and different lustre, from the 9? THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. feldspathic matrix. The composition of this variety is given under B. : A. B. Specific Gravity. 222th fees eee 2.742 2 Te SHIGA is Sl Git ae a eT Ey ee ee ee 54.47 54.62 Micamnie Acid tah lee eee ee undet. undet. Mama he ead ed. GUL ewe Ae 26.45 * 26.50 Pere Oxide pi le Pe eee 1.297 0.757 Rerrous Oxide iat. ol en a ae ae 0.665 0.565 Hee etic’ fa Gitays 0 ea eee eee 10.80 9.88 INF owesiay 2) seed . ait SER ee 0.69 0.74 Polasear oii doe dig lee eas Gee 0.92 1.23 POC Aree e's ae EAR he A rat od a ha AST 4.50 DNraberr oni ad aki ae ee ee A oe ire 0.53 0.91 100.192 99.702 Computation of Analysis A. — Radicals. Atoms. Quantivalents. Ratio. SUNCOM Ss Hye ads 25 .42 0:,9079> 43: GSk6 3.6316 6.83 Aluminum (Al) 14.07 0.2577 1.5462 1.5948 8 Ferricum (Fe). 0.9079 0.0081 0.0486 Ferrosum ..... 0.5172 0.0092 0.0184 } Galeium: 3...) 7.714 . 0.1928 0.3856 | Magnesium ... 0.415 0.0173 0.0346 0.5991 Lis Pomssinm eo. 0 0. For wiOr10195 0.0195 SOG, 215.3. : a .24211) OL 1410 0.1410 J The quotients obtained by dividing the percentages of the radicals by their atomic weights, are here employed to express the relative number of atoms of these radicals present in the compound, and the relation existing between these numbers is called the Atomic Ratio. The products formed by multiplying © the atoms by the quantivalences, which they possess in the particular combination under consideration, have been termed above Quantivalents. Similarly, the ratio between these pro- ducts might be called the Quantivalent Ratio. The latter has in some places been called the Atomic Ratio, but this term may with greater propriety be restricted to the first. The products themselves, for distinction’s sake, are styled Quantivalents. This term is open to objection, on account of the close similarity — — NOTES UPON THE LITHOLOGY OF THE ADIRONDACKS. 93 f of sound between Quantivalents and Quantivalence. For this reason, following the analogy of the substitution of the shorter terms, monad, dyad, triad, etc., for their synonyms, univalent, divalent and trivalent radical, Quantivalents might be abbre- viated into Quantads. They have elsewhere been styled Chemical Units. It will be seen that the Quantivalent Ratio RY: RY! : SilY is 1.13 3: 6.83, and the comparison with the quantivalent ratios of related minerals will be made in its proper place farther on. The Atomic Ratios are as follows: Na (K) : Ca(Me,Fe) = .1605 : .2198 = 1 1.4 Na i Oa == LAO mete OO Sir waa) a i 4 Al (Fe) S1 =a) 05S) 6 e807) ee IL on: Al 2 (Sil SS OD ie OOD) esc! 30) Then on the supposition that labradorites are mixtures of Anorthite and Albite in various, but definite relative propor- tions, a hypothesis presently to be discussed, the constitution of this variety might be expressed by | 3 Mol. Anorthite + 1 Mol. Albite, or 3 Ca _ Al Si? 08 Natal sic OF Computation of Analysis B. Radicals. Atoms. Quantivalents. Ratio. SINGOM, oc... +. 20.49 0.9104 2.6416 3.6416 6.92 Aluminum (Al) 14.10 0.2588 1 a 1.5786 : 3 Ferricum (Fe). 0.4894 0.0048 0.0288 Herrosum ..... 0.5299 0.0078 0.0156 } Calcium ...... 7.057 0.1764 0.3528 | Magnesium... 0.444 0.0185 0.0870 $ 0.5766 1.09 Poiassium .... 1.02 . 0.0261 | SOcmummy .... : 2. 3.009 0.1451 0.1451 The quantivalent ratio for RY : RY : Silvis 1.09 : 3 : 6.92, which differs so slightly from that of A, that if, as is customary, the ratios had been carried out only to the first place of deci- mals, they would have been identical in the two varieties of labradorite. The atomic ratios are :— ime: Ca (Mo Meni 1712) DOO oT ee) edie Na ca Se LAO aime 1.22 PCH eS) 3, Si ==) COOL, eile On Oereac « ch 3.46 Al A) thsi Sy CO OON Ly MeO Amie =a) i 3.02 94 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. They are expressed, on the supposition stated above, in the formula, 2Ca Al Si? 0° or, 2 Mol. Anorthite Na’ Al Si? 0% 1 Mol. Albite In A, if Na: Ca=1: 1.5, then Al: Si = 1 : 3, instead of 1 = am as obtained by the analysis ; and in B, if Na: Ca = 1:1, then Al: Si = 1: 1.83, instead of 1 : 1.52. Much of the ferric, and probably all of the ferrous, oxide, exists in both these varieties of labradorite as magnetite and menaccanite, and if we knew with exactness the composition of the latter mineral as it exists in the minerals, might with advantage be excluded from the computation of the formule. The silica in both analyses exceeds that which the formule require, but this excess, as the microscopic examination shows, is not due to combined silica, but to free quartz. And it is important to note, that while quartzites are not included in this suite of Adirondacks rocks and were not encountered by the writer in the limited area from which the collections were made, at the same time, in every microscopic section examined and — every analysis which has been performed, a notable amount of uncombined silicic acid is present. In some cases, it is true, veins filled with quartz and amethyst crystals have been encoun- tered, but these appear to have been formed by infiltration and deposition. If the density of Albite be 2.62, its atomic volume is 400.4. Moreover, assuming that homcemorphous species have similar atomic volumes, the formula of anorthite will be Ca? Al* Si* O*, and its atomic volume, with density 2.76, is 403.8. The relation- ship between the two varieties of labradorite would then be :— Density. Atomic Vol. Ga AP Se a = 2.72 400.2 A Na*'Ai* Ilia, July 27. C. parta, July 24, 27, 28, 30, 31; August 5, 6, 7, 21, 26, 30; September 2, 13, 15, 25. C ultronia, July 8, 10, 18, 14, 17, 20, 21 23, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31; August: 2) 5; 6,7, 25. 160 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [48] Catocalaconcumbens, August 26, 28; September 15. C. amatrix, August 21, 28. C. cara, August 18, 21; September 2, 15, 26, 27. C. cerogama, August 19, 26. C. neogama, August 25. A habilis, September 15. C. antinympha, August 26. C. serena, July 24. C. Clintonii, July 17. C. polygama, July 7. C. pretiosa, July 8, 10, 17. C. nuptula, July 15, 20, 21, 23, 24, 27, 28, 30; Ane 7a Sd oF C pee J i 21. Homoptera lunata, August 26, 30; Sept. 2. . Homopyralis tactus, July 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 30, 31; Aug. 2, 5, 6, 7, 16, 18, 19, 25. Pseudaglossa lubricalis, July 17, 20, 21, 23, 27, 28, 830; Aug. Dad, doe LS al: Epizeuxis emulalis, July 28, 31; Aug. 5, 28; Sept. 9, 25. Xanclognatha marcidilinea, Sept. 9. Clanyma angulalis, July 17, 31; Aug. 2, 16. Renia Belfragei, Aug. 26. Renia centralis, Aug. 30. Renia levigata, July 2. Bemnolucha. abalienalis, July 21. Hypena humuli, Aug. 25, 30; Sept. 2, 7, 13, 15, 27, 29 ; Oct. 22, Plathypena scabra, Aug. 21; Sept. 9, 13, 26, 27; Oct 22, 24. Tortricodes bifidalis, J ae 98 : Aug. 6, 7, 19. Philometra serraticornis, July 20. It will be observed from the above memoranda that a large number of the species (no less than forty, or nearly one-third of the whole) were quite rare, appearing on but a single even- ing, and usually in a single example. This, however, may not be taken as a measure of the actual rarity of the species in this portion of the State of New York. For some of the species other attractions would undoubtedly offer greater inducements. Many species are extremely local in their oc- currence, perhaps abounding in a limited locality, and hardly to be found a mile or two distant. And again, the fact is well known to collectors that with nearly all the Lepidoptera, a [49] COLLECTIONS OF NoctTuip& “aT SuGar.” 16] year occasionally occurs when a species will appear in re- markable abundance. The two examples of the beautiful Noctua, Chamyris cerintha, taken as above stated on the 23rd and 24th of July, were very highly prized by their captor from their rarity up to that time. The following year, by the same method of sugaring and from the same grape trellis, between ' the 10th of June and 17th of August, nearly a hundred exam- ples of it were taken — sixteen in a single evening. Such rar- ities in 1875 at Schenectady, as Agrotis pitychrous, Agrotis alternata, Nephelodes violans, Cosmia infumata, Xylina Jerrealis, Xylina pexata, Anytus sculptus, Catocala Briseis, Catocala antinympha, Catocala gracilis, etc.,—in 1877 at Center, by the captures there made, were consigned to the rank of common species. In addition to a Knowledge of the abundance of a species, the above and similar records may be serviceable in showing the duration of the period of apparition of the more common species, and also the succession of broods, when they occur. On the first evening of collecting, July 7th, twenty-one spe- cies were taken, of which number one-third were species of AGRotis. Of those present at this time, three, viz., Agrotis c- nigrum, Agrotis ypsilon and Mamestra renigera, continued into the month of October. In the record of A. c-nigrum, three. intervals are shown of respectively sixteen daysin July, twenty-three days in August and twelve days in September: may not three successive broods be inferred from this? A. ypsilon was not observed for the two weeks following July 7th, but continuously thereafter to October 19th, with the excep- tion of five indicated absences of one and two evenings each. Agrotis baja was captured in several examples on the 16th of August, and was observed each evening until its disappear- ance on Sept. 7th. The period of duration: was probably a month (no collections were made between the 7th and 16th of August), aud the same also of Agrotis messoria, from August 19th to September 18th. In Mamestra renigera, two intervals appear of sixteen and twelve days each, in July and September. Hadena devastatrizx, H. sputatriz, H. arctica and ZH. ligni- color were among the most common species, and probably ap- peared in successive broods, as they were each present when the collections commenced, and two of the species continued into September. 162 $$ THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MusEuUM. (50) Hyppa xylinoides, commencing the latter part of July, con- tinued through all of August aad September into the early. part of October. Luperina reniformis continued throughout August and September, and reappeared in the last half of October. Leucania unipuncta, after the appearance of a single individ- ual on two evenings in July, was present each evening for the space of two months. It was one of the most common moths at sugar, and was nearly always in remarkably gooa condition. Amphipyra pyramidoides, appearing first on July 17th, continued, not every evening, however, for more than two and a half months. Orthosia ferrugineoides was constant in its presence, and also an abundant species from its first appearance until the close of the season. Orthosia helvua was confined to the month of August, but was uniformly present after the 5th. Of the Xylinas, Zaticinerea was the last to appear. It was in abundance and in perfect condition at the cessation of su- garing. It was the first to appear the ensuing spring (1876), on the 11th of April, followed a few days thereafter (April 25) by X. Bethunet. Hrastria carneola had a long duration, and was very seldom absent, although never appearing in eae: numbers. It con- tinued until late in September. As it is Known to occur in the month of May, its four months presence with us is evidence of a succession of broods, as is also shown in the freshness of examples collected at various times throughout the season. Catocala parta continued for a very long time, having been taken on fifteen evenings in the months of July, August and September. C. ultronia was the most abundant of the Catocalas, and, although not scen in the month of September, was observed on eighteen evenings during the preceding two months. Homopyralis tactus was a remarkably constant visitor, hav- ing been unobserved on one evening only for nearly two months. Pseudothyatira expultrix was present each evening of the month commencing July 15th. The following table shows the period of duration of several of the species and their comparative constancy of attendance at sugar. ceding ese ee (51) CoLLectTions or Nooturp# ‘aT Su@ar.” 163 No. of First noted Last Evenings days’ SPECIES. appearance.| appearance.| absent. BR eet ict: PUsGeUa) APCLICA (isha iad aches 2 fee *July 7 | Aug. 26 1 tol+ itadena lienicolor....). 0.4924). 7 SG 0 31+ Bladena devastattix......4+..- ie 8 | Sept. 2 2 of + iidena sputatrix .......-..00< 8 9 2° 64+ feMyidioecia Sera... bs en se us Tea ecules 0 32+ Eeucania unipunctay 5.22%. ..15% Anes ane tOcti 76 0 61 Minasinia Carueola .h2 42.2 eee one July 7 | Sept. 27 10 &3 + Homopyralis tactus ......... oA (oN Uap, G6 1 ol+ Goriyna nictitans: .....2° 50.4. 17) 26 0 eal goma Sev NMOS Af 3 h).raes ote «1 - Aor Octa 2 9) 67 Orthosia ferrugineoides.......... Sept. 7 25 0 a ate Warocala witronia’...'%. i... 46: July Oe Aus Jo 6 49 Cetocala nuptilay s..62. 2652 06). 17 7 2 22 EEO CALA MATA .. oc)b ai cc vie cleo 24 | Sept. 25 12 64 @uiocala, Briseis:...... 2 .'s 2. 24 20 - 59 Gatmedia Cava. .5. 7%). se stee sob aoe Aug. 18 Zi 11 alt Capocala meoeama ..........54.. 25 30 15 37 Perna bethUMel 6... news es es .| Sept. 4 | Oct. 24 7 dl Me aandisposita yf... eet . 2 9 25 6 47 Peepainmanie tale a. cc. 4/5 ss.0k Siem oiaeh are At Pl 12 all xGulima:laticinerea .............. 29 25 2 27 A few Microlepidoptera were among the preceding collec- tions at sugar: for most of the determinations, I am under obligations to Prof. C. H. Fernald, of the Maine State College, at Orono. | ATMOS ACCUM LIOLI. a. 5 0.5 dius cise aiskele oe\ed eis ehe ove, a6 ahead y dyn oars July 4. ixartemia permundanum Olem... 2... 0+ sce... 0.ss0: DP Case LUM cen July 21. emectocera ocellana (abr) i Sao) Ce eve sees wc tne ee eee see dlully: Co Panemalowe xa MIC TMOCISHZEI «(0.65 (24) wh taste sn cine Pe eee ele lee June 23. Weprecsaria, atrodorsella Clem >. 4.5.0) .). ea 0 Pee Vos.) Septuelia. Weamessaria pulvipurella Clemjs) ss .o. 2. teienn. «oe $M tae Ses bs Aug. 21, emmessariavlernaldellan CROMD +> facs aisles dc sialon eate ga) be hades Sept. 15. * The collections were commenced at this date. + The annexed + indicates that the entire period of duration is not shown. +The Bud-moth (Grapholitha ocellana) of the Canadian Entomologist, v. III, p. 18, f. 9. 164 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [52 | VI. ON SOME LEPIDOPTERA COMMON TO THE UNITED STATES ANT) PATAGONIA, In the Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, for 1875 (Vol. 49, Pt. 2d, pp. 191-247), an interesting paper is published by Prof. C. Berg, Director of the Museum of Natural History of Buenos Ayres, on ‘“‘ Patagonian Lepi- doptera.”’ It is based on collections made by the writer, in Patagonia, during a short visit in the year 1874. The col- lections were confined to the coast region, extending from the Rio Negro to the Rio Santa Cruz, or between 41 and 50 degrees of south latitude. The insect-fauna was found to be quite limited, as might be expected from the scanty vegetation of the coast. Could the interior country have been explored, it would, no doubt, have yielded much more abundantly. Previous to this visit, but four or five species of Patagonian Lepidoptera were known. Fifty-six species were collected by Prof. Berg, at this time, of which twenty are described in his paper as new to science. Of these fifty-six species, nineteen were observed only in Patagonia, —the others had also been collected in the countries adjacent. The interesting statement is made that Ag7votis ypsilon, Heliothis armiger and Asopia JSarinalis —species of extensive distribution throughout Europe and America — were apparently confined to those sec- tions of the coast to which cultivation had extended, and, therefore, it was inferred that they had, in all probability, been introduced through commercial intercourse with other countries. ‘The collections were of the followsie groups: Of Rhopalo- cera, 14species. Of Heterocera—Sphingide 3 sp.; Bombycide 5 sp.; Noctuide 11 sp.; Geometride 1 sp. ; Pyralide 6 sp. ; Chilonide 1 sp.; Phycide 4 sp.; Tortricide 1 sp.; Tineide 8 sp.; Pterophoride 1 sp. A special interest attaches to the record of the above collec- tion from the occurrence among them, in this remote region of so large a number of species belonging to the United States—no less than seventeen species, or over thirty per cent of the entire number. : [53]. PATAGONIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 165 As the geographical distribution of our insects is at the ' present time receiving much attention, this list of Prof. Berg will be welcomed, from the care, apparently, with which he determinations have-been made, and the extension of observa- tions to a country of whose Lepidoptera scarcely any thing was previously .known. The species recorded which also occur in the United States are as follows: Callidryas Eubule Zinn. "Leucania extranea Gwen. Danais Archippus aor. Heliothis armiger // 6. Pyrameis huntera v. Iole Cram. Erebus odora Linn. Pyrameis Carye Hd. | Asopia farinalis Linn. Pamphila Phyleus Drury. *Ephestia interpunctella 0. Philampelus labruscee Zinn. Nomophila hybridalis 6. Philampelus vitis Zinn. °Plutella xylostella Linn. Agrotis saucia 0. *Pterophorus leucodactylus Agrotis ypsilon Rott. fabr. Collections of the larve were also made, and a number of them described: their food-plants and transformations were also observed. A peculiarity of the caterpillars noticed by Prof. Berg presents so wide a departure from normal habits resulting from the modifying influence of surrounding condi- tions, that we are led to give the following translation, in full, of his statement : ‘“*It still remains for me to note a peculiarity of the cater- pillars, viz., their extreme ferocity — their cannibalistic propen- sities. AN of them, irrespective of family or group, manifest the liveliest desire to kill their fellows. While confined they ate only one another, seldom, if ever, touching the food- plants. The caterpillars of the Bombycide completely devoured others of the same family, leaving absolutely no fragments of them. They even tore open the cocoons, from which they dragged out the pupe and ate them — to which fact I called the attention of my traveling companions. In like manner, the larve of the Noctuide acted among themselves and toward the Bombycide, and the latter toward the former. Among these last, Heliothis armiger was glut- tonous beyond all measure,— one of them devouring in twenty- four hours, from six to seven others. The caterpillar of 1L. unipuncta Haw. ® P. cruciferarum Zeller. 2 Tinea Zexw Fitch. + Aciptilia alternaria Zell. 166 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE SraTE MUSEUM. [54] Pyrameis Carye was also carnivorous, but to a very moderate extent, preferring at all times fresh plant-food to flesh, while others, as the Noctuidae, would not touch the plants after having once tasted flesh. This peculiarity of the Patagonian eatin is easily explained. During the summer, excessive heat and drought prevail, and these, coupled with dry winds, tend to wither and destroy all vegetation. As the caterpillar is then deprived of its proper nourishment it is compelled by the law of self- preservation to seek elsewhere for food, and so it comes that they eat one another. This habit becomes hereditary, and the descendants frequently practice it, even when there is no lack of vegetable food.” Pe Oe ee as Oe ee ee ee [55] On Lyc®@NA NEGLECTA. 167 VII. ON LYCANA NEGLECTA EDW. [From the Canadian Entomologist, for May 1, 1875.] In the very interesting paper of Mr. W. H. Edwards, pub- lished in the May number of the Canadian Entomologist, in which another valuable addition is made to the knowledge of our Lepidoptera, by the identity therein shown of the Lycznas pseudargiolus and violacea — autumnal and vernal forms of the same species — it is suggested that neglecta and Lucia may prove to bear the same relationship to one another. The pos- sibility of this is inferred by Mr. Edwards from observations made by him, that Lucia is an early spring form (April and May in New York), and neglecta a later one, “ occurring at intervals from June till September.’ I cannot believe that neglecta and Lucia will ever be united as seasonal varieties of the same species. Several years of diligent collecting by Mr. von Meske and myself in this por- tion of the State, embracing a range of ten miles of territory, have failed to reveal a single example of Lucia, nor has it come under our observation in any of the collections made by others in this part of the State. We might, therefore, be almost justified in asserting that it does not occur here. We have it from Long Island collected by Mr. Graef and Mr. Tepper. On the other hand, in that famous collecting ground, Center, on the ‘‘pine-barrens,’’ midway between Albany and Schenec- tady, upon the line of the N. Y. Central and Hudson River R. R., than which, we believe, the northern United States can pro- duce no superior locality for the Lepidoptera, neglecta usually swarms at its proper season. There have been times and sea- sons when, as we have traversed the roadways leading over the yellow sands of Center and among its pines, that the air about us has seemed blue from the myriads of neglecta driven up from the damp sands by our approach. Here, cer- tainly, one might confidently look for Lwcia, were it but a varietal form. 168 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [56] Our observations and records do not agree with those of Mr. Edwards, giving June as the earliest appearance of neg- lecta. From notes made by me, and from dates of capture appended to examples in my collection, I cite the following : In the year 1869, on May 2i1st, neglecta occurred in great abundance, all of which noticed, with three exceptions, were males. The worn condition of some of the captures indicated that they had already been abroad for several days. The locality had not been explored since the 11th of May, when the species was not found. About the 9th of June it was ob- served at its greatest abundance; it was seen for the last time during this year on the 30th of July. In 1870, it was first ob- served on the 14th of May (mone in a collecting trip on the 6th). The last recorded appearance was on the 16th of June. LL. comyntas was seen from May 6th to September 14th, contin- uously. In 1871, neglecta is recorded from May 16th to June 16th. In the following year its first record is on May 21st. The latest date of my capture of this species is August 20th, at Schoharie, N. Y.; the earliest is at Bath-on-the-Hudson near Albany, on May 14th (the year not stated) The observations which I have given above, when coupled with those of Mr. Saunders appended to the paper above re- ferred to, of the frequent occurrence of neglecta in his neigh- borhood (London, Ont.,) and non-occurrence of Lucia, would seem.almost to establish beyond question their non-ident- ity. That these statements may receive all the considera- tion to which they are entitled, it may be proper to accompany them with the mention made to me by Mr. Scudder, not to be construed to the disparagement of the valued labors of others, © that, as the result of an elaborate tabulation of the numerous returns made to him or collated by him, of the Rhopalocerous fauna of the various portions of the United States and Canada the two most thoroughly worked up fields were found to be those of London, Ont., and Albany, N. Y. As a part of the history of neglecta, it may deserve mention that Mr. von Meske reports the species as quite rare this year at Center, where in'so many preceding years it has abounded. [Since the publication of the above LL. Lucia has made its appearance for the first time at Center. Examples of it were collected by Mr. W. W. Hill, on the 16th of May, 1876, at this locality, where it was also captured on the 13th, 20th and 246th of May (3 specimens). At West Point, N. Y., it was observed in abundance on the 3th of April, when 8 males and 4 females were taken by a collector, and three or four times as many in addition, ri is believed, were seen. ] (57) New Sprcres oF CALIFORNIAN BUTTERFLIES. 169 VIII. DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN BUTTERFLIES, Lycena Lotis n. sp. Male.— Wings glossy violet-blue ; margins bordered with black, extending narrowly on the costa to near the base — the black of the costa edged outwardly with white; veins defined by black scales; fringes white with black basilar scales. Palpi black above, white laterally. Thorax and abdomen black with long whitish hairs. ; | Beneath: wings gray. Primaries: the discal, extradiscal* and submarginal black spots, in appearance and position much as in Scudderii ; the two rows of the submarginal series are more contiguous than in that species, nearly equally well defined, and without space between them for the fuscous spots usually present (at least in the median portion of the range) in the ¢ Scudderii, and always in the ?. Secondaries: three white-annulated, black extrabasilar spots; the extradiscal doubly-curved series of similar spots, nearly as in Scudderii ; the black spots of the submarginal series are nearly covered with metallic scales giving a green reflection (blwe in Scud- derti), anterior to which and resting thereon, a connected (on the veins) series of fulvous crescents, tending to a sagittate *Reference in this description, to the shape of the spots in this series, is purposely omitted, for the reason that, in this group they are subject to so great variation that it is impossible to draw from them any reliable specific characters — at least from the inspection of a few individuals. In the twenty-eight examples of Scudderii before me, the following variations are noticeable: In one, all the spots are round (or nearly so) except the last interior one, which is geminate on the submedian fold ; in another, not a single spot is round or even approximating that form: in one, the fifth spot, which, in the original description of the species is said to be “twice as long as the others,” is in this, the shortest of all. In four examples, the second and third spots are prolonged inwardly toward the discal spot in a tail-like projection, while in others they are regularly rounded, and again in others, quite extended toward the outer margin. In one example, the first five spots are distinctly semi-oval in form; in others, the spots assume ovate, ellipti- cal, triangular, crescentic and irregular forms. In five examples, there is an additional smaller spot between veins 8 ana 9, preceding the one commonly called the first spot. A difference is frequently to be seen between the corresponding spots of the opposite wings 170 -THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [58] form, narrowly edged before with black ; at the tips of the veins, a row of subtriangular black “ble Legs, thorax and abdomen clothed with long, white hairs. Fematle.— Above uniformly brown, being without the inte- rior violet-blue shade characterizing Scuwdderii,; a few (per- haps twenty on each side) purple scales are to be seen beneath the basilar portion of the median of the primaries and at the base of the secondaries. On the primaries, a submarginal crescentiform fulvous band, which is more distinct between ~ the nervules of the median; on the secondaries a submarginal row of six semi-elliptical black spots, preceded by fulvous crescents, and followed by a few pale scales. Beneath: on the primaries, the extradiscal row of black spots rather weaker than in Scudderii (as also on the second- aries), while the outer row of the submarginal series, which, in that species is often obsolescent, is in this, well defined and of nearly equal strength to the interior row. The secondaries show but two of the usual four extrabasilar black spots; the remaining ornamentation much as in the other sex. Expanse of wings, 4, 1.30 inch— 9, 1.25 inch. Length of body, 6, .5 inch— Q, .44 inch. This species differs principally from the allied species with which it is compared, in the black veins and brighter and more glossy wings of the ¢, and the uniform brown wings of the @, with its submarginal fulvous band on the primaries ; in the. stronger submarginal spots of the lower surface, and the weaker interior spots; the more numerous metallic scales and their peculiar hue; the shape of the fulvous crescents and the narrowness of the black lines bordering them; the heavy black termination of the veins, etc. The secondaries are more prolonged on the submedian nervure, giving to the anal angle a greater prominence. Hab., etc.—Mendocino, California. Two examples. Collec- | tion of W.H. Edwards. Pamphila Osceola n. sp. Wings above dark glossy brown as in P. Metacomet ; outer margin blackish-brown ; fringes, dark brown. Male: primaries with some dull yellowish scales on the inner half of the costa, on the outer side of the discoidal stig. ma, and within it between the median and submedian nervures. Discoidal stigma velvety-black, consisting of two acutely ellip- j ' 4 % | 4 [59] New SprcrEs oF GALIFORNIAN BUTTERFLIES. 171 soidal spots, which join on the 1st median nervule, and have their other extremities resting on the submedian and 2d me- dian nervule —the inner spot with distinct black scales near the submedian. Beneath brown, blackish over the discoida stigma, with obscure yellow shades exterior to it as the only markings: Abdomen above, unicolorous with the wings, with yellowish scales laterally. Thorax beneath and abdomen contiguous, brown with some longer clay-colored hairs. Palpi clothed with bristling yellow scales, from which the tip of the last joint barely projects. Female: primaries with dull yellow scales and hairs, more numerous on the inner half of the interior margin, and nearly absent from the outer margin; two-yellow spots between the median nervules—the outer one scarcely more than a spot, the inner subquadrangular ; no anteapical spots, but in their place some clustering yellow scales. Beneath, dark brown, the pri- maries reddish-brown basally, and the secondaries of the same shade throughout except toward their inner margin. The two spots of the upper surface of the primaries are reproduced beneath somewhat more obscurely. Thorax and front of head yellowish scaled ; palpi with black scales above, and beneath with some clay-colored scales. Expanse of wings, 1.28 inch; length of body, .62 inch. The species is allied to P. Metacomet ; the geminate charac- ter of its discoidal stigma is better defined ; its fringes are darker ; its median spots are yellow instead of whitish; it is without the anteapical spots, and lacks the band of pale spots on the secondaries beneath; the lower side of the abdomen is without the conspicuous mesial line of pale scales of P. Metacomet. Hab., etc.—Mendocino, California. 14 and 1¢@ in the col- lection of W. H. Edwards. The references of these two species to the 28th Rep. lV. Y. State Mus. NV. H., made on pages 53 and 62 of Hdwards’ Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, require correction for the reason stated on page 70. 172 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [60] IX. ON SOME SPECIES OF NISONIADES. Nisoniades Pacuvius n. sp. Head and palpi thickly clothed with bristling brown and gray hairs, the obtuse tip of the third joint of the palpi only visible ; antennz brown above, the joints bordered with white beneath and within. Thorax and abdomen beneath with long brownish hairs; legs brown with pale hairs at their joints. Wings approaching those of JV. Persius in shape, —_ the primaries somewhat narrower. Primaries umber-brown, mottled with black as in Martialis ; ; near each extremity of the cell, conspicuously marked with a large black spot, the outer one hee the hyaline white cellu- lar spot on its outer margin. A row of black spots cross the nervules, upon which are the following white hyaline spots: four costo-apical ones, of which the costal one is scarce more than a dot, the second, the largest and quadrate, the third and fourth quite small, with their longest diameter in the direc- tion of the breadth of the wing; in cells 2 and 3 each, a tri- angular spot with the apex directed toward the outer margin of the wing — that in cell 2 but partially hyaline; in cell 1 b, two triangular spots (not hyaline), marked with white scales so obscurely in the somewhat imperfect specimen, that pos- sibly they may not prove a constant feature. Some white hairs and scales separate this row of black spots from a sub- terminal row of rounded black spots, which is again separated by a few similar white scales from the black terminal margin. Fringes umber-brown, their base cut by some white scales projected from the black margin. Secondaries fuscous, faintly marked by some brown spots and an indistinct subterminal row of brown dots. Fringes snow-white with some brown scales of the terminal margin cutting their base, and at the apical angle of the wing, extend- ing nearly to their outer edge. Beneath, primaries pale brown, the hyaline spot in cell 3 showing conspicuously, and with white scales covering the extreme apical portion of the wing. Secondaries reddish i ee ee ee ' : | | | [61] On somE SpEcIES oF NISONIADES. j 173 brown basally and medially, and with a double row of pale brown spots before the outer margin between veins 1 b and 4. Fringes as above. Expanse of wings 1.38 inch. Length of body, .58 inch. Habitat.— New Mexico. Described from 1 in the collec- tion of Mr. W. H. Edwards. This species may be recognized among all those of the genus known at present, by the white fringes of the secondaries less sharply defined at their base than in JV. ¢ristis, by its smaller size, less pointed primaries and a less projected anal angle of the secondaries than in that species. Nisoniades funeralis Scudd.-Burg. Wings black, approaching Pholisora Catullus in shade ; in the ¢, a few white svales on the outer half of primaries which cluster in a crescentiform subterminal line; an umber- brown spot resting on the discal cross-vein and another mid- way on the submedian fold; in the 9, some white scales occur also on the basal half of the wing, the two umber- brown spots more conspicuous than in the 6, and, in addi- tion, a line of the same shade associated with the white scales of the subterminal line: in each sex four small (the two inner ones linear) anteapical white spots, and a larger one in cell3; in the 2, a discal spot in addition. Cilia brown, with some basilar white scales, more numerous in the?. Secondaries of ¢, prolonged at inner angle, nearly unicol- orous; of the °, showing indistinctly two rows of umber- brown spots before the margin, Cilia snow-white, in the ¢ with black basal scales at and near the apical and inner angles, intermediately contrasting sharply with the black margin of the wing; in the 9, the cilia longer, with some anteapical black basal scales, but none before the anal angle, where the white scales run over on the inner margin for a short space and then become dusky. Head, thorax and abdomen above, black ; terminal joint of palpi moderately projecting beyond the squarely-cut scales ; antennal hook red. Beneath, wings fuscous, the ¢ with the white discal spot indicated, and with two obscure rows of paler brown spots before the margin; in the @ the spots are mué&h more con- spicuous, of a much paler shade — the outer row of each wing consisting of whitish intranervular lines cutting the pale 174 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [62] spots (the corresponding spots in WV. Brizo and LV. Icelus pre- sent this character in a degree). Antennal joints narrowly marked with white. Expanse of wings; 1.75 inch. Habitat. — Texas and California. Described from 1 ¢ and 1 9 in perfect Soidition: received ~ from Mr. Heiligbrodt, of Bastrop, Texas, and from 3 $’s in inferior condition from the Collection of W. H. Edwards (two from Texas and one from San Diego.) This species is believed to be the WV. funeralis of Scudd.- Burg. (Proc. Bost. Soc. NV. H., xiii, p. 293. 1870), it having been received from Mr. Edwards under that name. The marked contrast between the snow-white fringes of the secondaries and the black of the wings, in fresh examples, makes this the most beautiful species of the genus. Nisoniades tristis (Boisd.). Nearly allied to WV. funeralis, and may best be separated from it by comparison. It is a little smaller in size; the secondaries of the ¢ are apparently less prolonged at the anal angle; the white spots of the primaries are larger, and the ¢ has also a white cellular spot; the brown basal scales of the cilia of the secondaries are not confined to the angles, but cut the white scales throughout the entire margin although less numerously intermediately. The wings on the under side lack the whitish intranervular lines upon the submarginal spots seen in lV. funeralis. Expanse of wings ; 1.55 inch. Habitat. — California. Material under obser eile 2 4’s and 1 ¢, in imperfect condition. The diagnosis of this species as given by Dr. Boisduval (Lépidoptéres de la Californie, p. 22; 1869) is as follows: “Ale nigrofusce; antice punctulo medio strigaque e punctulis sex similibus transversis albidis ; postice fimbria alba. Elle a le port et la taille de 7. Juvenalis.”’ The description given in Morris’ Synopsis, in addition to the above feAtures, represents the line of white points as “ separated into two groups — the one of four near the upper edge, the other of two, beyond the median nerve.’ | 163] On somE SPECIES OF NISONIADES. 175 The spots “beyond the median nerve”’ vary in size and in number in the same species, as will readily be seen by an inspection of a number of individuals. In two of the above examples of WV. ¢ristis, there is a white spot in each of the cells 2and 3; in the third, in cell 3 only. When but one spot is present, it is always that in cell 3,—the smaller of the two having disappeared. Nor does the number of anteapical white spots afford a specific character, for while the normal number is four, some examples of VV. Martialis in my collec- tion show but three, and others (more rarely) five. Nisoniades Afranius n. sp. Thorax and abdomen above, black; beneath, with brown hairs. Palpi clothed with long brown hairs. Legs fuscous. Primaries with the costal margin nearly as straight as in IV. Persius, but rounded toward the apex ; moderately bent basally. Outer margin more rounded than in any ¢ Nisoni- ades known to me (the ?’s, as a rule, having more rounded wings), as much so asin JV. brizo ?. Inner angle rounded, with internal margin short. The usual black markings in the basal region of the wing ; the remainder clouded with brown, distinctly relieving the transverse line of elongated black spots, and the row of rounded submarginal black spots; a few gray scales are. sprinkled over the brown ground. The black spots of the transverse band above vein 2 are more elongated in proportion to their width, more acute toward the outer margin, and more sharply defined than in any other known species — even than in VV. Ausonius. The line of four small, anteapical, white, hyaline spots is sensibly drawn inward toward the base, sow — that an imaginary line traversing these spots will cut the outer margin within its apical half. A white hyaline spot rests on the black spot in cell 3, and the three black spots in cells 2 and 1 b, have some gray scales centrally. There is a trace of a small, whitish, hyaline, discal spot. The terminal margin .is without the black line seen in WV. Martialis. Secondaries, dark umber-brown, with the two rows of pale brown spots, similar to those of WV. Persius ¢. Wings beneath, a rich umber-brown, showing on the prim- aries the discal and anteapical spots more plainly than above, and a white spot each in cells 3 and 2. The two rows of pale brown spots on the secondaries are strongly relieved by the *» 176 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEuM. (64) dark ground. The margins of the wings bear a black mar- ginal line, obsolete toward the apex of the primaries. Expanse of wings, 1.20 inch: length of body, .48 inch. Habitat.— Colorado. I venture, from a single example, to designate this as a dis- tinct species, in consideration of the entirely different aspect it presents from the other forms. It is one of the smallest of our species, about equal to WV. Awsonius; has unusually rounded wings, and is more distinctly marked than any other species, except WV. Martialis, from which it differs materially in the shape of its wings and its transverse band of spots less inflected at its last fourth toward the outer margin. I have no opportunity of determining at the present, if the above may not be one of the two species from Colorado, to which Mr. Scudder has given the MS. names of JV. Petronius and JV. Rutilius, in Lieut. Wheeler’s Report wpon Geo- graphical and Geological Explorations and Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian, 1875, pp. 786, 787.* Through the kindness of Mr. W. H. Edwards, I have been permitted to examine a number of examples of NISONIADES collected in 1877 by Mr. H. M. Morrison, in Colorado. They were all perfectly fresh, in fine condition for examination, and were as follows: Nisoniades Icelus Lintn. Several examples did not differ, apparently, in the slight- est particular from New York specimens, except in one small eee of less than an inch expanse of wings, in which the pale color, indistinct ornamentation, and small size, are, in all probability, the result of imperfect development in the larval stage. One specimen of this species is reported by Mr: Mead, loc. cit., as having been taken in Central Colorado, but in Edwards’ Catalogue of Lepidoptera (1877), its greatest western distribution is given as Illinois. Nisoniades Brizo Boisd.-Lec. The examples of this species in their bright coloring and distinct ornamentation were more beautiful than any which *Chapter VIII Report upon the Collections of Diurnal Lepidoptera made in Colorado, Utah, New Mexico and Arizona, during the years 1871-1874. By Theodore L. Mead, pp. 738, 794; plates XxxXvV-xxxix. ee ee ee. ee ee ee eS ee ee ~ [65] On somME SPECIES oF NISONIADES. 7 had previously come under my observation. The series of six gray-centered and black-bordered spots crossing the cell par- allel to the outer transverse row, which usually forms an interrupted series, in these, blend in a connected band, nearly as conspicuous as the outer row. This species, I believe, has not been previously reported from Colorado. Nisoniades Martialis Scudd. One of the two examples of this species corresponds with our usual New York forms, and the other, in the more sub- dued tone of its ornamentation, is similar to the individuals of our second brood, appearing in July and August. It is unfortunate that no dates of capture are appended to these specimens. Nisoniades Persius Scudd. The examples which I refer to this species, present some differences as compared with our eastern forms. In Mr. Mead’s Report, ut cit., Mr. Scudder is quoted as having noticed some points of difference. Although Mr. Mead represents this species as the most common of its genus in Colorado, I have but three examples before me; and upon so small a number, ii am unable to form a decided opinion. Nisoniades Juvenalis Fabr. I have, with some hesitation, labeled several examples agreeing among themselves, with this specific name, as I am unable to trace any constant features in which they differ from some of our New York forms. I am, however, of the opinion, ‘that in the collections made in the vicinity of Albany, two species are included in our WV. Juvenalis. Marked differences are noticeable in size, shape of wings, and markings, which are hardly consistent with a single species. The smaller form is that in which are seen more pointed wings and narrower, less rounded outer margins, and plainer ornamentation. Still, I have not been able to discover any marked features by which a separation can be made. The larger form with broader wings and conspicuous markingsis of less frequent occurrence than the other. A large series from Center, N. Y., submitted some years ago to Messrs. Scudder and Burgess for the ex- amination of the genitalia, contained both of these forms, but were all returned to me labeled as WV. Juvenalis. 178 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [66] It is very desirable that large collections of these forms should be made for study, and that broods of them be reared from captured females imprisoned over their food-plant, upon the plan practised by Mr. Edwards with such signal success, and extremely valuable results. [67 | TRANSFORMATIONS OF N. LUCILIUS. 179 X. TRANSFORMATIONS OF NISONIADES LUCILIUS LINTN. The egg measures .03 of an inch in diameter. Its shape was not noted. An example examined was marked with four- teen ribs and twenty-five transverse strize. The larva before its second molting measured .30 of an inch in length, and previous to its third molting .55 of an inch. After the molting, its length was .70 of an inch. Its body bears numerous short, white, downy hairs, and is marked with white dots. Its color is yellowish-green, espe- cially on the incisures, with a blue-green vascular line. The legs are tipped with fuscous, particularly the anterior pair; the prolegs are green. The segments show four annulations on the posterior half. * The body of the larva is translucent, allowing the internal organs to be seen. On the eighth segment an oblong yellow spot on each side of the vascular line, as in Pieris oleracea, marks the position of some of the viscera, and on the second segment is a similar mesial mark. The pulsations of the dor- sal vessel are quite conspicuous. With a magnifier, ramifica- tions of the branchiz are to be seen, surrounding the stigmata. After its third molting, the two brown spots on the head of the larva appear, which thenceforth are so marked a feature. At maturity the larva has attained a length of .8 of an inch, with a diameter in its broadest part of .16 of an inch; diam- eter of head .10 of an inch. The last molting was on August 3d, and on the 6th the chrysalis was formed. | The chrysalis is cylindro-conical in form, not angulated ; thorax slightly elevated; head-case rounded in front, de- pressed below a line drawn from the anal spine across the bases of the wings to the humeral tubercle—this tubercle dark brown in color, cylindrical, truncated at the apex, and located a little before the base of the anterior wings. The stigmata are white. At this stage the transparency of the chrysalis permits the rapid pulsations within to be clearly seen. ‘The nervulation 180 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [68] of the anterior wings is perfectly visible, and that of the posterior pair, indistinctly. Five days after pupation (August 11th), the following changes were noticed. The eye-cases had become purple; the wing-cases were whitish, perfectly relieving the nervula- tion; the abdomen green except at its tip where it was brown. The antenne folded over the eyes, cutting off a small section of their upper portion, have the club brown, and showing the joints ; the posterior leg-cases show numerous brown spinules on the inclosed legs. On August 12th, a few hours before the escape of the butter- fly, the chrysalis was brown, except at the abdominal incis- ures, where it was green and of a transparency disclosing some of the internal organs. The white annulations of the antennal joints were visible, and through the wing-cases could be seen the gray scales of the margin, the disk and the cilia of the wings. The butterfly emerged in the afternoon of the 12th. From two other larve which had been reared on Aguwilegia canadensis* and changed to chrysalis on the 8th and 9th 6f August, butterflies were obtained on the 15th, giving for the length of pupation of the three examples, six, seven and six days respectively. The following captures in the field of VV. Luciliws were made during the year (1870) when the above notes were taken: May 16th, at Bethlehem, Albany county, 3 $’s; May 21st and 81st, one ¢ each, at Center; July 6th, 9 $’s at Bethlehem, and another at same locality on the 28th; and others again on August 26th, and September 9th and 14th at the same place. On August 25th and 28th, five butterflies were obtained from larvee which had been collected at Bethlehem. So late as September 9th, larvee just emerged from the egg were nee associated with others about half-grown. There are two annual broods of this butterfly, and possibly a third. . * See Twenty-fourth Report on the N. Y. State Museum of Nat. Hist., p. 164. [69] DESCRIPTION OF EuDAMUS EPIGENA. 18] Ga DESCRIPTION OF EUDAMUS EPIGENA BUTL. Hudamus Hpigena BUTLER. Lepidop. Exot., p. 65, pl. 25, £.6. 1871. Thymele ss iS Kirspy, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep., p. 655. 1871. MEMOMINUs a Epwarps. Cat. Diurn. Lep. N. A., p. 58. 1877. Hudamus Orestes LINTNER MS.: non 28th Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. N. H. Thorax, abdomen and wings dark brown, nearly unicolored, but rather deeper toward the terminal margin. Primaries: costa moderately curved, outer margin nearly straight; in general shape in the ¢ resembling #. Bathyllus of same sex, but in the female with its prolonged secondaries, approaching #. Tityrus ¢. Cilia, fuscous on primaries merging into white toward the inner angle; on secondaries, white with black basilar scales opposite the veins, until to the angle on the internal vein, thence black. LEHight transparent white spots on each wing, viz.: three small disconnected anteapical ones; one triangular cellular spot; a small one in cell 1a, touching vein 2; a larger double-concave one reaching from vein 2 to vein 3; a subtriangular one extending from vein 3 to vein 4; a minute one just above vein 4, equidistant from the margin with that in cell 1a. Beneath; primaries black costally and above the 1st median nervule (vein 2) outwardly to the white spots— remainder, brown; spots same as above, margined with black. Seconda- ries, with the bands much as in Lycidas, except that they do not contrast so strongly with the ground, producing less of a mottled effect; the outer fourth (third, in Lycidas) bordered with white (except at anal angle), traversed by numerous short, wavy, brown lines. Eixpanse of wings: male, 2 inches, female 2.15 inches. Habitat.—Texas. From a pair in the collection of Mr. Otto von Meske, received from Mr. Heiligbrodt, of Bastrop, Texas, to whose faithful labors science is indebted for the discovery of a number of new and peculiarly interesting species of Lepidoptera. The above species is of special interest from its uniting the principal features of Bathylius and Pylades, and the conse- 182 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [70] quent argument which it furnishes against the adoption of proposed genera, resting on microscopic detection of some slight variation in form or proportion. In the belief that the insect was new to science, it was described by me as Hudamus Orestes, for publication in the 28th WV. Y. St. Mus. Report, then passing through the press ; but in the necessitated printing of the Report at an earlier day than was anticipated, the description could not (together with other papers in readiness) be given place. Hence, the erroneous reference made to Orestes on page 58 of Edwards’ Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of North America. Subsequently, Mr. W. H. Edwards identified the species with a figure of Butler in his Lepidoptera Erotica. As the figure is accompanied by only a brief diagnosis, and but a few copies of the work are to be found in this country, itis thought that the above description may be of service. - a Nea ol At Ad ARRANGEMENT OF HESPERID A. 183 XIJ. A SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT OF THE EUROPEAN AND SOME AMERICAN HESPERIDA. } During the preparation of the Edwards’ Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of North America, the aid of Dr. Speyer, of Rhoden, Prussia, was solicited in the rearrange- ment of the difficult group of Hesperides. The revision kindly undertaken by him embraced only those of the North American species — forty in number — which were represented in his cabinet, together with the European species, of which twenty-three are enumerated. These latter could not conven- iently be given in the pages of the catalogue, but as it is the first satisfactory arrangement of the European forms— the more valuable to us from its incorporation with our more numerous species —the present opportunity is taken to pre- sent the arrangement in full as furnished by Dr. Speyer. It is proper to state that the free use which was made in the catalogue of the MS. of Dr. Speyer, especially in the publi- cation of the generic definitions, was not in accordance with his intenfion, and has called from him an expression of regret. We hope that this further use of the MS. may prove less objectionable. A. AST YCI Scudd. 1. Carterocephalus Led. ; lineola Ochs. Palemon Pall. Actzon. Rott =paniscus Fabr. 6. Pamphila Fabr. 2. Cyclopides Hiibn. a Massasoit Seudd. Silvius Knoch. Zabulon Bd. Lec. Morpheus Pail. Hobomok Harr. =Steropes W.-V. 6 Sylvanus Hsp. 3. Ancyloxypha Feld. comma Linn. Numitor Fabr. Sassacus Harr. 4, Copaecodes n. g. Metea Scudd. Waco Edw. Leonardus Harr. minima Hdw. Huron Edw. 5. Thymelicus Hiibn. Phyleus Drury. Thaumas Hufn. Brettus Bd.-Lee. 184 THIRTIETH REPORT couspicua Hdw. Aina Boisd. Peckius Kirby. Mystic Edw. Manataaqua Scudd. Cernes Bd.-Lec. ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [72] bimacula Gr.-Rob. Vitellius Sm.-Adbd. =Jowa Scudd. Osyka Hdw, verna Hdw. . Hianna Seudd. =Ahaton Harr. Metacomet Harr. 7. Amblyscirtes Scudd. vialis Hdw. . B. HESPERIDES Scudd. 8. Pyrgus Hiibn. 9. Nisoniades Hiibn. aLavatere Esp. alcee Esp. —malvarum O. althez Hiibn. Proto Hsp. b Sao Hiibn. == Sertorius O. orbifer Hiibn. cmalve Linn. alveolus Hiibn. alveus Hibn. serratule Ramb. cacalie Ramb. andromede Wail. centauree Ramb. carthami Hiidn. side Hsp. dtessellata Scudd. Tages Linn. Persius Scudd. Lucilius Lintn. Icelus Linin. Brizo Bd.-Lec. Martialis Scudd. Juvenalis Sm.-Abdb. tristis Boisd. 10. Pholisora Scudd. Catullus Fabr. Hayhurstii Hdw. 11. Eudamus Swains. _@Pylades Scudd. Bathyllus Sm.-Abbd. Lycidas Sm,.-Abb. Cellus Boisd. 6 Tityrus Fabr. ¢ Proteus Linn. Since the above was in type, a copy has been received of a paper on the Hesperide of the European Fauna (Die Hes- periden-Gattungen des europdischen Faunengebiets), by Dr. A. Speyer. The author was not satisfied with the arrange- ment above presented, which had been drawn up at the request of some of his American friends, and which, from the limited time that he was able to devote to it, and the par- tial examination of species upon which it was based, was con- tributed only for private use —not for publication. Since then, he has undertaken a more thorough study of the species pertaining to the European Fauna, and the result, published in the Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung for 1877, pp. 167- 193, is the exceedingly valuable contribution to the knowledge of this interesting group, which is cited above. At the present time, as these pages are passing through the press, there is only the opportunity of presenting, in justice to Dr. Speyer, in company with his provisional arrangement, the =. a a lial ARRANGEMENT oF HESPERIDZ. 185 | following carefully prepared one recently given to the public. It embraces not only the Hesperide of Europe proper, but all those occurring within the European Faunal Division, which includes some of the northern and eastern portions of Asia» as defined in the authors ‘“‘Geographischen Verbreitung der Schmetterlinge.’? The Asiatic species are indicated by an asterisk. Forty-one species are recorded in the list, of which twenty-nine belong to Europe. The following is the list, ‘ which, in consideration of its careful arrangement, we tran- scribe literally : | HESPERIDES Latr. 1. Cyclopides H. (p.) 1. Morpheus (Pap. m.) Pall. = Steropes WV. *2. Ornatus Brem. 2. Carterocephalus Led. 1. Palaemon (Pap. p.) Pall. = Paniscus F. 2. Silvius (Pap. s.) Knoch. *3. Argyrostigma (Steropes a.) Ev. 3. Thymelicus H. (p.) 1. Lineola (Pap. 1.) O. 2. Thaumas (Pap. th.) Hufn. = Linea WV. *3. Hyrax (Hesp. h.) Led. 4. Actaeon (Pap. acteon) Rott. 4, Pamphila F. (p.) A. 1. Comma (Pap. c.) L. 2. Sylvanus (Pap. s.) Esp. *8. Ochracea Brem. (Attna Bdv. spec. americana ?) B. (Goniloba HS8.). *4, Alcides (Hesp. a.) HS. C. (Goniloba HS8.). _ *5. Mathias (Hesp. m.) Fabr. = Thrax ede non Lin. *6. Zelleri (esp. z.) Led. 7. Nostrodamus (Hesp. n.) F. = Pumilio O. D *8. Inachus (Pyrgus i.) Mén. 18 TuHrIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE Museum. [74] gat | Or ee OO ie Or wm W 0 jor) oO oO = 5. Catodaulis n. gen. Tethys (Pyrgus t.) Mén. 6. Pyrgus H. (p.) A. a. (Carcharodus H., Spilothyrus Bdv.). . Lavaterae (Pap. lavatherae) Esp. . Althaeae (Pap. altheae) H. Var. b. Baeticus (Spil, b.) Ramb. —Floccifera Zell. . Alceae (Pap. a.) Esp. = Malvarum 0. . Proto (Pap. p.) Esp. . Tessellum (Pap. t.) H. *Var. b. Nomas (Hesp. n.) Led. . Cribrellum (Hesp. c.) Ev. B. a. Poggei (Hesp. p.) Led. B. b. . Phlomidis (Hesp. phl.) HS. . Sao (Pap. s.) H. = Sertorius O. . Orbifer (Pap. o.) H. 7%. Scelothrix Ramb. ‘. Maculata (Syricht. maculatus) Brem. et Grey. . Sidae (Pap. s.) Esp. . Cynarae (Hesp. c.) Ramb. . Carthami (Pap. c.) H. . Alveus (Pap. a.) H. Var. b. Fritillum (Pap. fr.) H. Var c. ? Cirsii (Hesp. c.) Ramb. Var d. ? Carlinae (Hesp. c.) Ramb. . Serratule (Hesp. s.) Ramb. HS. An praeced. var. ? Var. b. Caeca (Hesp. caecus) Fr. . Cacaliae (Hesp. c.) Ramb. HS. . Andromedae (Syrichth. a.) Wallengr. . Centaureae (Hesp. c.) Ramb. . Malvae (Pap. m.) L. = Alveolus H. Ab. Taras (Hesp. t.) Meig. *Var.b. Melotis (Hesp. m.) Dup.=Hypoleucos Led. 8. Nisoniades H. (p.) . Montanus (Pyrgus m.) Brem. . Tages (Pap. t.) L. 9. Thanaos Bdv. (p.) . Marloyi Bdv. = Sericea Fr. [75] ARRANGEMENT OF HESPERID&. 187 The List is followed by a Diagnostic Table of the Genera, after which, twelve pages are devoted to descriptions of, and remarks upon, the several genera. A translation of the entire paper of 27 pages is contenipened that American students of Lepidoptera may have the benefit of the highly valuable observations and criticisms which it contains. | ee ——- - " —_ 188 TuIrRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MuseEum. [76] XIII. NOTES ON NOTODONTA DICTEA LINN. ? Phalena tremula CLERCK. Icon. pl. ix, f. 13. 1759. ? Phalena Bombyz tremula Linn. Faun. Suec., Ed. ii, p. 298, no. 1121. 1761. ? “4 a = Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. xii, p. 826, no. 58. 1767. ad “ dictea Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. xii, p. 826, no. 60. 1767. Leiocampa dictea STEPHENS. II. Brit. Ent., Haust. ii, p. 25. 1829. Pheosia rimosa PACKARD : in Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., iii, p. 358. 1864. Notodonta Californica STRETCH. Zygenide-Bombycide N. A., i. pp. 116, 240, pl. 4, #5; pl. 10, f. 9, 1872-73. Notodonta tremula Staup. Cat. Lep, Eur. Faun., Ed. ii, p. 72, ne. 975. 1871.— p. 72. 1877. A larva of the above species was taken at Bath-on-the- Hudson, Sept. 9, 1869, on willow. It molted during the night, and on the following day it measured, when at rest, .95 of an inch. The. following were its features: Head light yellow- green, subquadrangular, with an impressed median line ; mandibles yellow, tipped with black. Body white dorsally, - with a bright yellow stigmatal stripe bordered above with green. Caudal horn conical, white, tipped with glossy black and with a black stripe laterally. Caudal shield granulated, broadly elliptical in outline — its largest diameter transverse to the body. Stigmata broadly oval, velvety-black on a white ground. Legs ferruginous, with a black spot above them: prolegs with a glossy black spot laterally, and a dull black larger one above them, extending upward to the stigmatal line. The larva was of remarkable transparency, exceeding that of any other which had come under my observation. The lateral and ventral regions had almost the transparency of glass. It matured on the 19th, when it measured 1.1 inch long and -17inch broad. It was not suspected at this time of having reached maturity, but was thought to be a young Sphinx, with probably one or two additional moltings to undergo before its pupation. The diminished activity shown by it, and its refusal of food, was ascribed to its change to poplar soon after its capture. On the 21st, at the suggestion of a friend that it had possibly matured, it was placed on some é iy a aly. seme ~ rete SM cd tn Mle i a ag + lta: ——— ee ee [77] Notes on NoroDonTA DICTA. 189 ground, when, much to my surprise, notwithstanding its weak condition, it speedily buried itself beneath the surface for pupation. The moth was not obtained from it. On Sept. 14, 1869, a second larva was found at Bethlehem, Albany county, feeding on the aspen (Populus tremuloides), in'an earlier stage of its growth, and just after a molting, judging from the comparative size of its head, which was twice the breadth of its body. Its length was .56 inch, and . diameter .05 inch. | It was fed on aspen leaves, and on the 19th it again molted. The following day it resumed its feeding, and the day there- after its dimensions were, length — , diameter .08 inch, diam- eter of head .12 inch. It was of a yellow-brown color dors- ally, with transverse slate colored markings centrally on the segments. (No further record of the larva: it probably died before its maturity). On Sept. 5, 1872, another larva, 1.65 inch long, was taken on poplar. Body greenish-white dorsally, shading on the side into green; substigmatal stripe bright yellow, interrupted below the stigmata by the extension of the oval white spot encircling the stigma. Caudal horn black. Caudal shield broadly crescentic, granulated, with a glassy tubercle cen- trally and margined with brownish-red. Legs and prolegs having the portions of the body above them of a violet color —the proiegs with an acutely elliptical ferruginous spot upon them outwardly,-crossed on their anterior part by a quadri- lateral black spot. Sept. 14, 187-, larva feeding on Populus tremuloides, at Bethlehem. Length at rest, 1.3 inch; diameter .18 inch; the head and first pair of legs extended in line with the body. Head of the diameter of the thoracic segments, subquadran- gular, deeply impressed medially, smooth, of a bluish-gray color, showing reticulations under a magnifier; man- dibles and a crescentiform spot bearing the eyes dull yellow. Body with a marked degree of transparency in its lower portion, shining, without the usual annulations of the segments, nearly cylindrical to the tenth segment, the elev- enth broad, elevated in a prominent cone; the thoracic seg- ments contracted when at rest, forming each three distinct wrinkles, making these segments broader than the succeeding ones ; incisures deep; color bluish-gray, a yellow ventral line, 190 $TuHrrRTtETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [78] and a bright yellow substigmatal one indicated by obscure yellowish markings at the incisures; a dark, bluish-gray transverse line on the side of each segment — the same shade surrounding the stigma and extending to the proleg ; on the eleventh segment a blackish transverse line running behind the stigma upon the caudal horn —the latter .09 inch long, glossy black. Caudal shield ferruginous, rugose, elevated marginally and in a small tubercle centrally, in outline a broad ellipse having a lenticular portion excised from its upper fourth ; anal plates subtriangular, and of a similar color and surface. Stigmata depressed, elliptical, surrounded (except the first) with a well defined white ring which is more broadly elliptical than the stigma. Entered the ground for its pupation on Sept. 16th. The larve briefly described by me in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, vol. Ill, p. 670, were in all probability this same species. Their color is given as bluish-slate, of about the shade of the branches of the poplar, on which they were feeding (Populus nigra). The body is described as gradually increasing in size to the tenth segment; the eleventh segment elevated in a hump, bearing the black caudal horn, one-tenth of an inch long; the stig- mata broadly oval, black, white annulated. It is probably identical with the form occurring in Europe, and mentioned as a variety of the dictea larva. All my efforts to obtain the imago from the above larvae, have resulted in failure. Examples of the larve collected by Mr. von Meske, have also failed to give the imago; after having safely reached the pupal state, they have uniformly died while in that stage. A figure of the larva, taken from a drawing made by me, is given in Glover’s Plates of Lepidopt- era, XCIX, fig. 16. No examples of the pupe, unfortunately, have been re- tained, and I am only able to recall their smooth and shining surface, and the tapering form of*their abdominal segments tipped with a rather long, bifid anal spine. Mr. Gref, of Brooklyn, has succeeded in rearing the moth from larve collected by him, and to him I owe the privilege of being able at the present to refer descriptions made by me several years ago of larvee which have meanwhile proved an [79] Notts on NotoponTA DICTA. 191 enigma to me, to the imago which they produce, which is ap- parently identical with the Wotodonta dictea of Europe. I regret that I have not at hand a detailed description of the European larva, to compare with our own. Stephens (illustrations of British Entomology, Haust. IL, p. 25), says of it: ‘‘Larva naked, with a small conical protruberance on the anal segment; reddish-brown, green on the sides and glossed with violet above, with a black dorsal streak : it feeds on poplar, willow and birch, and is found in July and September.’ Newman, in his History of British Moths, page 228, gives the following description: ‘‘ The caterpillar has rather a large head, which is very slightly notched on the.crown and shin- ing, and is of a pale green color. The body is almost uni- formly cylindrical until the twelfth segment, which is humped, and the hump terminating in a moderately sharp point; the color of the body is whitish or glaucous-green on the back, with a broad paler green stripe on each side —and adjoining this there is a narrow raised yellow-green stripe, just below the spiracles, and touching all of them except that on the twelfth segment ; it extends the entire length of the caterpillar, terminating in the anal claspers; on the summit of the twelfth or hump segment, is a black transverse line. It feeds on the sallow (Populus nigra), etc. There is a common variety of this caterpillar which is plain brown, without the slightest appearance of the lateral stripe; this occurs after the last change of skin.’’: Dr. Speyer writes of the larva of the European JV. dictea: It has a tubercle of pyramidal shape on the 11th segment, which is much more pointed in the younger stages of the larva, so as closely to resemble the horn of a Sphinx. The mature larva has a strong porcelain lustre, and occurs in two varie- ties: one is of a green color with a yeliow stripe on its sides, and the other is brown without the stripe. It lives on poplar. Several examples of the American JV. dictea were sent by Mr. von Meske to Dr. Speyer to compare with the European forms. Having made the comparison, he does not doubt that they are identical, although the following differences are no- ticeable. ‘The American form has a bent white cross-line on the inner part of the brown portion of the anal angle of the secondaries, which is not found in the European. In the former the interior branch of the median nervure [vein 2] has 192 ‘TurrTtETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. (80) the white streak with which it is marked, shorter and nar- rower than in the European, and entirely wanting from the middle branch [vein 3]. These are the only differences ob- servable, and they are too slight to afford grounds for their separation.” In addition to the two examples in my own collection, I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. von Meske for the opportu- nity of comparing two examples of JV. dicted from Germany, and two from Racine, Wis. In the European, the white stripe which traverses the brown anal patch-very near the margin, commences in cell 1, within the internal vein, and is continued until near or just beyond vein 2. In the American, this line is not so distinct, and in an ex-larva example, from Albany, it is obsolete, being represented only by a few white scales; in another example, it commences on the fold and continues to vein 3. The bent white cross-line pointed out by Dr. Speyer as characterizing the American form, is not equally well marked inall. In the Racine specimens, the line commences on the internal margin, runs fora short distance parallel with the general direction of the outer margin of the wing (not of the anal angle portion), and curves inward toward, and is lost in, the submedian fold. An exserted portion of the brown patch lies inside of this white line on the submedian vein (1 6). Inthe Albany example, the line is less conspicuous, and the brown portion inside of it is barely indicated. The American examples, besides having the brown patch larger, have also the brown border of the secondaries heavier than the European, and continued to the apex. The comparison of Dr. Speyer of the length of the white lines on the veins of the primaries is not sustained by the ex- amination of other examples, as they vary in length and dis- tinctness. In one before me, the white lines are of the same length on veins 2 and 3 — in another, shorter on 3. The more conspicuous bifurcating white line on the submedian fold, also varies in length. All the above lines also vary in their breadth ; those on veins 2 and 3 being nearly as heavy as in the European, while in the Albany example, they are much more delicate. In the other markings of the wings I find no differences of sufficient constancy to aid in the separation of the forms of the two continents. [81] Norres on NoroDonTA DICTAA. 193 So far as we are able to judge from the descriptions at hand, the larval forms also agree; and it is quite an interesting fact that the European variety which is destitute of the yellow lateral stripe, has also its counterpart in the example found at Schoharie, of which the description has been given, and in another taken at Sharon Springs by Mr. von Meske. From an example of our eastern form sent by me to Mr. Stretch, of San Francisco, he has identified it as his WV. Cali- Fornica. If, however, the sketch of the larva made by Dr. Behr and the information which he gives of the larva, be cor- rect, then there is a possibility that a comparison of additional examples of ‘‘ V. Californica’’ may show it to be distinct. The figure of the larva, as reproduced by Mr. Stretch, is cer- tainly quite different in its appearance from any of those which have come under my observation. It will be seen that I have included in the synonymy of this species, references to the Ph. Bomb. tremula of Linneeus and Clerck, as probably identical with it. This opinion is held by several of the best European Lepidopterists, who claim that the same species was twice described by Linneus. Others, as Staudinger, entertain the belief that the dictea of Linnzeus is a distinct species,—the one ordinarily occurring in Europe being the JV. tremula, to which the name of dictea has been improperly applied. Staudinger, in his citation of lV. tremula in his catalogue, includes as a synonym ‘ Dictea (L. 8S. N. Xli, 826, ex Barbaria, alia species esse videtur),’’ adding the references to the following authors who give tremula under the name of dictea: ‘‘ Esper, 58, 5; 84, 2; Hubner Beitr., 22; Ochsenh., iii, 63; Godart, iv, 19, 1; Freyer, 579.” For the present I think it proper to retain the familiar name of dictea for the species, as the necessity for the proposed change does not appear to be clearly shown. 194 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [821 XIV. ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF CERURA. Cerura occidentalis n. sp. ; Head white. Palpi white, blackish laterally. Antenne white with black pectinations. Collar pale cinereous, traversed by a darker band and edged behind by a black band. Tegule pale cinereous, darker pos- teriorly ; the narrow black band crossing their front, followed by a patch of orange scales, and a few black scales on their inner side. Thorax marked with black and orange bands of raised scales (apparently three orange bands).* Abdomen above cinereous, the segments bordered behind with pale cinereous; beneath whitish: sides tufted with a lateral row of small black spots. | Primaries whitish basally, sprinkled with some black hairs ; - medially and terminally pale cinereous with more numerous black hairs. A black basal dot on the subcostal; an extra- basilar row of five black spots on the nervures, usually, in the males, in a straight line (5 examples), but sometimes the two superior are nearer the base (2 examples)t; in the ?’s (5 ex- amples) the two superior spots are considerably drawn in toward the base, the line presenting quite a curve costally. The median band of black and a few orange scales, paler than in borealis and aqguilonaris, broadest on the costa, elsewhere of nearly uniform width; its black borders subparallel; the inner border more distinctly marked ; its general course in the male, direct or slightly excavating the band below the median, while in the female it is conspicuously bent, on or below the same nervure ; the outer border usually not well defined below the submedian fold. Behind the median band, a black trans- verse line, interrupted on the cell and indistinct over the sub- median fold. On the discal cross-vein, an elongated black spot. Beyond this, two or three subparallel crescentiform *A cabinet specimen of this species is rarely seen, in which the thoracic scales have not been so affected by greasing, that the bands can with difficulty be traced. tIn five examples of the European bifida, this line curves outwardly at the costal or on the inner margin; in one example (female) it is straight. 7 pital sh je Naebieg [83] ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF CERURA. 195 black lines (the inner of the three sometimes obsolete), preced- ing the abbreviated blackish subterminal band—the band usually terminating at the second median nervule (vein 3). The nine marginal intra nervular black spots smaller than in borealis, but larger than in aguilonaris. Secondaries white, with traces of the inner margin of an outer border, mainly seen on the nervules and at the anal angle, and sometimes with indications of a mesial band behind the obscure discal spot. | Beneath: primaries as above, but less distinctly marked ; secondaries with a large discal spot. Described from 7 ¢’s and 69’s from the Collections of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Messrs. von Meske, Hill, Riemann, Tepper, Strecker, Kuetsing and Lintner. Habitat.— From New York, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Canada (Montreal). It will probably be found to extend throughout most of the eastern portion of the United States. It has not, to my knowledge, been observed west of the Miss- issippl. | The above insect may be found in nearly all the principal collections of the country, under the name of Cerura borealis, it being the one which was described by Dr. Harris in his Leeport on the Insects of Massachusetts, 1841, p. 306, and referred by him to the borealis of Dr. Boisduval. The de- scription is as follows: “The ground-color of our moth is dirty white ; the fore-wings ,are crossed by two broad, blackish bands, the outer one of ' which is traversed and interrupted by an irregular, wavy, whitish line; the hinder margins of all the wings are dotted with black, and there are several black dots at the base and one near the middle of the fore-wings; the top of the thorax is blackish, and the collar is edged with black. In some indi- viduals the dusky bands of the fore-wings are edged or dotted with tawny yellow; in others [Cerwra cinerea] these wings are dusky, and the bands are indistinct. They expand from one inch and three-eighths to one inch and three-quarters.” The extrabasilar straight row of five spots readily distin- guishes this species from borealis and cinerea (but not from aquilonaris) and ally it with furcula and bifida of Europe. It is usually of a smaller size than our other species. , ee ; 196 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [84] Cerura borealis (Boisd). This is quite a different insect from the preceding, and need not be mistaken for it, or any other species. It is figured in Cuvier’ s Animal Kingdom, London, 1836, vol. IV, pl. 98, fig. 5,as Dicranura borealis Bdv. The figure leaves no doubt of the species intended. On the right wing of the illustration, the five inferior nervular spots (see description below) are faithfully depicted in proper position on the median nervules (the two superior ones not shown). On the left wing the two inner sinuses and the three outer of the mesial band are cor- rectly represented in form, size and position. The absence of the two costal black spots between the bands, and of some of the extrabasilar ones, would indicate some imperfection in the example figured. It is also well figured in Smith and Abbot’s Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia, London, 1797, p. 141, pl. 71, as Phalena furcula — believed by Smith to be identical with the furcula of Europe; but to this insect it bears no greater resemblance than to C. occidentalis. It is characterized by its white head and collar, thorax in front marked with a conspicuous transverse black line, abdominal segments broadly banded with fuscous dorsally. Primaries of a snow white ground color, a basilar black dot, followed by four other nervular ones, forming an angular line; a broad, centrally constricted, well-defined, mesial band, of about the same width on the two margins; between this and the sub- terminal band are two distinct costal spots, and below these on the nervules, seven black spots arranged in an oval, as follows: the two inferior ones on the first median nervule (vein 2), the two medial spots of the exterior four, at about the inner third of the second and third median nervules— veins 3 and 4; of the two medial spots of the interior ones, the lower is at or just before the bifurcation of veins 3 and 4, and the upper is on the discal cross-vein; the superior spot of the ovalis on vein 5, equidistant from the two superior medial spots below 7 it. The subterminal line is distinctly marked, and followed by the subterminal band, reduced to a line as it crosses veins 3 and 4, but again expanding on the inner margin. Secondaries with a well marked discal spot, and witha broad marginal band; the latter in some examples is obsolete. Expanse of wings: from 1.50 to 1.70 inch. Habitat.— New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Géorgia, Missouri (Aug. 26, at light, Riley). be ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF CERURA. 197 From 3 6’s and 6 @?’s, in the Collections of Messrs. von Meske, Tepper, Riley, Strecker and Lintner. The seven black spots on the white ground intermediate to the bands, arranged in an ellipse as above described, readily distinguish this species from arty other of the genus. It is closely allied to the C. bicuspis of Europe. Mr. A. G. Butler, of the British Museum, to whom I communicated an excellent photograph of it, writes: ‘‘it precisely agrees with some of our European examples of bicuspis.’’ Dr. Speyer who has received an example from Mr. von Meske, remarks of it: ‘‘itis very near to bicuspis.’’ Although quite dissimilar in color from C. cinerea Walker, yet it is closely related to that species in the form of the bands (often imperfectly defined in cinerea) and in the arrangement of the intermediate nervular spots. The moth has been reared from larve found by Mr. F. Tep- per of Flatbush, L. I., feeding on wild cherry, when near their maturity. Iam mdepied to him for the following note in re- gard to them. ‘‘ They are of the same shape as borealis |[occt- dentalis| but differently colored. Instead of the green of that species, the color is greenish-yellow, the dorsal patch is rather smaller and of a brighter shade, and the minute spots on the sides are more delicate and brighter. The examples met with have been larger than borealis and somewhat heavier in ap- pearance. Three mature larve were taken by me between the 10th and 15th of July, 1875; one was ichneumonized ; the other two spun up in the same manner as Jorealis, within a few days after their capture, and the moths emerged in from two to three weeks.”’ In Smith and Abbot’s J/nsects of Georgia it is said of it: “The caterpillar was taken the latter end of July, feeding on that kind of poplar vulgarly called the cotton-tree. When dis- turbed, it shoots out of the ends of its forked tail two soft orange-colored threads. Early in August it shed its skin, and on the 10th of that month it inclosed itself in a case made of chips of wood and affixed toa branch. The moth came out April 24th. It likewise feeds on the wild cherry and willow, and is found also in Virginia, but it is a very rare species..’ Cerura aquilonaris n. sp. Head, collar and tegule white, the latter crossed anteriorly by a row of glossy purple-black scales; the collar bordered 198 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEvM. [86] behind by a similar row. Thorax with elevated purple-black and orange scales, which are probably, when in perfect, condi- tion, arranged in transverse rows. Abdomen above black, with white borders to the segments, which increase in width as they recede from the thorax; a lateral row of black spots; beneath white. Wings white as in borealis. Primaries with a black basilar spot on the subcostal; beyond, four black spots in a straight line, of which the superior one, under a magnifier, is shown to be triple and the remaining three, in perfect examples, double. Median band consisting of black, orange and pale ash scales and prominently bordered with shining purplish- black scales. The band, in the female, is twice as broad on the > costa as on the internal margin, and in the male but one-fourth broader costally ; twice equally constrictéd between the median and submedian; its inner border projected on the subcostal, median and submedian nervures, and slightly on the median fold, on either side of which the excavations are deeper than elsewhere, making the general course of the line a little ind1- rect; the outer border projected on the median, median fold and submedian. Subterminal band less sharply excavated on vein 7 than in C. occidentalis; inner border less enlarged at internal angle than in C. borealis ; outwardly with a black dash before the apex on veins 6, 7, 8 and 9 (the last, costal). Of the usual three lines crossing the wing between the median and subterminal bands, the anterior one is broken and the other two faintly continuous. The terminal intranervular spots are smaller than in cinerea, occidentalis, borealis or multi- scripta. Secondaries, without a border, but with traces of an obsolete outer margin near the apex and more distinctly at the inner angle ; a few black scales on the discal cross-vein. Beneath, the primaries have a distinct discal spot and are marked on the costa with black spots at the points where the lines of the opposite side commence, which lines are seen in transparency. - _ Expanse of wings: ¢ and @, 1.60 in. Habitat. — Canada, Montreal. From two examples in the Collections of Mr. C. W. Pearson ~ and Mr. F. B. Caulfield, of Montreal, captured in that NTE It is probably quite a rare species. This species, which bears a general resemblance to C. borealis, _— ee [87] ON soOME NEW SPECIES on CERURA. 199 may be distinguished from all others known to me by the black marking cf the veins sub-apically. The conspicuous black bands of the abdomen above, in one example (the ¢, the 6 being without its abdomen) may also prove to be a good dis- tinctive feature. Cerura candida n. sp. Antenne white, with ple pectinations of considerable length in the @. Palpi porrected, white, outwardly with black hairs. Front, patagiee, thorax and eel white — the latter with a single fuscous band. Abdomen white, the seg- ments on their anterior border with a few dusky hairs; beneath white; anal region, pale brown. Legs white, banded with black ; tarsi black, banded with white. Primaries, silvery white, with four interrupted black bands before the discal Epol “the discal spot forming a small. oval ringlet — followed by three interrupted black bands, and a fourth heavier one at the apical and anal region; the usual line of eight intranervular marginal blacks spots, extending on the fringe, less conspicuously marked than in C. multiscripta. Secondaries wholly white, without marginal spots, showing faintly, by transparency, the discal dot of the under surface. Beneath, primaries with the outer lines of the upper surface heavily marked on the costa, and a dusky cloud behind the cell. Secondaries with a fuscous spot on the outer third of the costal margin. Expanse of wings, 1.75 inch; length of afdlotnen 8 inch. _ Habitat. — Kansas. From a specimen in my Collection, received from Mr. H. Strecker. This beautiful species is allied to C. scitiscripta Walk.,* and C. multiscripta Riley.t It cannot be the former, which it more nearly resembles, as that is described with three thoracic bands, the fore-wings with an ochraceous tinge, and the wings [the four] with black marginal dots. In a pen-and-ink sketch of the typical specimen in the British Museum, kindly sent me by Mr. Butler, the marginal dots of the secondaries are represented. C. candida is the only species of the genus which we have seen, in which these spots are absent from the secondaries, and in which the wings are entirely white. * List Lep. Ins. Br. Mus., Pt. xxxii, p. 408. 1865. + Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sc., vol. iii, p. 241. 1875. 200 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. [88] Mr. Strecker, to whom I communicated the MS. name of this species, together with its distinctive features as observed by me. expresses, in letter, his opinion that it may prove to be but a form of scitiscripta, inasmuch as some of his ex- amples “show no thoracic band at all, not even traces of it, and again, others (four examples ¢ 2) have the usual black marginal spots of the secondaries very distinct, so much so as any scitiscripta | ever saw; the veins on secondaries in some are also dark, like scitiscripta.”’ Should this species be shown to vary to the above extent, it would be an anomaly in the genus, for nothing approaching so great variation has come under my observation in the course of my critical study of the several species. To the con- trary, | have found the species to be remarkably constant in their ornamentation. ; I would not hesitate to refer examples so differently marked as indicated by Mr. Strecker to distinct species, in the absence of sufficient evidence of their identity. ————— The above descriptions are published at the present time, in advance of an extended paper on the species of CERURA— American and European — which, as is known to many of my correspondents, was commenced some time ago. It has been delayed, from my inability to obtain a few species which it seemed desirable to embrace in it, and from not having been able to arrange for the satisfactory illustration of the paper. — I avail myself of the present opportunity to express my obligations to my friends—to Messrs. Bowles, Caulfield, Grote, Hill, Hoy, Kuetzing, von Meske, Pearson, Riemann, Riley, Strecker and Tepper—who have freely loaned me all the examples contained in their collections, and have most generously permitted me to retain them ‘for an unusual length of time. [89 On CARADRINA FIDICULARIA. OT XV. ON CARADRINA FIDICULARIA Morr. This species was described as Segetia fidicularia by Mr. Morrison, in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, p. 145. In the Grote Check List (No. 456) this name is recorded as a . synonym of Caradrina ?multifera Walker. In vol. viii, p. 188 of the Canadian Entomologist, Mr. Grote refers the species to the European C. cubicularis 8. V., from a comparison made by him, with a male example of the latter, noting as the only difference between the American and the European forms, that the latter has the common line beneath more extended, and the hind wings white. With four examples of C. jfidicularia before me (three in nearly perfect condition), and two of cubicularis, | am com- - pelled to differ from the reference made by Mr. Grote. I note the following points of difference, as my reasons for regarding them as distinct. While in C. fidicularia the primaries are of a clear gray, in cubicularis they are of a peculiar pale brownish shade, diffi- cult to designate, bearing what might be called an amber tint. In the former, the intranervular marginal black dots are more conspicuous than in the latter, and its subterminal line is not followed by whitish ; the posterior transverse line is farther removed from the reniform than in cudbicularis. C. fidicu- laria has a well marked discal dot, which the other has not. The primaries of the American species are the broader. The secondaries of fidiculavia are of a fuscous shade, increas- ing in depth toward the margin ; in the other they are white, with the end of the nervules and extreme margin tinted with ochraceous. In the latter, no discal spot is seen from above, while in the former it is quite conspicuous—the heavily marked dot of the lower surface showing in transparency. C. cubicularis is known to be a variable form, differing greatly, according to Guenée, in size, depth of color, and intensity of designs, having been described under the sev- eral names of guadripunctata Fabr., segetum Esp., callisto 902 ‘TuirTIeETH REPORT ON THE State Museum. [90] Enegr., blanda Haw., superstes Steph., and lewcoptera Beck. But the difference of color between our form and the Kuro- pean does not come within the range of variation thus tar shown in any of the species accepted as common to the two countries. These colorational differences have been critically studied by Dr. Speyer, during the comparisons in which he has been for some time engaged, of the identical and closely allied Noe- tuidee of Europe and America, and some of the results of which have been given in a series of papers, four in number, communicated to the Hntomologische Zeitung zu Stettin for the years 1870 and 1875. In his second paper on Hwropdisch- amerikanische Verwandtschaften, p. 102, these differences (probable climatic modifications) are so admirably presented, that a translation of that portion of the paper, kindly fur- nished for the purpose by Mr. Grote, cannot but prove most acceptable to those engaged in the study of the Noctuide who may not be able to avail themselves of the original. “Tn the gray and brown colors usual to the Noctuidae, arising from a mixture of black, white and red, the American specimens, as a rule, show less red than the European, and more black. “This appears generally in the color of the abdomen and the hind wings; the brown-gray of the Kuropean forms becomes clear gray or blackish-gray in the American. The red cast which shows on the gray undersurface of the wings of many brown species, especially on the edges,*becomes very faint in American varieties, and is even, at times, wanting. The red ° brown of the back and fore-wings becomes more gray, black- ish or bluish. A stronger mixture of black darkens the colors of many American forms. The ornamentation (such as costal . marks and sagittate points) is often made more distinct and coarser ; the transverse lines and discal spots are thrown more into relief by their deeper black defining lines. ‘‘But, in opposition to this rule, with regard to gray and brown colors, those arising from a mixture of yellow and red, show more red in American specimens ; and where there is a mixture of black with these latter colors, producing a rust- color, the black is less perceptible, as for example, in the case of Orthosia ferrugineoides, Hydrecia nictitans, Plusia Putnami and Brephos infans. ‘If there is any change in the shape of the wings, it seems ee ee ne tO ae ae ee > ~~ we ah Oe OS Fete [91] On CARADRINA FIDICULARIA. 203 to be more usual for the American specimens to have them broader and shorter than the European. “Only to the first-named modification in the mixture of gray and brown colors, might some importance be attached, since it seems to pertain, although not without exception, to the majority of compared species, and may therefore be referred to a common cause, arising from the different climates of continental eastern North America and insular western Kurope. Which of the many climatic factors influences this modification of color — whether it is due to the more intense heat and dryness, or to the severe winter of the transatlantic faunal territory, or to both combined and as opposed to the cooler and damper summers and milder winters of the cis- atlantic — cannot now be determined. It is well known that the coloration becomes generally darker and blacker as we approach the pole or ascend in elevation; but it is doubtful if the greater cold of the winter is the real cause of this effect.’’ C. fidicularia appears to be a rare species with us. Mr. von Meske has taken it, at sugar, at Sharon Springs, N. Y., on August 15th, in two examples. Mr. W. W. Hill has cap- tured it in Lewis county, N. Y., on August 1st, also at sugar. I have taken it on but one occasion, at Schoharie, N. Y., on 5th of September. It has not made its appearance, at sugar, during my two years’ collecting by that method at Schenec- tady. Mr. Morrison’s example was from the Adirondack region. +». SUR AEC ER a OD Aug. 18 Steganoptycha flavocellana Clery Hae oe Aug. 15 Phoxopteris mediofasciana Clem.............. 2606+ May 16 MUM C WLAN ANOLE a alads shiek Lethaia! MoO June 10 Bpimemiolkanaw Cle? . pike. beisicsiee » sa sta. Saeko June 13 Pedisca dorsisignatana Clem...... pets tay says gee Sept. 14 UG SAMA OVNI seh ca cian hehe thee a5 ee las bere, eee July 12 Beicons cOruscana Clem. 2. VPLS Si. oe. ce ae ee eee June 12 cConstelatanar ely. Cay CK eG eee June 18 24? THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. 130) XXVII. ON SOME SPECIES OF COSSUS. Cossus reticulatus n. sp. Allied to’ C.rebmie in shape of wings and mask having the stronger scales and reticulated ornamentation of that species, in which it differs from the minute and sparse scales and transverse lines of C. guerciperda and C. Centerensis. Primaries reticulated with black on a pale ash ground, the wings lighter than n C. robinia@, from the absence of the con- spicuous intranervular black spots and streaks which charac- terise that species, and are well represented in fig. 205, p. 418, of Harris’ Insects Injurious to Vegetation. In this species, only between the internal, submedian and ist median nervule (veins la, 1b, and 2), at the outer third of the wing, do the reticulations coalesce so as almost to form spots. In the ter- minal and subterminal portions of the wing, the small ash spots (sometimes ocellated with a black dot or line) for the greater part rest upon the veins; between 2 and 5, there are other spots intermediate to these venular ones— elsewhere, with a few exceptions, the spots are venular, forming two in- tranervular rows. The costal region is pale ash, traversed by black lines rather than reticulated. The median portion of the wing is imperfectly reticulated. The terminal margin, and the unicolorous fringe is conspicuously marked with a black spot on each vein. Secondaries thinly clothed with fuscous hairs, permitting the reticulations of the lower surface to be seen in transpar- ency, except between the margin and costal nerve, where it is scaled in pale ash as the primaries. Terminal margin and the pale fringe, black spotted as the primaries. Beneath : primaries much as above, with these differences : There is an accumulation of blackish doug scales in the basilar region, in the interspaces of the internal, submedian and median nerves ; also between veins 2 and 3 at their origin, ee a ee a ee ee ee), eee. [131] ON SOME SPECIES OF Cossus. : O48 and a triangular spot having its apex on the costa at its outer third. Costa with about fourteen black lines between the base and vein 12, and three lines between veins 12 and 11, of which the outer, at the junction of vein 11 with the costa, is broad and extends inwardly to vein10; another broad, black costal line each at the junction of veins 10 and 9 with the costa — these last three spots (also shown on the upper sur- face of the wings) are the equivalents of the three anteapical costal white dots of many of the Noctuide, designated by Guenée as the virgular spots (traits virgulaires). i Secondaries, from inner margin to vein 1b, clothed with fuscous hairs as above; thence to costal margin with ash scales, nearly plain between 1b. and 2; reticulated between the median nervules (veins 2-5) and to vein 7 as on the prima- ries above; thence to costal margin, the interspaces barred by black lines, of which about eighteen are seen on the mar- gin. A fuscous cloud borders the median nerve from the base to within its branches. Thorax above and beneath covered with pale ash scales. Tibize and tarsi ash, annulated with black. Abdomen above, apparently (the body of the example is much greased) concolorous with the secondaries above. Antenne black, strongly bipectinate, like those in C. robinie. | , Expanse of wings, 3.35 inches; length of body, 1.75 inch. Habitat, etc., Texas, Rio Grande. Described from one fe- male, in the collection of Mr. B. Neumcegen, New York city Cossus undosus n. sp. A Cossus was taken by Mr. 8. H. Scudder, at Green River Station, Union Pacific Railroad, Wyoming, resting on a ‘‘ cot- ton-wood’’ (Populus balsamifera, probably), together with a pupa case projecting from the same trunk. Through the kindness of Mr. Scudder, these have been placed in my pos- session. The moth unfortunately is a wreck, in no condition for accurate description, having lost its antenne, one-half of one pair of wings, and one-third (the apical portion) of the other. It differs from any of our known species in markings and squammation. Both pair of wingsin their ground color arewhite, and are crossed by numerous, narrow, black, transverse lines. Of these the most prominent one crosses the outer third of 244 - 'Turrtrern REporT on THE STATE MusEvM. 132] the cell, with an outward inflection from the costa to the sub- costal nervure, an inward inflection in the cell to the first median nervule which it follows for a short distance, and thence proceeds in a double curve to the internal margin. Another black line, less heavily marked, runs irregularly from the costa to the internal margin, passing over the middle of the cell. Between the stronger transverse lines are fainter ones, which sometimes reticulate with the former. The thorax, abdomen, basal and internal portion of the hind wings, are thickly clothed with pale gray hairs or elongated scales: the remaining portion of the hind wings (the portion preserved in the example) isas thickly scaled as the primaries, and nearly as distinctly lined; beneath they are stronger lined than above. Palpi barely extending beyond the eyes, clothed with white scales interspersed with narrow black ones. Thorax beneath, with long gray hairs. Legs similarly clothed, with their tibiz and tarsi banded with black. Length of body, with extruded ovipositor, 1.50 inch. Ex- panse of wings, entire, unknown; from one discal cross-vein to the opposite, 1.85 inch. The pupa-case projecting from the tree, was that of a moth differing in sex from the captured example, but presumably of the same species. It measures 1.40 in. in length and 0.3 in. in its broadest diameter. Its color is about that of the 2 of C. robinie, but of a paler brown than the ¢ of that species. Its terminal segment and rows of teeth on the segments are darker brown, approaching fuscous, but presenting quite a contrast with the black terminal segment and wing-cases of C. Centerensis. Its armature (transverse rows of teeth) is much stronger than in the? C. robinie, and a little more so than inthe ¢. It isstronger than in C. Centerensis (in which the armature is nearly equal in the sexes), having the teeth longer, although not so broad at their base : on the 8th, 9thand. 10th segments, the teeth continue quite prominent in their ex- tension below the stigmata, where in C. Centerensis they are weak. ' The armature of the pupa-cases of Cossus, unquestionably presents excellent specific characters. From its study, 1am able to announce the existence, in the State of New York, of another species of Cossus, boring in the white birch (Betula populifolia), the imago of which has not yet been detected. [133] ON SOME SPECIES oF Cossus. 245, From near the base of a prostrate birch at Center which had been extensively mined, I took, in 1876, a pupa-case, clearly differing from any known species. Unfortunately the speci- men has been mislaid, or I should not hesitate, from the char- acters it presented to describe it and give the species a name. Other trunks of birch have been observed by me, similarly mined, and evidently by the same Cossus. The species above described as Cossus undosus, may pos- sibly be the C. populi of Walker (Cat. Lep. Br. Mus., vii, p. 1515), from Hudson’s Bay, which has not yet been identified. The very general terms in which its brief description is given, - will not admit of its separation from allied forms, and unless the type is preserved in the British Museum, and comparison be made, it must be handed over to the long list of undeter- mined and indeterminable species of Walker. It cannot be the Cossus nanus of Strecker, from its non-re- semblance to Cossus ligniperdi, which C. nanuws is said closely to resemble* ; and from its differing markedly from a Colorado example of a ¢ Cossus which I refer to the ¢ named by Mr. Strecker but unfortunately accompanied by the mention of only a few specific features. Cossus plagiatus Walker. This species, briefly indicated, loc. cit., p. 1515 (1856), is another unknown species. “Mr. Grote in his List of the North American Platypterices, Attaci, etc., p. 8 (1874),t refers it as a synonym of Mac Murtrei (Boisd.), Icon. Régne An., pl. 85, f, 2,— marking it, however, as an unrecognized species. It does not appear why this reference is made, and we may pre- sume that it is based on a citation of Dr. Packard, in his Synopsis of the Bombycide of the United States,{ where un- der the synonymy of Xyleutes plagiatus, he quotes from the Systematic List of Canadian Lepidoptera by W.S8.M. D’ Ur- ban, § the following : *Cossus nanus n. sp.— Expands 1t{inches. Has the appearance of a minature Cossus ligniperda, is gray, of lighter and darker shades, and reticulated with black lines which are most noticeable across the disk and on the terminal part of wing. Secondaries uniform grayish. Beneath grayish, faintly reticulated.—Hab. Colorado. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876. p. 151. + Read before the American Philosophical Society, Nov. 20th, 1874. ¢ Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. iii, p. 390. 1864. § Can. Nat. and Geol., Aug. 1860, p. 247 2 246 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. 134] “ Oossus plagiatus Walk. Rare, July. ‘‘TIn 1857, Mr. T. R. Peale, of the U.S. Patent Office, named this species Cossus McMurtrici [sic], and informed me that it was common south of Pennsylvania, but rare in the Middle States.’’ | Cossus crepera Harris. | This name appears in Dr. Harris’ Catalogues of Animals and Plants of Massachusetts, p. 72. 1835, but is not con- tinued in hissubsequent reports. In 1839, Doubleday, having suspected its true relationship, writes to Dr. Harris of this spe- cies: “There is a true Cossus with mottled upper wings, and yellow under wings, black at the base and inner margin, —Robinie $%” Itisdecribed by Dr. Packard, loc. cit., p. 388, as Xyleutes crepera, and catalogued by Grote in his List above cited, as an unrecognized#species, under the new generic name proposed by him of Xystus. It is now Known to be but the 4 form of C. robinie, from the 2 of which it differs so greatly in the angulated form of its posterior wings and their yellow color, as to have been mistaken for another species. Cossus querciperda Fitch. The species described under thisname by Dr. Packard, loc. cit., p. 389, is not the one so named and briefly described by Dr. Fitch,* but some other form — possibly C. Centerensis.+ The types are the only pair, so far as known, in existence, and are in my Collection. A male and female were taken in copu- lation, June 27,1857, at Schoharie, on the trunk of a young black oak (Quercus tinctoria), four inches in diameter. A second male was taken at the time, from the same tree, a short dis- tance from the attached pair. One of these, together with the female, it is believed, were subsequently givento Mr. J. W. Weidemeyer, of New Y ork,with other duplicates from my boxes, without statement of their rarity, which at the time was not known. As Mr. Weidemeyer’s Collection is nolonger in his hands, the examples have probably been destroyed. In March following the capture of the above examples, two Cossus larvee were found in burrows in some pieces of black * Trans. N. Y. State Agricul. Soc., vol. xviii, p. 790. 1859. Fifth Report of the Insects of New York, p. 10 (section 294 of the volume of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Reports). + Canadian Entomologist, vol. ix, p. 129. 1877. [135] ON SOME SPECIES OF CossUS. 247 oak which had been prepared forfuel. They were both frozen rigidly when discovered. One was lying in a cell, in its burrow, formed by some slight threads in which its cuttings had been thinly woven above and below it: the other had constructed a cell of about the capacity of its body, branching off from its main burrow—its entrance closed by a thin wall of the cuttings. The smaller of the two larve measured one inch and a half in length. It was of a pale green color, with a darker green dorsal stripe, bordered faintly with yellow. Head flat, sub- triangular, dark brown, clouded with black. First segment with two brown spots extending across it, narrowed laterally, and of nearly the length of the segment medially, where they unite to inclose on the dorsal line an elongate-elliptical green spot. The anterior segments are flattened, and broader than the following, which gradually diminish in breadth toward — the posterior end. The segments are marked dorsally with four rose-colored elevated points —the trapezoidal spots of Guenée; on the 10th and 11th segments they forma square : a similar spot is present above each stigma, a smaller one be- low, and another in front—each of these bearing a short brown hair. The stigmata are oval, orange colored, centered with dark brown. The legs are tipped with chestnut brown, and the prolegs armed with brown plante. - One of the larve escaped from its burrow by gnawing through the stick of wood in which it was inclosed and its paper box, and was found some weeks thereafter, dead within a roll of clothing. The other disclosed a perfect imago on the 29th of April—the female type of the rare C. querciperda of my Collection. The larva had constructed within its burrow avery slight cocoon of delicate silk. The long ovipositor of the moth was a marked feature of it, when alive, measuring in its full extrusion, three-tenths of aninch. It displayed a tenacity of life remarkable even in a gravid Bombycid, as it lived for twenty-four hours after a strong solution of cyanide of potassium had been pricked in its thorax. The most interesting character of this species is not referred to in its description, viz.: the great disparity in the size of the sexes. The ¢ measures in length of body 0.55 in., and in expanse of wings, 1.23 in. The body of the 9, exclusive of its ovipositor, is 1.25 in. long, and the expanse of wings is 2.62 in. Their comparative weight is as one to four, even 248 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STaTE MusEum. [136] after the removal of the eggs and viscera from the female—its weight being twelve grains, and that of the male three grains. Were it not for the capture of a second male at the same time, of the same diminutive size, it might have been supposed that the example was a dwarfed individual. This disproportion in size is the more interesting, from the fact that in a congenerie species—Cossus Centerensis, the size affords no indication of sex, for the males of this species are often larger than the females. Dr. Fitch has erred in representing the hind wings of the male guerciperda as colorless. They are pale yellow on the disc beyond the fold at vein la—the color of the delicate scales showing more plainly when their surface is viewed in line with the eye. Within vein‘ 1a to the inner margin, the wing is covered with black hairs. The yellow coloring of these wings, together with the angle on vein 1,and the antennal structure, ally this species to C. robinie. _ INDEX TO ENTOMOLOGICAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Page. Page. Abrostola ovalis ......06.+----+- 120 | Agrotis.herilis....... seen 38, 45 INCWALOMCS ZL ord cee e ees eels es 34 Eilliana nscale Bante 120 Acidalia enucleata. .......6ee0--- 36 PRMUALISE Sey eee as 120 MACWCtALA Sc eo4 es wee Oe 36 TRESSODID:. ccevemec se ee 45, 49 HaACtCOMA scar face ecules s+ 112 mimallonisa....9see Gases: 120 Quadrilineatas..s..0).5-- =. - 36 mumreenila, 2 kf os eee ota 38, 45 Aciptilia alternaria......2..:-.5.. d3 nigricans. v. maizil......... 122 Merovasis; NEDUIO...+... so. be eee es 129 NGrmaniana: cao eee 39 Mcrony Cia albaruta... 0. es ess 120 OCCU Eas 6s acceso lait, 8A eg 45 PAMETICANA® «a4 feo Le EL 33, 44 OPACiErONns:.24 5 woe eee ee 120 DRUMOSAA:o 6s 2a ee he ee 33 Peratlentays. os snceser eee 33 dacnylinag 2-200 Se es 120 perconfitia.....4 eek ee 33, 40 GeMTAtA ese awe ee Ree ews 33 perpolitar -c.n< Hs BR 120, 128 GUSBE CHAN. 060 Ve ee SS 44 phy Wophoran: s5.% oie ae 120 Cm oS) aoe Sa ie totes 120 pitychrous...0.0 20200; 30, 45, 49 PRISCA Se ee eee ele vs eat 120 poled: ce cwic sen Nae oo fiamameliss oad cee ace Shee os 33 plectazsGaKceides su mecete 38, 45 MEWS CUDA: 22%. itera we toe ere oo PFASINA 1 feces: eae se ae 34 lifhospila. .:< se tes. se = 120 PECSSA WR nies Mewito tenia 34, 120 fobelize. 2.52. ..0 S250 33, 120 redimicuila ; x00) 60205. bao 39 MIGETOCOMAK)..° Ste ates See 120 rufipectus; ..<3.4255o sees 33, 40 mecidentalis; si... h.0..05a.. 44 SATE T A bei c)ciacs ce RAN eee 45, 53 GNIAR xs so 2.6 85 PS FE es 1s Sexatilise san cveueuae omer 45 HURGGLIMCL 2.6 6 ou ec EES 33, 120 SIPMOIGES sas ae sa os aoe 33, 44 SUDOCHYES 0%... SE we 120 sub rothicacc cae se. cee 33, 44 = DUSIANDSI Sooo tec dSmcbaucr 30 tessellata......... PR tae ee ETIGONAA 4 2.5 Cowes eee ek eas 120 URICOS Bin se ee) Seep 83, 45 APIMAMNTALEH Y, 44. terete he aes sore ee 44 DUES Sts: tarsadoscrces ae eee 34 A®geria tipuliformis.............. 22 velleripennis............ 45, 123 Perons albipenniss.). fe. 6sL 4.8 120 venerabilis:.. 30): 32 ee 45 miltemnata. 232 ePei ow 20 45, 49 VPSilomnn so. aes 33, 45, 49, 52, 53 BENNING Mis oto ihaiistde's’stei OSS ae 45 | Amblyscirtes vialis 9209.99.00 ae MSUTICLD cc s60sae oe arate e) Liss 34, 40 | Amphipyra pyramidoides....35, 46, 50 padicolhis' ns. c. ee kes eos 44, 120 LraSOPOLOMIS. 2 Valse Me 35, 46 ANDER EE Cas Sacer ae eee aa | Ancyloxypha Numitor...../..../. 71 PIcAMeay 6 Foe ee oo, 44 | Angerona crocataria....... Sees 36 OStONIEN Sis: si <5 ee we ela 6 120:| Anthrenus lepidus-.... sos..0 eee 16 pranneicollis:: 08k. 125 MUSOrUmM-....:Foc eee 19 CLUE C00) g ea TEU 33, 40 scrophularia o.... 9200... 15-23 GVO TUM oes. eral se wee! hele 44, 49 VOTUUS {c's ce Ce eee 19, 20, 21 COMMAS ce. ce Ha me ete 33, 40, 41 | Anytus sculptus........... .00, 47, 49 PWN A ai 2c at's! Sekd avatars 120, 124 | Aretia Saundersii .ics.0 220. 02. 22 CUTHCEGD, 9.51392 lara awste Se oles 120 VAL LOM Sa ke sc kk eas 32 PONG Srna eee 2s So 120 | Argynnis Aphrodite... 2.2.0.2... bl GUVUDENNUSER aps aiste cbse. ses 40 Atlanwbissrareaedes ts dsc ses dl IA TUSPICE. wo! saree Se ea es 38, 44 Bellona. ..i5 <« Mae ats sakes dl RETOLDG. iP Ko eee eR Re. 6 45 Cyhelerincdteswcsele dcebaa ges ol 250 j§ THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. []4()] Page. Page. Argynnis Idalia............- -.-- 118 | Catocala fratercula............... 102 Montivigh7 Sess 2. as oe ee 30 gracilis ..... <2 .s.aceseeee 48, 49 My fin: so snien be oes eee 31 | habilis . ....-.-..:<<;5 eee 48 Asopia devialis..........-.-..-n-. oT ls) ee 30, 47 farmalis( 2 o2-2-5 lose D1, 02, do Meskei. ........--.<.5eee 47 sqtiamenlis~ vi. < abe ee 37 MINUtS, . 2.2 +o a05 =e See 120 Aspidiotus conchiformis.......... 22 NEOFAMA ... 5. sie -3 50 eee 48, 51 Aspilates Lintneraria............- 37 nuptala, .<.... 22-5. see 48, 51 parta.! s.o....202egeeee 47, 50, 51 Bintta erientalis:. Jc; .. 62560005 22 polygama...:.... 30, 48, 100, 102 Bleptina caradrinalis.............. 36 preciara ... = .. -. Sain ee st 7 Serena -......-..2 eee 48 Bombyziremula. .....----2-200e-- 76 tristis .:. 2.2... 2 120 : Bomolocha abalienalis............ 48 | ultronia....2-4 29a 35, 47, 50, 51 Botis badipennis ............--..- 38 | Catodaulis Tethys. ...... 2 cae 74 BCNErOSA 2.2: ans eaes> = ae 88 | Cecidomyia destructor............ hirennhis:. 25 5. a... EES 38 | Cerura aquilonaris........... 82, 83, 85 marenlents «io. {nse seen ok bicuspis —.... .<'\:5) eee 85 plechilig ....2:\S)-a-neeran == 37 bifida ..........-.553—eene 82 Smbelivalis: 5 2 Seeceuesae sc 38 borealis ..: <2... See 83, 84, 86 theseasalis'.))5<..54aseece~* 37 candida......... «es eee 87 Brephos infans..........-. 90, 115-117 cinerea... «<= eee 83, 85, 86 Middendorfii....?..... een Loe farcula ......- -.- see 83, 84 AT, GROPP, serine 115 multiscripta . .)....ccneeee 86, 87 Parthenias;. 2... s20e:5 4h = =~ 115 occidentalis... .... ..2s=ee eee 82 PEE. ook eee ess 115 scitiscripta ......+ceeeeee 87, 88 gNGEE 7 oe ok Pe osceice 3 115 | Chamyris cerintha .......... in Briophila lepidula... ... . 6. ..2:--.- 33 | Charadra propinquilinea......... - 120 Preieiisa 8938: ooo. 2S Yess o's 34 | Chionobas semidea...... .......- 30 ; Ma Choerocampa tersa.....-. --s ones Soe sme .. 86| Chrysophanus Americana ........ o2 ; Patlidryas Mutniles |... = ops oe 53 Thoe .. ....<.'-; -<.=5=7eeeeee 32 Callimorpha militaris .... ....... 32 | Cidaria albolineata.............. 37, 40 Calocampa cineritia .............. 120 cunigerata. ...:..2-2eseeee 37, 39 curvimacula . 25... .<2ches- 120 hersiliata..:...~.-56 eee 37, 39 SW PSEE S 2 o's os se. > oe ee 120 Packardata....... 37, 39, 40, 113 : Caradrina bilunata............... 120 populata .....-%.- -22eee 113, 114 : PRAM: 22 S588 2 sack ae eS 90 testata ......: .... eee a7 CallastO: 5 ia 5-38 ores ee 89 truncata..... -2-:. Glee lS |seyrehia anole tar ey). aks ai ere Al Seley TSUN crite saces eave yen 72 Phoxopteris mediofasciana....... 129) Reniay Bel irae 2)... tte Secteur 06, 48 MM MS CU MAMA 4.0. dletataeh ane ne 129 Centralis ¢ 2c..< 3s ies4 set eee 48 IN (CWE ee ee i PCH PRA BETA sa | Rivula propinqualis..¢ cnveeles.- 36 MATOS es stele aerate Meiees 6 ol EMIS OlCTACEA:, 0. 4:5 loiseleisigti sis ne Si, 67 | Satyaus Allopey, 5 \.\. 4). semeeieeta: 32 BETO ee oh oo cds ogres te PMMA Oe OL Nephele: ....-. + ase ewe 32 PMOMIMIA CASEL 4.5 os dapeec die doe oe 22 | Scelothrixalveuiss so. «eee ae 74 Piagades cinereola .....i..6.6s6+ 0s AT alee Ve sCanl ince ey eerie ot 74 Plagiomimicus pityochromus...... 47 alive VAICUESTU tan ae tates 3 74 Plastenis pleonectusa ........... 30, 47 QUlivey View DRUG U ME ceri svete «(6 74 Replingemia, SCADTA: «. ss ee cle sales « 48 anid TomMedsen aera e ae ae kw ae 74 PISA GOTOULCS a. 55.0 0-0 cis) me's vuole * 35 Ca Calis vane baths, hae es: a aon! ane 74 UIT Lets ah aie ara ce tae cantare 35 CATLMATIN Ue rentals lgteicts 'eraialie 74 Ipecac, stele ay Se ade cps 35 CONTRUTC HI reese ce eins OnE 24 THIRTIETH REPORT ON THE STATE MUSEUM. (144) Page. Page. Seclothrix Cites. nh) ph) ies eitenietee 74 | Tinea vestianella ... .>... 96 BOC OD oe ance favs wiictn Se cee ee ies 32 disposita ..........20e eee 47, 51 Shecania PUStUlaria .)..)..tees se =» « 36 fagina,... 2.0 ./s. 50 116 Steganoptycha flavocellana. ...... 129 ferrealis....\....s eee 47,49, 120 Steropes argyrostigma............ 73 Georgii. ...... 7 sckie eeeee 120 Synchlora rubivoraria............ 36 laticineres, ... eee 47, 50, 51, 97 Syrichtus andromede........-s.». 74 lepida, ..... Lith.of Weed, Parsons ~ : ‘3 t 7 . Z - J <7 ‘ . , i t 7, MUTT CH RE Me BD 3 (pila boc tilag diiol otis boalanmat itjnaaoet Rd ote ciniiney = * he i +; fat Detar: i #4 Coe, Lea PU Abs Shy Gis ke ” Ray Gd wa, Dia wit LOVE ATRL nthe f ety be inact acl ve Tm eae by agate Tiare! Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Wig. 7. Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12 Fig. 13 Fig. 14 Fig. 15 Fig. 16 Fig 17 Fig. 18 EXPLANATION OF PLATE IT. DIACHZA SPLENDENS Peck. Page 50. . Part of a leaf bearing several plants. . Two plants magnified, one with part of the peridium removed to show the capillitium and penetrating stem. . A fragment of the capillitium x 400. . Four spores X 400. PHYSARUM ALBICANS Peck. Page 90. . A piece of bark bearing several plants. . Two plants magnified, one with most of the peridium removed to reveal the capillitium and slightly penetrating stem. - A fragment of the capillitium x 400. . Four spores X 400. SPHZRONEMA AURANTIACUM Peck. Page 51. . A piece of bark bearing the fungus. A piece of the matrix and two perithecia with globules at the apex, magnified. Six spores X 400. CLAVARIA TYPHULOIDES Peck. Page 49. . Piece of a stem bearing six plants. . Two plants, magnified. . Five spores x 400. PHYSARUM LUTEOLUM Peck Page 50. . A leaf bearing a cluster of the plants. . A plant magnified, showing the stellately ruptured peridium. . A fragment of the capillitium x 400. . Four spores X 400. — a lai. 2 30 State Mus. Nat. Hist Spe sabe « nik Lm a Tater iis oil Saal CLOSENESS ig. 24. c ix a 20. g@. 26. ig. 27. Fig. Fig. Fig. 19 . 20. 21, 22. 28. 29. 30. PLATE Il— (Continued ). SPH#@RIA CxLtinvoni Peck. Page 65. . A piece of wood bearing the fungus. A. perithecium, magnified. A seta of the perithecium x 400. An ascus containing spores x 400. Four spores < 400. SPHRIA SCAPOPHILA Peck. Page 66. Piece of a scape bearing the fungus. A piece of the matrix with two perithecia, magnified, An ascus containing spores X 400. Three spores « 400. HELMINTHOSPORIUM ABSINTRIT Peck. Page 54. A leaf bearing patches of the fungus. Two flocci x 400. | Four spores < 400. iF tare ) Be a ert & "> - a - cf pe GET Te ae Reg at 2; MPA MUNA) RA nee ae % ' ee ; i ; *iuht 30) si MRR bhutre “bee Ae Lolita aun ea 8 , Flake UGE Ss, (tafe enp-ods th weg & par, * HOP >. neta gel athe wine the ~ 5 eo ; hot), SRO Ea VARA Se, NM wun} aepnceer t- GAL Soe £3 SRS % soot Stossel copmeigasg otwt' Aton Seige od Ts OIG, QE i welinye myshare 4s Etesyits Sisee ee OUR ssid ol i eh Wiha bO A OS Te Te Ss tia cil a awd ore ge EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL ASTRZOSPONGIA MENISCUS Roemer. Page 111. The convex upper side of an individual of somewhat irregular form. The lower side of another individual which is flat or slightly concave in the center Vertical section of the ordinary concavo-convex form. Lateral view of a specimen of crdinary size and form. Horizontal section magnified, showing the character and construction of the stars. A single star highly magnified. Plates ASTRAEOSPONGIA Ail p Sian oe ts State Mus. Nat .Mist.30. hth 4 PhAst F.. Emmons, del. py” mn TALS AY Mohs A eee exansena G wa Ad ae ih é | eg 7 y ~ shove te Haein ‘ig nal jp tageye: daiaiw bun sieubilings tip ti fl A Pail minal bf Ke AVY) Any ae iy ies giek AU OTOL, t ni tapes reat: | 4, a Nd way ; aoe Na ae toonubondin-. byt: , 1 Hoiniog ee Quiero: rate! +t ey" af Sain more Hah amy eee eey uh Bae be | yelsy aT} bo Saar i ea igalin: Palas 1 tisbiay ce Rue Hoe way ae bine) * Sup rie BOE, pave an Yo fviggoil NTL M40. Set ye:,20 on pile he FeV : a t 4 tt iy Niner e rife hot hichile wht aid ied at riots | pina 4 aebinneqley > sh , noriniel. ni pil ae FO tl vets toust: e tt Go ae oa mgt vipa, ath Abe (tiga ais, tan units fy ate te ‘bhRwah heiiosge ie, or 1c sid tenets poile asi me 38 2 bonnie feel gitirtiy oa lise ae yl adh etal | thi ne ones 4 ate vd airs 2 wee Ss ae ee? ey mom ae mar anit ¥E ie the si ba ana oe he HQ x4. ( at as wily dod at ase iva th tad Sqord aOWwOFTE ie inaelt oat Tee ‘ Re i ea piers) anihe 14 Sb a tatty naghteen oii, te aolene: atts ann “is, Bao ve c bays, ag tl stunt bed wR, Sep , : ok HXPLANATION OF PLATE TV PLUMALINA PLUMARIA Hall. Page 255. Fig. 1. A branching frond, which apparently bas been imbedded while in a grow- ing and vigorous condition; all the pinnule holding their position and attachment. Fig. 2. Enlargement of a specimen showing a portion of the rachis denuded of its pinnule, except two at the upper extremity. The apparent annulation is an exaggeration of the characters of the rachis and incorrectly represents the fossil. Fig. 3. A frond which is somewhat dilapidated, apparently from maceration and decay, while lying upon the sea bottom. The midrib and pinnule show the attachment of numerous germs and young (some of them perhaps still in the form of eggs) of a Brachiopod of the genus RaYNCHONELLA or STENOcISMA. ‘The smaller forms present merely flattened spheroidal or ovate bodies, which in farther development slow slight evidence of inequalities of the surface, which in a later stage become obscure plica- tions. The pinnule, from maceration, gradually fall off, leaving the rachis free, when these germs acquire a farther development, as shown in figures 4 and 5. Fig. 4. A part of the rachis of a specimen denuded of its pinnule, and preserving the young brachiopod still attached. Natural size. Fig. 45. A similar specimen where the rachis, has been bent and recurved upon itself, preserving the brachiopods still attached. These specimens are from the shales of the Portage group. PLUMALINA DENSA Nn. sp. oe Fig. 6. A fragment of a frond, natural size, in which the rachis is less rigid and distinct, the pinnules narrower, proportionally longer, and more crowded than in the preceding form. From the shales of the Hamilton group. Plate + State Mus. Nat Hista SO) ast Uy ay «ge? hs Ph.Ast, lath Shade > i pinedel ; 7 4 “ ~, Wy" r 4 . ees ¥ a * . “ . * ; ¥ a i 5 + j oe wee re ~ Fe kas = - ‘ OF THE | : obs ie Re = RAS aren » [BX-OFFICIO TRUSTEES OF THE MUSEUM.) — *~ ao Jey ee ANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE MARCH ve th Pat ae , Lt eat Cyne Ries ei wet a basins ey : con ee aN Ue 4 2 7 pe ss x : Hi ; ; ‘WEED, PARSONS AND COMPANY,/PRINTERS . { Nerve /2 TWENTY- NINTH ANNUAL REPORT ON THE a : Sut Hfaseam of Natur Pjistory BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE oe EO i NEWYORK. Pima os elit DD LO THE LEGISLATURE APRIL 1%; 18%6. JEROME B. PARMENTER, STATE PRINTER. 1878. THIRTIETH ANNUAL REPORT ON THE Hew fon Stat Hlaseam of Natural Astor BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY % OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE APRIL SUG Seem alte atic, STATE MUSEUM EDITION. JEROME B. PARMENTER, STATE PRINTER. 1879. | SPSS D> > > >> => > , ID 27> FP oD 2” . 5 3S oes sie : D>. 2 >> _ 2 22> 5>> »2 2 Dap 33> >2_» : , y : v y y Y y V VU. : yeu Vi Vy ar 7 Pica AG TONY, Y y S. V : ¥ ‘ 1; iy 4 (inn oe SUNN, UIMIN Machi MOM UMM 8 - Vy We ¥ \y WW, Av) Wy Y y J y Y v y v V \y Wy } V y Ss >>> >> > >. > i> >>> wey >> D> > > Py > Day >> D>» » >> 2 >> >> >> WD > De 72 ; : = _ > >. eS 5 — 5 ; ‘) Sa = s ee 3 _ > > Ss. 2 Ps >. E 2 : >> >> D> Dy I> DY >> — >> > >>> > > >> 3). >) DS SS DO .. SED > > Sib > Pee ae t Vial? tt. -*T.% ; , : ARAB ARCA: mA nnn" NEAR E ASA R AA Ra Ras — ANAAAA ANN f ARORA nanny NNANANAANA YA Dy, = net ne DD sD. > > > ta SA eee Ad th ANG. 55D) Dy “Tp % 33 AY es 42. ma cites Hy : a “ aelere } - Ye. ; < \ ai f ; \ tt ate Rata p et: IP iy LAA : VV eA AYE APY a coe ee ANA A: AAs A MAAR AEA TV Aga Ag, | ' REL AAN A a, naa Resa aas NA as CATA t WA A ie A A \ teat St R : 4 a Wes f > } ( \ \ ie \} ) : yt \ | A A ! \ Ie . jae Ne a TX wy Ne en ‘| AR oS F oa VAN PTR) | 2A A We MS Van 3 7 alal# < 4 Ee roy WoW A Ary \ s fos a fAVY Atay . WALA AA ij AN IV AAAA A Aas Prana Ap AAeanAer a eer ARR AARAAAL IA | eit pan \ 3 AN asl eer Ey tk } ar ME te he aaa . i / : . : E 2 \ B ! \ if “\I Pye f Se | ee < \ iY f -\ ~NioX i . We ae) \: p'! y | \ 4 a\a\ ri MAW aa WS "A Ae ls { ay at . A fea] } ee eI M \\V : \ : tf! 'f Re a oa ia ly + ie a! ‘ a Rife ¥ =H \f { Aa «WY ! PPA AN on iP A | bisa foe “* | ) \ 1) gi} NAN NL ° [ {Vf Vib S | a ml ON SAN Rais Ci mo Bele I “sy | | Way ‘A Ven Nee iar iat 3 S u ‘ ‘4 ANSP Y VS ' aA \) g !. Z ' j Pepys j ’ ¥ ! : MI \ fA f @\ VA \ if : AAMAS AAC SAAna TINA ANE Me ale ‘AY HENY: { \ " ‘ \ i /.\ ie VW ey ‘ a TAL , f RAR AIAN a Al! n Ai ian : a] | \ \( A ig A iA iy a SZ B A tN Afr AF RAR eA Ala I, | f\ | . \ » ay A OTe AN AR Ramana AAAnARn aR AAA AAL\INA \. AAA AN ty » Bs >) ii >) Mn